27th Feb 2012 08:15
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
OR
¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 1-7436
HSBC USA Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland | 13-2764867 |
(State of incorporation) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
452 Fifth Avenue, New York | 10018 |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
(212) 525-5000
Registrant's telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
| Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
Depositary Shares (each representing a one-fourth share of | New York Stock Exchange |
Adjustable Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series D) | |
$2.8575 Cumulative Preferred Stock | New York Stock Exchange |
Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F | New York Stock Exchange |
Depositary Shares (each representing a one-fortieth share of | New York Stock Exchange |
Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G) | |
Depositary Shares (each representing a one-fortieth share of | New York Stock Exchange |
6.5% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | Non-accelerated filer | x | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of February 24, 2012, there were 712 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding, all of which are owned by HSBC North America Inc.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| ||
Part I | ||
Item 1. | Business......................................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
Organization History and Acquisition by HSBC................................................................................................................ |
| |
HSBC North America Operations.......................................................................................................................................... |
| |
HSBC USA Inc. Operations.................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Funding..................................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Employees and Customers...................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Regulation and Competition................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Corporate Governance and Controls.................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements.................................................................................................... |
| |
Item 1A. | Risk Factors.................................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments........................................................................................................................................................ |
|
Item 2. | Properties........................................................................................................................................................................................ |
|
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings......................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
Item 4. | Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............................................................................................................. |
|
Part II | ||
Item 5. | Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities................................................................................................................................................................................. |
|
Item 6. | Selected Financial Data............................................................................................................................................................... |
|
Item 7. | Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......................................... |
|
Executive Overview................................................................................................................................................................. |
| |
Basis of Reporting................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates......................................................................................................................... |
| |
Balance Sheet Review............................................................................................................................................................. |
| |
Real Estate Owned................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Results of Operations.............................................................................................................................................................. |
| |
Segment Results - IFRS Basis............................................................................................................................................. |
| |
Credit Quality............................................................................................................................................................................ |
| |
Liquidity and Capital Resources............................................................................................................................................ |
| |
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Credit Derivatives and Other Contractual Obligations.......................................... |
| |
Fair Value................................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Risk Management.................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
New Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted in Future Periods............................................................................ |
| |
Glossary of Terms.................................................................................................................................................................. |
| |
Consolidated Average Balances and Interest Rates - Continuing Operations............................................................. |
| |
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk................................................................................................ |
|
Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data........................................................................................................................ |
|
Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)........................................................................................................................ |
| |
Part III | ||
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure......................................... |
|
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures.............................................................................................................................................................. |
|
Item 9B. | Other Information.......................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
Item 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance....................................................................................................... |
|
Item 11. | Executive Compensation.............................................................................................................................................................. |
|
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters........................ |
|
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence................................................................... |
|
Item 14. | Principal Accounting Fees and Services................................................................................................................................... |
|
Part IV | ||
Item 15. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K............................................................................... |
|
Index....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... |
| |
Signatures.............................................................................................................................................................................................................. |
|
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Organization History and Acquisition by HSBC
HSBC USA Inc. ("HSBC USA") is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. ("HSBC North America"), which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc ("HSBC"). HSBC USA's principal business is to act as a holding company for its subsidiaries. In this Form 10-K, HSBC USA and its subsidiaries are referred to as "HUSI, "we," "us" and "our."
HSBC North America Operations
HSBC North America is the holding company for HSBC's operations in the United States. The principal subsidiaries of HSBC North America at December 31, 2011 were HSBC USA Inc., HSBC Markets (USA) Inc., a holding company for certain global banking and markets subsidiaries, HSBC Finance Corporation ("HSBC Finance"), a holding company for consumer finance businesses, and HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc. ("HTSU"), a provider of information technology and centralized operational and support services including human resources, tax, finance, compliance, legal, corporate affairs and other services shared among the subsidiaries of HSBC North America. HSBC USA's principal U.S. banking subsidiary is HSBC Bank USA, National Association (together with its subsidiaries, "HSBC Bank USA"). Under the oversight of HSBC North America, HUSI works with its affiliates to maximize opportunities and efficiencies in HSBC's operations in the United States. These affiliates do so by providing each other with, among other things, alternative sources of liquidity to fund operations and expertise in specialized corporate functions and services. This has historically been demonstrated by purchases and sales of receivables between HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance and a pooling of resources within HTSU to provide shared, allocated support functions to all HSBC North America subsidiaries. In addition, clients of HSBC Bank USA and other affiliates are investors in debt and preferred securities issued by HSBC USA and/or HSBC Bank USA, providing significant sources of liquidity and capital to both entities. HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., a Delaware corporation, a registered broker dealer and a subsidiary of HSBC Markets (USA) Inc., leads or participates as underwriter of all HUSI domestic issuances of term debt and, historically, HSBC Finance issuances of term debt and asset-backed securities. While neither HSBC USA nor HSBC Bank USA has received advantaged pricing, the underwriting fees and commissions paid to HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. historically have benefitted HSBC as a whole.
HSBC USA Inc. Operations
HSBC Bank USA, HSBC USA's principal U.S. banking subsidiary, is a national banking association with banking branch offices and/or representative offices in California, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Virginia, Washington and the District of Columbia. In addition to its domestic offices, HSBC Bank USA maintains foreign branch offices, subsidiaries and/or representative offices in the Caribbean, Europe, Asia, Latin America and Canada. Through HSBC Bank USA, we offer our customers a full range of commercial and consumer banking products and related financial services. Our customers include individuals, including high net worth individuals, small businesses, corporations, institutions and governments. HSBC Bank USA also engages in mortgage banking, and is an international dealer in derivative instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies, focusing on structuring of transactions to meet clients' needs. HSBC Bank USA's main office is in McLean, Virginia, and its principal executive offices are located at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York. Its domestic operations are located primarily in the state of New York.
In 2005, HSBC USA incorporated a nationally chartered limited purpose bank subsidiary, HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), National Association ("HTCD"), the primary activities of which are serving as custodian of investment securities for other HSBC affiliates and providing personal trust services. Prior to HSBC Finance exiting the Taxpayer Financial Services business in December 2010, HTCD also originated refund anticipation loans and checks in support of that program. The impact of HTCD's operations on HSBC USA's consolidated balance sheets and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not material.
In 2006, HSBC USA formed HSBC National Bank USA ("HBMD"), a national banking association established to support HSBC USA's retail branch expansion strategy. HBMD was merged with and into HSBC Bank USA in December 2008, at which time HSBC Bank USA relocated our main office to McLean, Virginia.
HSBC USA Inc.
Prior to 2011, we reported the results of our operations in five reportable segments: Retail Banking and Wealth Management ("RBWM") (formerly Personal Financial Services), Consumer Finance, Commercial Banking ("CMB"), Global Banking and Markets and Private Banking ("PB"). In the first quarter of 2011, we completed a re-evaluation of the financial information used to manage our business including the scope and content of the financial data being reported to our management and decided we would no longer manage and evaluate the performance of receivables purchased from HSBC Finance as a separate Consumer Finance operating segment, but would manage and evaluate the performance of these assets as a component of our RBWM segment, consistent with HSBC's globally-defined business segments. As a result, beginning in the first quarter of 2011, we report our financial results under four reportable segments. In the second quarter of 2011 the name of our Personal Financial Services segment was changed to RBWM and Asset Management, which provides investment solutions to institutions, financial intermediaries and individual investors, was moved from Global Banking and Markets to this new single business segment. These changes have been reflected in the segment financial information for all periods presented.
As discussed more fully under "Discontinued Operations" below and in Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, certain credit card receivables and our former banknotes business are reported as discontinued operations and, because we report segments on a continuing operations basis, are no longer included in our segment presentation.
We report results to our parent, HSBC, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs"), under which HSBC prepares its consolidated financial statements. As a result, our segment results are presented on an IFRSs legal entity basis ("IFRS Basis") (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure) as operating results are monitored and reviewed and trends are evaluated on an IFRS Basis. However, we continue to monitor capital adequacy, establish dividend policy and report to regulatory agencies on a U.S. GAAP basis. For additional financial information relating to our business and operating segments as well as a summary of the significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results, see Note 25, "Business Segments" in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Continuing Operations
Retail Banking and Wealth Management Segment Through its 461 branches (115 of which are in New York City), RBWM provides banking and wealth products and services, including personal loans, MasterCard and Visa credit card loans, deposits, branch services and financial planning products and services such as mutual funds, investments and insurance. As previously announced, RBWM, which includes Asset Management is now managed as a single global business.
In July 2011, we announced that we had reached an agreement with First Niagara Bank, N.A. ("First Niagara") to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises, primarily located in upstate New York. We also announced the closure and consolidation of 13 branches in Connecticut and New Jersey. The sale to First Niagara is expected to close in stages beginning in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer's regulator.
Following completion of these transactions RBWM will focus on growing its wealth and banking business in key urban centers with strong international connectivity across the U.S. including New York City, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Miami and Washington DC.
Our lead customer proposition, HSBC Premier, is a premium service wealth and relationship banking proposition designed for the internationally minded mass affluent consumer. HSBC Premier provides customers access to a broad selection of local and international banking and wealth products and services that have been tailored to the needs of our HSBC Premier customers. HSBC Premier enables customers to access all their accounts from a single on-line view and includes free international funds transfers between these accounts and access to a range of wealth management solutions. The Premier service is delivered by a personal Premier relationship manager, supported by a 24-hour priority telephone and internet service.
Commercial Banking Segment In support of HSBC's strategy to be the leader in international banking in target markets, CMB serves the growing number of U.S. companies that are increasingly in need of international banking and financial products and services as well as foreign companies in need of U.S. products and services. CMB offers comprehensive domestic and international services and banking, insurance and investment products to companies, government entities and non-profit organizations, with a particular emphasis on geographical collaboration to meet the banking needs of its international business customers. CMB provides loan and deposit products, payments and cash management services, merchant services, trade and supply chain, corporate finance, global markets and risk advisory products and services to small businesses and middle-market corporations, including specialized products such as real estate financing. CMB also offers various credit and trade related products such as standby facilities, performance guarantees and acceptances. These products and services are offered through multiple delivery systems, including our branch banking network.
Global Banking and Markets Segment Our Global Banking and Markets business segment supports HSBC's emerging markets-led and financing-focused global strategy by leveraging HSBC Group advantages and scale, strength in developed and emerging markets and Global Markets products expertise in order to focus on delivering international products to U.S. clients and local products to international clients, with New York as the hub for the Americas business, including Canada and Latin America. Global Banking and Markets provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients as well as private investors worldwide. Managed as a global business, Global Banking and Markets clients are served by sector-focused teams that bring together relationship managers and product specialists to develop financial solutions that meet individual client needs. With a focus on providing client connectivity between the emerging markets and developed markets, we ensure that a comprehensive understanding of each client's financial requirements is developed with a long-term relationship management approach. In addition to Global Banking and Markets clients, Global Banking and Markets works with RBWM, CMB and PB to meet their domestic and international banking needs.
Within client-focused business lines, Global Banking and Markets offers a full range of capabilities, including:
• Corporate and investment banking and financing solutions for corporate and institutional clients, including loans, working capital, investment banking, trade services, payments and cash management, and leveraged and acquisition finance; and
• One of the largest markets businesses of its kind, with 24-hour coverage and knowledge of local markets and providing services in credit and rates, foreign exchange, derivatives, money markets, precious metals trading, cash equities, equity derivatives and securities services.
Also included in our Global Banking and Markets segment is our Balance Sheet Management business which carries out our treasury functions, including management of liquidity and interest rate risk, funding for business operations and stewardship over surplus funds held in the investment portfolio.
Private Banking Segment PB provides private banking and trustee services to high net worth individuals and families with local and international needs. Accessing the most suitable products from the marketplace, PB works with its clients to offer both traditional and innovative ways to manage and preserve wealth while optimizing returns. PB offers a wide range of wealth management and specialist advisory services, including banking, liquidity management, investment services, custody services, tailored lending, wealth planning, trust and fiduciary services, insurance, family wealth and philanthropy advisory services. PB also works to ensure that its clients have access to other products and services, capabilities, resources and expertise available throughout HSBC, such as credit cards, investment banking, commercial real estate lending and middle market lending, to deliver services and solutions for all aspects of their wealth management needs.
Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Tax Expense - Significant Trends Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense, and various trends and activity affecting operations, are summarized in the following table.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax from prior year.......................................... | $ 1,445 | $ (265 ) | $ (2,622 ) |
Increase (decrease) in income from continuing operations before income tax attributable to: | |||
Balance sheet management activities excluding gains/(losses) on security sales(1).......................... | (219 ) | (140 ) | 313 |
Trading revenue(2)......................................................................................................................................... | (78 ) | 276 | 2,376 |
Gains/(losses) on security sales................................................................................................................ | 55 | (230 ) | 222 |
Loans held for sale(3)..................................................................................................................................... | (74 ) | 297 | 263 |
Residential mortgage banking related revenue (loss)(4).......................................................................... | 159 | (294 ) | 183 |
Gain (loss) on own debt designated at fair value and related derivatives(5)........................................ | 225 | 733 | (1,164 ) |
Gain (loss) on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives, excluding own debt(5)................................................................................................................................................................... | (48 ) | (186 ) | 625 |
Provision for credit losses(6)........................................................................................................................ | (224 ) | 1,397 | (422 ) |
Goodwill impairment loss(7).......................................................................................................................... | - | - | 54 |
Interest expense on certain tax exposures(8 )............................................................................................ | (94 ) | (5 ) | - |
Impairment of software development costs............................................................................................. | (110 ) | - | - |
Interchange litigation and certain mortgage servicing matters (9).......................................................... | (123 ) | - | - |
All other activity(10)....................................................................................................................................... | (232 ) | (138 ) | (93 ) |
|
|
| |
(763 ) | 1,710 | 2,357 | |
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax for current year........................................ | $ 682 | $ 1,445 | $ (265 ) |
|
|
|
(1) Balance sheet management activities are comprised primarily of net interest income resulting from management of interest rate risk associated with the repricing characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities. For additional discussion regarding Global Banking and Markets net interest income, trading revenues, and the Global Banking and Markets business segment see the caption "Business Segments" in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") section of this Form 10-K.
(2) For additional discussion regarding trading revenue, see the caption "Results of Operations" in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.
(3) For additional discussion regarding loans held for sale, see the caption "Balance Sheet Review" in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.
(4) For additional discussion regarding residential mortgage banking revenue, see the caption "Results of Operations" in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.
(5) For additional discussion regarding fair value option and fair value measurement, see Note 18, "Fair Value Option," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(6) For additional discussion regarding provision for credit losses, see the caption "Results of Operations" in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.
(7) For additional discussion regarding goodwill impairment, see Note 13, "Goodwill," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(8) For additional discussion on interest expense on certain tax exposures, see Note 19, "Income Taxes," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(9) Includes a provision for interchange litigation as well as estimated costs associated with penalties related to foreclosure delays involving loans serviced for the GSEs and other third parties and an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters.
(10) Represents other banking activities, including the impact of certain non-recurring items such as the impaired software development costs and costs associated with the consolidation of certain branch offices in 2011 and in 2010, the gain on the sale of Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank and the whole loan purchase settlement.
Discontinued Operations
Sale of Certain Credit Card Operations to Capital One In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly-owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation ("Capital One"). This sale includes our GM and UP credit card receivables as well as our private label credit card and closed-end receivables, all of which were purchased from HSBC Finance. HSBC Bank USA will continue to offer credit cards to HSBC Bank USA's customers. We anticipate this transaction will close during the second quarter of 2012. The results for these receivables were previously reported in the Retail Banking and Wealth Management segment. As a result of this transaction, we have classified these receivables as held for sale as a component of Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet. See "2011 Events" in Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 3, "Discontinued Operations" of the consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding this transaction.
Banknotes Business In June 2010, we decided that the wholesale banknotes business ("Banknotes Business") within our Global Banking and Markets segment did not fit with our core strategy in the U.S. and, therefore, made the decision to exit this business. This business, which was managed out of the United States with operations in key locations worldwide, arranged for the physical distribution of banknotes globally to central banks, large commercial banks and currency exchanges. As part of the decision to exit the Banknotes Business, in October 2010 we sold the assets of our Asian banknotes operations ("Asian Banknotes Operations") to an unaffiliated third party. As the exit of our Banknotes Business, including the sale of our Asian Banknotes Operations, was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2010, we began to report the results of our Banknotes Business as discontinued operations at that time.
Funding
We fund our operations using a diversified deposit base, supplemented by issuing short-term and long-term debt, borrowing under unsecured and secured financing facilities, issuing preferred equity, selling liquid assets and, as necessary, receiving capital contributions from our immediate parent, HSBC North America Inc. ("HNAI"). Our continued success is primarily dependent upon our ability to attract and retain deposits. Emphasis is placed on maintaining stability in core deposit balances. Numerous factors, both internal and external, may impact our access to, and the costs associated with, both retail and wholesale sources of funding. These factors may include our debt ratings, overall economic conditions, overall capital markets volatility, the counterparty credit limits of investors to the HSBC Group and the effectiveness of our management of the credit risks inherent in our business and customer base.
In 2011, our primary source of funds continued to be deposits, augmented by issuances of commercial paper and term debt. We have continued to reduce our reliance on debt capital markets by increasing stable deposits. We have increased our emphasis on relationship deposits where clients have purchased multiple products from us such as HSBC Premier for individuals, as those balances will tend to be significantly more stable than non-relationship deposits. We issued a total of $6.3 billion of long-term debt at various points during 2011. We also retired long-term debt of $6.3 billion in 2011. We did not receive any capital contributions from our parent, HNAI, in 2011, while maintaining capital at levels we believe are prudent in the current market conditions.
A detailed description of our sources and availability of funding are set forth in the "Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Off Balance Sheet Arrangements" sections of the MD&A.
We use the cash generated by these funding sources to service our debt obligations, originate and purchase new loans, purchase investment securities and pay dividends to our preferred shareholders and, as available and appropriate, to our parent.
Employees and Customers
At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 9,000 employees.
At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 3.5 million customers, some of which are customers of more than one of our businesses. Customers residing in the state of New York accounted for 42 percent of our outstanding loans on a continuing operations basis.
Regulation and Competition
Regulation We are subject to, among other things, the elements of an extensive statutory and regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies, financial holding companies and banks. U.S. regulation of banks, bank holding companies and financial holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the federal Deposit Insurance Fund and the banking system as a whole rather than the protection of security holders and creditors. Events since early 2008 affecting the financial services industry and, more generally, the financial markets and the economy have led to a significant number of initiatives regarding reform of the financial services industry. The following discussion describes the current regulatory framework in which HSBC USA operates and anticipated changes to that framework.
Financial Regulatory Reform On July 21, 2010, the "Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act" ("Dodd-Frank") was signed into law. This legislation is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system. The new law is comprehensive and includes many provisions specifically relevant to our businesses and the businesses of our affiliates.
Oversight In order to preserve financial stability in the industry, the legislation has created the Financial Stability Oversight Council ("FSOC") which may take certain actions, including precluding mergers, restricting financial products offered, restricting or terminating activities or imposing conditions on activities or requiring the sale or transfer of assets, against any bank holding company with assets greater than $50 billion, such as HSBC North America, that is found to pose a grave threat to financial stability. The FSOC will be supported by the Office of Financial Research ("OFR") which will impose data reporting requirements on financial institutions. The cost of operating both the FSOC and OFR will be paid for through an assessment on large bank holding companies, which is currently proposed to begin in July 2012.
Increased Prudential Standards Over a transition period from 2013 to 2015, the Federal Reserve Board will apply more stringent capital and risk management requirements on bank holding companies such as HSBC North America, which will require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of four percent, a minimum Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio of five percent and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of eight percent. In addition, large bank holding companies, such as HSBC North America, and large insured depository institutions, such as HSBC Bank USA, are now required to file resolution plans identifying material subsidiaries and core business lines, describing what strategy would be followed in the event of significant financial distress, including identifying how insured bank subsidiaries would be adequately protected from risk created by other affiliates. The failure to cure delinquencies in a resolution plan would enable the Federal Reserve Board to impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, or restrictions on growth, activities or operations and, if such failure persists, require the divestiture of assets or operations. The Federal Reserve Board has also proposed a series of increased supervisory standards to be followed by large bank holding companies, including required remediation in the event of failure to meet capital requirements, stress testing requirements, enhanced governance and stress testing for liquidity management, caps on single-counterparty exposures and risk management standards. There are also provisions in Dodd-Frank that relate to governance of executive compensation, including disclosures evidencing the relationship between compensation and performance and a requirement that some executive incentive compensation is forfeitable in the event of an accounting restatement.
Affiliate Transaction Limits In relation to requirements for bank transactions with affiliates, beginning in July 2012 the current quantitative and qualitative limits on bank credit transactions with affiliates will also include credit exposure related to repurchase agreements, derivatives and securities lending transactions. This provision may limit the use of intercompany transactions between us and our affiliates, which may impact our current funding and hedging strategies.
Derivatives Regulation The legislation has numerous provisions addressing derivatives. There is the imposition of comprehensive regulation of over-the-counter ("OTC") derivatives markets, including credit default and interest rate swaps, as well as limits on FDIC-insured banks' overall OTC derivatives activities. Most of the significant provisions are to be implemented within two to three years of the enactment of the legislation. There is also the requirement for the use of mandatory derivative clearing houses and exchanges, which will significantly change the derivatives industry.
The "Volcker Rule" The "Volcker Rule" provisions of the legislation impose certain restrictions and parameters on the ability of covered banking entities, such as HSBC Bank USA and our affiliates, to engage in proprietary trading activities, to sponsor or invest in hedge funds or private equity funds, and to engage in covered transactions with certain funds. Rulemaking to implement the provisions of the Volcker Rule has not been completed, and covered banking entities will be granted a certain period of time following the enactment of these rules to conform their activities to the new requirements. We believe the provisions of the Volcker Rule will require changes to the conduct of certain existing businesses.
FDIC Assessment The legislation also provided for a reapportionment in FDIC insurance assessments on FDIC-insured banks, such as HSBC Bank USA. The minimum FDIC reserve ratio has been increased from 1.15 to 1.35, with the target of 1.35 to be reached by 2020, with the incremental cost charged to banks with more than $10 billion in assets. The assessment methodology was revised to a methodology based on assets beginning with second quarter 2011 assessments with pricing based on a FDIC methodology to measure the risk of the banks. This shift has had financial implications for all FDIC-insured banks, including HSBC Bank USA. In addition, the FDIC has set the designated reserve ratio at two percent as a long-term goal.
Consumer Regulation The legislation has created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB") with a broad range of powers to administer and enforce a new Federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation, including the authority to regulate credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services and providers of those products and services. The CFPB has the authority to issue regulations to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with consumer financial products or services and to ensure features of any consumer financial products or services are fully, accurately and effectively disclosed to consumers. The CFPB will also have authority to examine large banks, including HSBC Bank USA, and their affiliates for compliance with those regulations.
With respect to certain state laws governing the provision of consumer financial products by national banks such as HSBC Bank USA, the legislation codified the current judicial standard of federal preemption with respect to national banks, but added procedural steps to be followed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") when considering preemption determinations after July 21, 2011. Furthermore, the legislation removed the ability of subsidiaries or agents of a national bank to claim federal preemption of consumer financial laws after July 21, 2011, although the legislation did not purport to affect existing contracts. These limitations on federal preemption may elevate our costs of compliance, while increasing litigation expenses as a result of potential State Attorney General or plaintiff challenges and the risk of courts not giving deference to the OCC, as well as increasing complexity due to the lack of uniformity in state law. At this time, we are unable to determine the extent to which the limitations on federal preemption will impact our businesses and those of our competitors.
The legislation contains many other consumer-related provisions, including provisions addressing mortgage reform. In the area of mortgage origination, there is a requirement to apply a net tangible benefit test for all refinancing transactions. There are also numerous revised servicing requirements for mortgage loans.
Debit Interchange The legislation authorized the Federal Reserve to implement standards for assessing debit interchange fees that are reasonable and proportionate to the actual processing costs of the issuer. The Federal Reserve promulgated regulations effective October 1, 2011 that limit interchange fees in most cases to no more than the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, plus the ability to charge an additional 1 cent per transaction if the issuer meets certain fraud-prevention standards. As a result of these limits, our revenues were reduced by approximately $11 million in 2011 and we currently anticipate our revenues will be reduced by $30 million in 2012 compared to what they otherwise would have been without such limits.
The legislation will have a significant impact on the operations of many financial institutions in the U.S., including HSBC USA and HSBC Bank USA and our affiliates. As the legislation calls for extensive regulations to be promulgated to interpret and implement the legislation, we are unable to determine precisely the impact that Dodd-Frank and related regulations will have on financial results at this time.
Bank Holding Company Supervision As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC Act"), and to inspection, examination and supervision by our primary regulator, the Federal Reserve Board. We are also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").
HSBC USA and its parent bank holding companies have elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLB Act"). Under regulations implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, if any financial holding company, or any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company, ceases to meet certain capital or management standards, the Federal Reserve Board may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company's depository institutions if the deficiencies persist. The regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended ("CRA"), the Federal Reserve Board must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies. So long as HSBC USA, our parent financial holding companies and our depository-institution subsidiaries meet the capital, management and CRA requirements described above, we will be permitted to conduct the broader activities permitted under the GLB Act.
We are generally prohibited under the BHC Act from acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than five percent of any class of voting shares of, or substantially all the assets of, or exercising control over, any U.S. bank, bank holding company or many other types of depository institutions and/or their holding companies without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and, potentially, other U.S. banking regulatory agencies.
The GLB Act and the regulations issued thereunder contain a number of other provisions that affect our operations and those of our subsidiary banks. One such provision contained detailed requirements relating to the financial privacy of consumers. In addition, the so-called 'push-out' provisions of the GLB Act removed the blanket exemption from registration for securities activities conducted in banks (including HSBC Bank USA) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. New rules have been published to implement these changes that allow banks to continue to avoid registration as a broker or dealer only if they conduct securities activities that fall within a set of defined exceptions.
Consumer Regulation Our consumer lending businesses operate in a highly regulated environment. In addition to the establishment of the CFPB and the other consumer-related provisions of Dodd-Frank described above, these businesses are subject to laws relating to consumer protection including, without limitation, fair lending, fair debt collection practices, use of credit reports, privacy matters, and disclosure of credit terms and correction of billing errors. Local, state and national regulatory and enforcement agencies continue efforts to address perceived problems within the mortgage lending and credit card industries through broad or targeted legislative or regulatory initiatives aimed at lenders' operations in consumer lending markets. There continues to be a significant amount of legislative and regulatory activity, nationally, locally and at the state level, designed to limit certain lending practices while mandating servicing activities.
On May 22, 2009, the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the "CARD Act") was signed into law and we have implemented all applicable provisions. The CARD Act has required us to make changes to our business practices, and will require us and our competitors to manage risk differently than has historically been the case. Pricing, underwriting and product changes have either been implemented or are under continuing analysis. The implementation of the new rules did not have a material adverse impact on us as any impact is limited to only a portion of the existing credit card loan portfolio as the purchase price on future credit card sales volume paid to HSBC Finance has been adjusted to reflect the new requirements and the impact on future cash flows.
Due to the turmoil in the mortgage lending markets, there has also been a significant amount of federal and state legislative and regulatory focus on this industry. Increased regulatory oversight over residential mortgage lenders has occurred, including through state and federal examinations and periodic inquiries from State Attorneys General for information. Several regulators, legislators and other governmental bodies have promoted particular views of appropriate or "model" loan modification programs, suitable loan products and foreclosure and loss mitigation practices. We have developed a modification program that employs procedures which we believe are most responsive to our customers needs and continue to enhance and refine these practices as other programs are announced, and we evaluate the results of our customer assistance efforts. We continue to be active in various home preservation initiatives through participation at local events sponsored by public officials, community leaders and consumer advocates.
As previously reported, HSBC Bank USA has entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC ("the OCC Servicing Consent Order") and our affiliate, HSBC Finance Corporation, and our common indirect parent, HSBC North America have entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board (together with the OCC Servicing Consent Order, the "Servicing Consent Orders") following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The OCC Servicing Consent Order requires HSBC Bank USA to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We continue to work with our regulators to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required. See "Executive Overview" in MD&A for further discussion.
Supervision of Bank Subsidiaries Our subsidiary national banks, HSBC Bank USA and HTCD, are subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC, secondarily by the FDIC, and by the Federal Reserve Board. HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to banking laws and regulations that place various restrictions on and requirements regarding their operations and administration, including the establishment and maintenance of branch offices, capital and reserve requirements, deposits and borrowings, investment and lending activities, compliance activities, payment of dividends and numerous other matters.
Federal law imposes limitations on the payment of dividends by national banks. Dividends payable by HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are limited to the lesser of the amounts calculated under a "recent earnings" test and an "undivided profits" test. Under the recent earnings test, a dividend may not be paid if the total of all dividends declared by a bank in any calendar year is in excess of the current year's net income combined with the retained net income of the two preceding years, unless the national bank obtains the approval of the OCC. Under the undivided profits test, a dividend may not be paid in excess of a bank's undivided profits account. In addition, the OCC, the Federal Reserve Board, and the FDIC have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including HSBC USA and HSBC Bank USA, if they would consider payment of such dividend to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. HSBC Bank USA is also required to maintain reserves in the form of vault cash and deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank.
HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to, and certain other "covered transactions" with, HSBC USA or other affiliates. Covered transactions include loans and other extensions of credit, investments and asset purchases, and certain other transactions involving the transfer of value from a subsidiary bank to an affiliate or for the benefit of an affiliate. Unless an exemption applies, or a specific waiver is granted by the Federal Reserve Board, covered transactions by a bank with a single affiliate are limited to 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus, and all covered transactions with affiliates in the aggregate are limited to 20 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. Where HSBC USA or another HSBC affiliate provides cash collateral for an extension of credit to an affiliate, that loan would be excluded from the 10 and 20 percent limitations. Loans and extensions of credit to affiliates by a bank generally are required to be secured in specified amounts with specific types of collateral. Starting July 2012, a bank's credit exposure to an affiliate as a result of a derivative, securities lending or repurchase agreement, will be subject to these limits. A bank's transactions with its non-bank affiliates are also generally required to be on arm's length terms.
The types of activities in which the non-U.S. branches of HSBC Bank USA may engage are subject to various restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Board. These branches are also subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate.
Under longstanding Federal Reserve Board policy, which Dodd-Frank codified as a statutory requirement, HSBC USA is expected to act as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit resources to support each such subsidiary bank in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy.
Regulatory Capital Requirements As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulatory capital requirements and guidelines imposed by the Federal Reserve Board, which are substantially similar to those imposed by the OCC and the FDIC on banks such as HSBC Bank USA and HTCD. A bank or bank holding company's failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory actions and possibly additional discretionary actions by its regulators. Under current capital guidelines, a bank or a bank holding company's assets and certain specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A bank or bank holding company's capital, in turn, is classified into one of three tiers. Tier 1 capital includes common equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock at the holding company level, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain other deductions. Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, cumulative perpetual preferred stock not qualified as Tier 1 capital, subordinated debt, and allowances for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations. Tier 3 capital includes qualifying unsecured subordinated debt. At least one-half of a bank's total capital must qualify as Tier 1 capital. To be categorized as "well capitalized," a banking institution must have the minimum ratios reflected in the table included in Note 26, "Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements" of the consolidated financial statements and must not be subject to a directive, order or written agreement to meet and maintain specific capital levels. The federal bank regulatory agencies may, however, set higher capital requirements for an individual bank or when a bank's particular circumstances warrant. The Federal Reserve Board may also set higher capital requirements for bank holding companies whose circumstances warrant it. As part of the regulatory approvals with respect to the credit card and auto receivable portfolio purchases completed in January 2009, HSBC USA and its ultimate parent, HSBC, committed, among other things, that HSBC Bank USA will hold sufficient capital with respect to the purchased receivables that are or become "low-quality assets," as defined by the Federal Reserve Act. See Note 26, "Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements," in the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
In December 2007, U.S. regulators published a final rule regarding Risk-Based Capital Standards: Advanced Capital Adequacy Framework - Basel II. This final rule represents the U.S. adoption of the Basel II International Capital Accord ("Basel II"). HSBC North America is required to implement Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. While HSBC USA will not report separately under the new rules, HSBC Bank USA will report under the new rules on a stand-alone basis. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel II final rule requirements. We are uncertain as to when we will receive approval to adopt Basel II from our primary regulator. We have integrated Basel II metrics into our management reporting and decision making process. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.
In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the "Basel Committee") issued final rules on "A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems," commonly referred to as Basel III, which presents details of a bank capital and liquidity reform program to address both firm-specific and broader, systemic risks to the banking sector. Although the Basel Committee has issued guidance, we are still awaiting formal instructions as to how the Basel III framework will be implemented by the U.S. regulators. The capital proposals will require banks to hold more capital and a higher quality of capital over a phase-in period from 2013 to 2019. Under Basel III, when fully phased in on January 1, 2019, HSBC North America and HSBC Bank USA would be required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios (exclusive of any capital surcharge for large, global systemically important banks ("G-SIBs") as follows:
Tier 1 Common | Tier 1 Capital | Total Capital | |
Stated minimum ratio....................................................................................................... | 4.5 % | 6.0 % | 8.0 % |
Plus: Capital conservation buffer requirement............................................................ | 2.5 % | 2.5 % | 2.5 % |
Effective minimum ratio.................................................................................................. | 7.0 % | 8.5 % | 10.5 % |
We anticipate HSBC North America and HSBC Bank USA will meet these requirements well in advance of their formal introduction. In addition, and subject to national discretion by the respective regulatory authorities, a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5%, consisting of common equity, could also be required to be built up by banking organizations in periods of excess credit growth compared with GDP growth. Further, under Basel III, certain capital instruments may no longer qualify as regulatory capital. Such instruments will generally be subject to a 10-year phase-out period.
Basel III also establishes a more constrained leverage ratio than currently applies to U.S. banking organizations. Banking organizations will be required to maintain a minimum 3% tier 1 capital leverage ratio during a parallel run period from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2017 to enable calibration of the leverage ratio to be finalized in 2017 and become mandatory from January 1, 2018.
Further increases in regulatory capital may be required in response to the implementation of Basel III. The exact amount, however, will depend upon our prevailing risk profile and that of our North America affiliates under various stress scenarios.
HSBC North America is in the process of evaluating the Basel III framework for liquidity risk management. The proposals include both a Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") designed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario lasting 30 days and a Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") with a time horizon of one year to ensure a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. For both ratios, HSBC North America will be expected to achieve a ratio of 100 percent or better. Under the Basel Committee final rules, the observation period for the ratios begins in 2012 with LCR introduced by 2015 and NSFR by 2018. HSBC Holdings plc has already begun reporting indicative ratios to its primary regulator, the FSA. Discussions continue on the specific calculations, with ongoing requests for Quantitative Impact studies ("QIS") by the regulators. We anticipate a formal Notice of Proposed Rulemaking ("NPR") will be issued in early 2013 and an observation period beginning in 2013. Based on the results of the observation periods, the Basel Committee and the regulators may make further changes. We anticipate meeting these requirements prior to their formal introduction. HSBC USA may need to increase its liquidity profile to support HSBC North America's compliance with the new rules. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the extent of changes HSBC USA will need to make to its liquidity position, if any.
In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued a draft proposal as to "Enhanced Prudential Standards and Early Remediation Requirements for Covered Companies". HSBC North America is a covered company. The proposal includes stress testing requirements, caps on single-counterparty exposures and risk management standards. It also includes enhanced governance and stress testing requirements for liquidity management. Building on prior regulatory guidance, a review by our Board of Directors would be formally required for many aspects of liquidity management. It further builds on concepts introduced by the U.S. regulators and bridges those principals to Basel III liquidity requirements. We do not anticipate substantial changes in our overall funding needs, but will further enhance our practices. This is a proposal with comments due in March 2012.
In December 2010, the U.S. regulators published their updated Market Risk Amendment Notice of Proposed Rulemaking aligned closely with the Basel publications (known in the industry as "Basel 2.5"). The rule includes changes to the existing regulatory capital approaches which may become official after the comment period and normal regulatory review. In December 2011, U.S. regulators published a further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in respect of market risk, setting out the proposals for alternatives to credit ratings for debt and securitization positions, as required by Dodd-Frank. If adopted as proposed, we will experience a significant increase in our capital requirements even in the absence of any change to our current risk profile, and we continue to consider strategies to mitigate this impact. The U.S. regulators have also indicated they intend to propose similar revisions to the Basel I and Basel II rules to eliminate the use of external credit ratings to determine the risk weights applicable to securitization and certain corporate exposures under these regulations.
HSBC North America and HSBC USA also continue to support the HSBC implementation of the Basel II framework, as adopted by the U.K. Financial Services Authority ("FSA"). We supply data regarding credit risk, operational risk and market risk to support HSBC's regulatory capital and risk weighted asset calculations. Revised FSA capital adequacy rules for HSBC became effective January 1, 2008.
In November 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued final rules (the "Capital Plan Rules") requiring U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans for review. Under the Capital Plan Rules, the Federal Reserve Board will annually evaluate bank holding companies' capital adequacy, internal capital adequacy assessment processes, and plans to make capital distributions, and will approve capital distributions only for companies whose capital plans have been approved and are able to demonstrate sufficient financial strength after making the capital distributions.
Our capital resources are summarized under "Liquidity and Capital Resources" in MD&A. Capital amounts and ratios for HSBC USA and HSBC Bank USA are summarized in Note 26, "Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements" of the consolidated financial statements. From time to time, bank regulators propose amendments to or issue interpretations of risk-based capital guidelines. Such proposals or interpretations could, upon implementation, affect reported capital ratios and net risk weighted assets.
Deposit Insurance Deposits placed at HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are insured by the FDIC, subject to the limitations and conditions of applicable law and the FDIC's regulations. In 2009, FDIC insurance coverage limits were increased temporarily from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor and this increased limit was made permanent on July 21, 2010. Beginning on December 31, 2010 and continuing through December 31, 2012, Dodd-Frank provides for unlimited FDIC insurance for deposits exceeding $250,000 in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts. HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to risk-based assessments from the FDIC. Currently, depository institutions subject to assessment are categorized based on supervisory ratings, financial ratios and, in the case of larger institutions, long-term debt issuer ratings, with those in the highest rated categories paying lower assessments. While the assessments are generally payable quarterly, the FDIC also has the authority to impose special assessments to prevent the deposit insurance fund from declining to an unacceptable level. Pursuant to this authority, the FDIC imposed a 5 basis point special assessment on June 30, 2009. In November 2009, the FDIC amended its regulations to require depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on or before December 30, 2009. Beginning with the second quarter 2011, FDIC assessments are based on average consolidated total assets and risk profile.
Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering The USA Patriot Act (the "Patriot Act"), effective October 26, 2001, imposed significant record keeping and customer identity requirements, expanded the government's powers to freeze or confiscate assets and increased the available penalties that may be assessed against financial institutions for violation of the requirements of the Patriot Act intended to detect and deter money laundering. The Patriot Act required the U.S. Treasury Secretary to develop and adopt final regulations with regard to the anti-money laundering ("AML") compliance obligations of financial institutions (a term which includes insured U.S. depository institutions, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, U.S. broker-dealers and numerous other entities). The U.S. Treasury Secretary delegated certain authority to a bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department known as the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN").
Many of the anti-money laundering compliance requirements of the Patriot Act, as implemented by FinCEN, are generally consistent with the anti-money laundering compliance obligations that applied to HSBC Bank USA under the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA") and applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations before the Patriot Act was adopted. These include requirements to adopt and implement an anti-money laundering program, report suspicious transactions and implement due diligence procedures for certain correspondent and private banking accounts. Certain other specific requirements under the Patriot Act involve compliance obligations. The Patriot Act has improved communication between law enforcement agencies and financial institutions. The Patriot Act and other recent events have also resulted in heightened scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance programs by bank regulators.
As previously disclosed, HSBC Bank USA entered into a consent cease and desist order with the OCC and our indirect parent, HSBC North America, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board in October 2010. These actions require improvements for an effective compliance risk management program across our U.S. businesses, including BSA and AML compliance. HSBC USA Inc. is committed to fully addressing the requirements of the consent orders, and to maintaining compliant and effective BSA and AML policies and procedures, and efforts to strengthen related functions will continue.
Competition Following the enactment of the GLB Act, HSBC USA elected to be treated as a financial holding company. The GLB Act also eliminated many of the regulatory restrictions on providing financial services. The GLB Act allows for financial institutions and other providers of financial products to enter into combinations that permit a single organization to offer a complete line of financial products and services. Therefore, we face intense competition in all of the markets we serve, competing with both other financial institutions and non-banking institutions such as insurance companies, major retailers, brokerage firms and investment companies. The financial services industry has experienced consolidation in recent years as financial institutions involved in a broad range of products and services have merged, been acquired or dispersed. This trend is expected to continue and has resulted in, among other things, greater concentrations of deposits and other resources. It is likely that competition will become more intense as our businesses compete with other financial institutions that have or may acquire access to greater liquidity or that may have a stronger presence in certain geographies.
Corporate Governance and Controls
We maintain a website at www.us.hsbc.com on which we make available, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with or furnishing to the SEC, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports. Our website also contains our Corporate Governance Standards and committee charters for the Audit Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Risk Committee and the Fiduciary Committee of our Board of Directors. We have a Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics that expresses the principles upon which we operate our businesses. Integrity is the foundation of all our business endeavors and is the result of continued dedication and commitment to the highest ethical standards in our relationships with each other, with other organizations and individuals who are our customers. Our Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics can be found on our corporate website. We also have a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our finance and accounting professionals that supplements the Statement of Business Principles. That Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference in Exhibit 14 to this Form 10-K. Printed copies of this information can be requested at no charge. Requests should be made to HSBC USA Inc., 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.
Certifications In addition to certifications from our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached to this report on Form 10-K as Exhibits 31 and 32), we also file a written affirmation of an authorized officer with the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") certifying that such officer is not aware of any violation by HSBC USA of the applicable NYSE corporate governance listing standards in effect as of February 27, 2012.
Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements
Certain matters discussed throughout this Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, we may make or approve certain statements in future filings with the SEC, in press releases, or oral or written presentations by representatives of HSBC USA that are not statements of historical fact and may also constitute forward-looking statements. Words such as "may", "will", "should", "would", "could", "appears", "believe", "intends", "expects", "estimates", "targeted", "plans", "anticipates", "goal" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but should not be considered as the only means through which these statements may be made. These matters or statements will relate to our future financial condition, economic forecast, results of operations, plans, objectives, performance or business developments and will involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from that which was expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our current views and assumptions and speak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect subsequent circumstances or events.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
The following discussion provides a description of some of the important risk factors that could affect our actual results and could cause our results to vary materially from those expressed in public statements or documents. However, other factors besides those discussed below or elsewhere in other of our reports filed with or furnished to with the SEC could affect our business or results. The reader should not consider any description of such factors to be a complete set of all potential risks that we may face.
The current uncertain market and economic conditions may continue to affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our business and earnings are affected by general business, economic and market conditions in the United States and abroad. Given our concentration of business activities in the United States, we are particularly exposed to any additional turmoil in the economy, housing downturns, high unemployment, tighter credit conditions and reduced economic growth that have occurred over the past four years and appear likely to continue in 2012. General business, economic and market conditions that could continue to affect us include:
• low consumer confidence and reduced consumer spending;
• a "double dip" recession;
• unemployment levels;
• wage income levels and declines in wealth;
• market value of residential and commercial real estate throughout the United States;
• inflation;
• monetary supply;
• fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets in which we fund our operations;
• unexpected geopolitical events;
• fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar;
• short-term and long-term interest rates;
• availability of liquidity;
• tight consumer credit conditions;
• higher bankruptcy filings; and
• new laws, regulations or regulatory and law enforcement initiatives.
In a challenging economic environment such as is currently being experienced in the United States and abroad, more of our customers are likely to, or have in fact, become delinquent on their loans or other obligations as compared to historical periods as many of our customers are experiencing reductions in cash flow available to service their debt. These delinquencies, in turn, have adversely affected our earnings. The problems in the housing markets in the United States in the last five years have been exacerbated by continued high unemployment rates. If businesses remain cautious to hire, additional losses are likely to be significant in all types of our consumer loans, including credit cards, due to decreased consumer income. Despite some indications of growth in employment and output in the latter part of 2011, the forecast for 2012 remains muted, with growth in gross domestic product for the United States well below trend for the past decades. Furthermore, public opinion about the state of the economy remains pessimistic, which affects not only production and consumption decisions, but also political, administrative, and regulatory priorities.
Housing prices declined in 2011 and a large inventory of foreclosed properties exerted additional downward pressure on market values in many metropolitan areas. If housing prices continue to decline, there may be increased delinquency and losses in our real estate portfolio.
Mortgage lenders have substantially tightened lending standards since 2007. These actions have impacted borrowers' abilities to refinance existing mortgage loans. This, in turn, impacted both credit performance and run-off rates and has resulted in elevated delinquency rates for real estate secured loans in our portfolio. Additionally, the high levels of inventory of homes for sale combined with depressed property values in many markets has resulted in higher loss severities on homes that are foreclosed and remarketed.
In the event economic conditions continue to be depressed or become further depressed and lead to a "double dip" recession, there would be a significant negative impact on delinquencies, charge-offs and losses in all loan portfolios with a corresponding impact on our results of operations.
A deterioration in business and economic conditions, which may erode consumer and investor confidence levels or increased volatility of financial markets, also could adversely affect financial results for our fee-based businesses, including our financial planning products and services.
Our reputation has a direct impact on our financial results and ongoing operations. Our ability to attract and retain customers and conduct business transactions with our counterparties could be adversely affected to the extent our reputation, or the reputation of affiliates operating under the HSBC brand, is damaged. Our failure to address, or to appear to fail to address, various issues that could give rise to reputational risk could cause harm to us and our business prospects. Reputational issues include, but are not limited to:
• appropriately addressing potential conflicts of interest;
• legal and regulatory requirements;
• ethical issues, including alleged deceptive or unfair lending or pricing practices;
• anti-money laundering and economic sanctions programs;
• privacy issues;
• fraud issues;
• data security issues related to our customers or employees;
• cybersecurity issues and cyber incidents, whether actual, threatened, or perceived;
• recordkeeping;
• sales and trading practices;
• the proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our businesses;
• negative news about us, HSBC or the financial services industry generally;
• a downgrade of or negative watch warning on any of our credit ratings; and
• general company performance.
The failure to address, or the perception that we have failed to address, these issues appropriately could make our customers unwilling to do business with us or give rise to increased regulatory action, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
Operational risks, such as systems disruptions or failures, breaches of security, cyberattacks, human error, changes in operational practices or inadequate controls may adversely impact our business and reputation. Operational risk is inherent in virtually all of our activities. While we have established and maintain an overall risk framework that is designed to balance strong corporate oversight with well-defined independent risk management, we continue to be subject to some degree of operational risk. Our businesses are dependent on our ability to process a large number of complex transactions, most of which involve, in some fashion, electronic devices or electronic networks. If any of our financial, accounting, or other data processing and other recordkeeping systems and management controls fail, are subject to cyberattack that compromises electronic devices or networks, or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Also, in order to react quickly to or meet newly-implemented regulatory requirements, we may need to change or enhance systems within very tight time frames, which would increase operational risk.
We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems infrastructure arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which may include:
• computer viruses, electrical, telecommunications, or other essential utility outages;
• cyberattacks, which are deliberate attempts to gain unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or impairing operational performance;
• natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes;
• events arising from local, regional or international politics, including terrorist acts;
• unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or upgrades to existing systems; or
• absence of operating systems personnel due to global pandemics or otherwise, which could have a significant effect on our business operations as well as on HSBC affiliates world-wide.
Such disruptions may give rise to losses in service to customers, an inability to collect our receivables in affected areas and other loss or liability to us.
We are similarly dependent on our employees. We could be materially adversely affected if an employee or employees, acting alone or in concert with non-affiliated third parties, causes a significant operational break-down or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems, including, without limitation, by means of cyberattack or denial-of-service attack. Third parties with which we do business could also be sources of operational risk to us, including risks relating to break-downs or failures of such parties' own systems or employees. Any of these occurrences could diminish our ability to operate one or more of our businesses, potential liability to clients, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, all of which could materially adversely affect us.
In recent years, internet and other cyberattacks, identity theft and fraudulent attempts to obtain personal and financial information from individuals and from companies that maintain such information pertaining to their customers have become more prevalent. Such acts can affect our business by:
• threatening the assets of our customers, potentially impacting our costumer's ability to repay loan balances and negatively impacting their credit ratings;
• causing us to incur remediation and other costs related to liability for customer or third parties for losses, repairs to remedy systems flaws, or incentives to customers and business partners to maintain and rebuild business relationships after the attack;
• increasing our costs to respond to such threats and to enhance our processes and systems to ensure security of data; or
• damaging our reputation from public knowledge of intrusion into our systems and databases.
In addition, there is the risk that our operating system controls as well as business continuity and data security systems could prove to be inadequate. Any such failure could affect our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations by requiring us to expend significant resources to correct the defect, as well as by exposing us to litigation or losses not covered by insurance.
Changes to operational practices from time to time could materially positively or negatively impact our performance and results. Such changes may include:
• our raising the minimum payment or fees to be charged on credit card accounts;
• the decision to sell credit card receivables or our determining to acquire or sell residential mortgage loans and other loans;
• changes to our customer account management and risk management/collection policies and practices;
• our increasing investment in technology, business infrastructure and specialized personnel; or
• our outsourcing of various operations.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose, in our annual report on Form 10-K, the existence of any "material weaknesses" in our internal control. In a company as large and complex as ours, lapses or deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting may occur from time to time and we cannot assure you that we will not find one or more material weaknesses as of the end of any given year.
Our financial results and condition could be adversely affected by a failure to complete or a delay in completing the sale of retail branches to First Niagara Bank, N.A. and the HSBC Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation. In July 2011, we announced that we had entered into an agreement to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises, primarily located in upstate New York, to First Niagara Bank, N.A. In August 2011, HSBC announced that through certain of its wholly-own affiliates, including HSBC USA Inc., it had entered into an agreement to sell HSBC's U.S. Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation. Both transactions are subject to regulatory approval. The sale of HSBC's U.S. Card and Retail Services business to Capital One requires the separation of the Card and Retail Services business from the remaining businesses of HSBC in North America and, to a lesser extent, globally. Separation of the businesses is an extremely complex process and will result in a significant number of transitional service arrangements between HSBC entities and Capital One. While we expect to complete both transactions in 2012 as previously announced, the operational complexities of the separation present significant risks to our intended closing date for the sale to Capital One. Any delay in the sale of our retail branches to First Niagara Bank, N.A. or the sale of the Card and Retail Services business to Capital One would also delay realization of the financial benefits of the transactions and would have an adverse impact on our liquidity. Further, if the sale to Capital One is not completed on or before May 10, 2012, either party may, with limited exceptions, terminate the transaction. Failure to complete the sale to Capital One would have an adverse impact on our liquidity and capital position. Failure to complete either sale would also reflect negatively on our ability to execute on HSBC's larger strategy, which could give rise to reputational risk and increased regulatory scrutiny.
In connection with the sale to Capital One, we will enter into an outsourcing arrangement with Capital One with respect to the servicing of HSBC Bank USA's retained consumer credit card program. We and our affiliates will also enter into a significant number of transitional service arrangements with Capital One with respect to the Card and Retail services business transferred to Capital One, which will continue to various dates until the separation of the Card and Retail Services business is completed. The complexities and demands of these arrangements will result in increased operational risk to us as they could divert management attention and resources from other operations, which could result in disruptions in our remaining businesses.
Changes in interest rates could reduce the value of our mortgage servicing rights and result in a significant reduction in earnings. As a residential mortgage servicer in the U.S., we have a portfolio of mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs"). An MSR is the right to service a mortgage loan - collect principal, interest and escrow amounts - for a fee, which we retain when we sell loans we have originated. We recognize MSRs as a separate and distinct asset at the time loans are sold. We initially value MSRs at fair value at the time the related loans are sold and subsequently measure MSRs at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value reflected in earnings in the period that the changes occur. Fair value is the present value of estimated future net servicing income, calculated based on a number of variables, including assumptions about the likelihood of prepayment by borrowers. MSRs are subject to interest rate risk in that their fair value will fluctuate as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their mortgage loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our MSRs can decrease. Any decrease in the fair value of our MSRs will reduce earnings in the period in which the decrease occurs, which can result in earnings volatility. While interest rate risk is mitigated through an active hedging program, hedging instruments and models that we use may not perfectly correlate with the value or income being hedged and, as a result, a reduction in the fair value of our MSRs could have a significant adverse impact on our earnings in a given period.
Exposure to European Sovereign debt may adversely impact our earnings. In 2011, a number sovereigns in the Eurozone, most notably Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, experienced periods of significant market volatility. High sovereign spreads, lack of market access, and political instability, resulted in Portugal, Greece and Ireland seeking bailout funding from the European Financial Stability Facility and International Monetary Fund in early 2011. Additionally, all three countries were downgraded by major credit rating agencies. We are exposed to certain Eurozone related risk as it relates to governments and central banks of selected Eurozone countries with near/quasi government agencies, banks and other financial institutions and other corporates. Because it is difficult to predict the speed and degree to which the economies of these countries will recover, given that they have demonstrated fiscal or political instability which may persist through 2012, it is possible that our continued exposure to these economies may adversely impact our earnings.
The downgrading of U.S. debt ratings and continued economic uncertainty related to U.S. markets could negatively impact our business operations and our access to capital markets. Recent concerns regarding U.S. debt and budget matters have caused uncertainty in financial markets. Although the U.S. debt limit was increased, a failure to raise the U.S. debt limit and the downgrading of U.S. debt ratings in the future could, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, materially adversely affect our ability to access capital markets on favorable terms, as well as have other material adverse effects on the operations of our business and our financial results and condition. Additionally, macroeconomic or market concerns related to the lack of confidence in the U.S. credit and debt ratings may prompt outflows from the company's funds or accounts. The subsequent deterioration of consumer confidence may diminish the demand for the products and services of the company's consumer business, or increase the cost to provide such products and services.
Federal Reserve Board policies can significantly affect business and economic conditions and our financial results and condition. The Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. They also can materially affect the value of financial instruments we hold, such as debt securities and MSRs. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve Board policies are beyond our control and can be hard to predict.
Our inability to meet funding requirements due to deposit attrition or credit ratings could impact operations. Our primary source of funding is deposits, augmented by issuance of commercial paper and term debt. Adequate liquidity is critical to our ability to operate our businesses. Despite the apparent improvements in overall market liquidity and our liquidity position, future conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include:
• an inability to attract or retain deposits;
• diminished access to capital markets;
• unforeseen cash or capital requirements;
• an inability to sell assets; and
• an inability to obtain expected funding from HSBC subsidiaries and clients.
These conditions could be caused by a number of factors, including factors, such as, among others:
• financial and credit market disruption;
• volatility or lack of market or customer confidence in financial markets;
• lack of market or customer confidence in the Company or negative news about us, HSBC or the financial services industry generally; and
• other conditions and factors over which we have little or no control including economic conditions in the U.S. and abroad and concerns over potential government defaults and related policy initiatives similar to concerns over the U.S. government downgrade, the potential failure of the U.S. to raise the debt limit and the ongoing European debt crisis.
HSBC has provided capital support in the past and has indicated its commitment and capacity to fund the needs of the business in the future.
Our credit ratings are an important part of maintaining our liquidity. Any downgrade in credit ratings could potentially increase our borrowing costs, impact our ability to issue commercial paper and, depending on the severity of the downgrade, substantially limit our access to capital markets, require us to make cash payments or post collateral and permit termination by counterparties of certain significant contracts.
Competition in the financial services industry may have a material adverse impact on our future results. We operate in a highly competitive environment. Competitive conditions are expected to continue to intensify as continued merger activity in the financial services industry produces larger, better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies. New products, customers and channels of distribution are constantly emerging. Such competition may impact the terms, rates, costs and/or profits historically included in the financial products we offer and purchase. There is no assurance that the significant and increasing competition within the financial services industry will not materially adversely affect our future results.
Unanticipated risks may impact our results. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance, cybersecurity and legal reporting systems, including models and programs that predict loan delinquency and loss. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques and prepare contingency plans in anticipation of developments, those techniques and plans and the judgments that accompany their application are complex and cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Accordingly, our ability to successfully identify and manage significant risks and to respond to unanticipated developments in a timely and complete manner is an important factor that can significantly impact our results.
We may incur additional costs and expenses in ensuring that we satisfy requirements relating to our mortgage foreclosure processes and the industry-wide delay in processing foreclosures may have a significant impact upon loss severity. As previously reported, HSBC Bank USA has entered into the OCC Servicing Consent Order with the OCC and our affiliate, HSBC Finance Corporation, and our common indirect parent, HSBC North America have entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The OCC Servicing Consent Order requires HSBC Bank USA to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We continue to work with our regulators to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required. See "Executive Overview" in MD&A and Note 30, "Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
We expect the costs associated with the Servicing Consent Orders will result in significant increases in our operational expenses in future periods. In addition, the Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA or our affiliates by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the Department of Justice or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. On February 9, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states announced a settlement with the five largest U.S. mortgage servicers with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC Bank USA have had preliminary discussions with U.S. bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, an accrual of $195 million was determined based on the total projected impact at HSBC North America associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. We have recorded an accrual of $38 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 which reflects the portion of the HSBC North America liability that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Bank USA. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement agencies relating to foreclosure and other mortgage services practices, including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitization of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices and we may see an increase in private litigation concerning these practices.
Beginning in late 2010, we suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 suspended foreclosures where judgment had not yet been entered while we enhanced our foreclosure documentation and processes. We have resumed processing the majority of suspended foreclosures in 48 states where judgment had not yet been entered and anticipate resuming suspended foreclosure activities in all states in the first quarter of 2012. We have begun initiating new foreclosure activities in 42 states and anticipate adding additional states during the first quarter of 2012. However, it will be a number of months before we resume all foreclosure activities in all states as we need to ensure we are satisfied that applicable enhanced processes have been implemented and it will take time to work through the backlog of loans that have not been referred to foreclosure in each state. We expect the number of REO properties added to inventory during 2012 will continue to be impacted by extended foreclosure timelines in all states and as we continue to refine our foreclosure processes.
In addition, certain courts and state legislatures are implementing new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased. Also in some areas, officials are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors when coupled with other mortgage lenders who also temporarily suspended foreclosure activities and have now resumed their foreclosure activities, has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures in the marketplace which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.
Recently implemented federal, state and other similar international laws and regulations may significantly impact our operations. We operate in a highly regulated environment. Changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations, including changes in tax rates, affecting banking, consumer credit, bankruptcy, privacy, consumer protection or other matters could materially impact our performance. Ensuring compliance with increasing regulatory requirements and initiatives could affect operational costs and negatively impact our overall results. Specifically, attempts by local, state and national regulatory agencies to address perceived problems with the mortgage lending and credit card industries and, more recently, to address additional perceived problems in the financial services industry generally through broad or targeted legislative or regulatory initiatives aimed at lenders' operations in consumer lending markets, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including limiting the types of products we can offer, how these products may be originated, the fees and charges that may be applied to accounts and how accounts may be collected or security interests enforced. Any one or more of these effects could negatively impact our results. There is also significant focus on loss mitigation and foreclosure activity for real estate loans. We cannot fully anticipate the response by national regulatory agencies, State Attorneys General, or certain legislators, or if significant changes to our operations and practices will be required as a result.
On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") was signed into law. This legislation is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system and includes many provisions specifically relevant to our businesses and the businesses of our affiliates. For a description of the law, see the "Regulation - Financial Regulatory Reform" section under the "Regulation and Competition" section of Item 1. Business. The law will have significant impact on the operations of financial institutions in the U.S., including HSBC USA, HSBC Bank USA and our affiliates. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the full impact of the law due to the significant number of new rules and regulations that will be promulgated in order to implement the law.
The Dodd-Frank Act established a Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") which has broad authority to regulate providers of credit, payment and other consumer financial products and services. Although we are unable to predict what specific measures this new agency may take in applying its regulatory mandate, any new regulatory requirements or changes to existing requirements that the CFPB may promulgate could require changes in our consumer businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the profitability of such businesses. In addition, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may also narrow the scope of federal preemption of state consumer laws and expand the authority of State Attorneys General to bring actions to enforce federal consumer protection legislation.
Similarly, regulators in the European Union ("EU") and in the United Kingdom ("U.K.") are in the midst of proposing far-reaching programs of financial regulatory reform. These proposals include enhanced capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, changes in compensation practices (including tax levies), separation of retail and wholesale banking, the recovery and resolution of EU financial institutions, amendments to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and the Market Abuse directive, and measures to address systemic risk. Furthermore, certain large global systemically important banks ("G-SIBs"), including HSBC, will be subject to capital surcharges. It has not yet determined whether these G-SIB surcharges will apply to HSBC's U.K. operations or to HSBC North America as a subsidiary of HSBC.
The implementation of regulations and rules promulgated by these bodies could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way HSBC conducts its business in the EU and, in particular, in the UK. Furthermore, the potentially far-reaching effects of future changes in laws, rules or regulations, or in their interpretation or enforcement as a result of EU or UK legislation and regulation are difficult to predict and could adversely affect HSBC USA's operations.
The transition to Basel II and new requirements under Basel III will continue to put significant pressure on regulatory capital. HSBC North America is required to adopt Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines.
In June 2011, the U.S. regulators adopted final regulations to implement the "capital floor" provision of the so-called "Collins Amendment" of Dodd-Frank. Pursuant to these regulations, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements. Prior to adoption of Basel II, a banking organization is required to successfully complete a parallel run by measuring regulatory capital under both the new regulatory capital rules and the existing general risk-based rules for a period of at least four quarters. Successful completion of the parallel run period requires the approval of U.S. regulators. We began the parallel run period, which encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel II final rule requirements, in January 2010. The timing of receipt of approval from our primary regulator is uncertain. While HSBC USA will not report separately under the new rules, HSBC Bank USA will report under the new rules on a stand-alone basis.
In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the "Basel Committee") issued final rules on "A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems," commonly referred to as Basel III, which presents details of a bank capital and liquidity reform program to address both firm-specific and broader, systemic risks to the banking sector. Although the Basel Committee has issued guidance, we are still awaiting formal instructions as to how the Basel III framework will be implemented by the U.S. regulators.
HSBC North America is in the process of evaluating the Basel II framework for capital and liquidity risk management. HSBC USA may need to increase its liquidity or capital profile to support HSBC North America's compliance with the liquidity and capital requirements imposed by the new rules. Further increases in regulatory capital may be required in response to the implementation of Basel III. The exact amount, however, will depend upon our prevailing risk profile and that of our North America affiliates under various stress scenarios. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the extent of changes HSBC USA will need to make to its liquidity or capital position, if any, and what effect, if any, such changes will have on our results of operations or financial condition. New regulatory capital and liquidity requirements may limit or otherwise restrict how we utilize our capital and may require us to increase our capital or liquidity. Any requirement that we increase our regulatory capital, regulatory capital ratios or liquidity could require us to liquidate assets or otherwise change our business and/or investment plans, which may negatively affect our financial results.
We may incur additional costs and expenses relating to mortgage loan repurchases and other mortgage loan securitization-related activities. In connection with our loan sale and securitization activities with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the "Government Sponsored Entities" or "GSEs") and loan sale and private-label securitization transactions, HUSI has made representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements. For transactions with the GSEs, these representations include type of collateral, underwriting standards, validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan, that primary mortgage insurance is in force for any mortgage loan with a loan-to-value ratio ("LTV") greater than 80 percent, and the use of the GSEs' standard legal documentation. We may be, and have been, required to repurchase loans and/or indemnify the GSEs and other private investors for losses due to breaches of these representations and warranties.
In estimating our repurchase liability arising from breaches of representations and warranties, we consider several factors, including the level of outstanding repurchase demands in inventory and our historical defense rate, the level of outstanding requests for loan files and the related historical repurchase request conversion rate and defense rate, and the level of potential future demands based on historical conversion rates of loans for which we have not received a loan file request but are two or more payments delinquent or expected to become delinquent at an estimated conversion rate. While we believe that our current repurchase liability reserves are adequate, the factors referred to above are dependent on economic factors, investor demand strategies, housing market trends and other circumstances, which are beyond our control and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that such reserves will not need to be increased in the future.
We have also been involved as a sponsor/seller of loans used to facilitate whole loan securitizations underwritten by our affiliate, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. ("HSI"). Participants in the U.S. mortgage securitization market that purchased and repackaged whole loans have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups within the U.S. mortgage market, such as servicers, originators, trustees or sponsors of securitizations, and at particular participants within these groups. We expect this level of focus will continue and, potentially, intensify, so long as the U.S. real estate markets continue to be distressed. As a result, we may be subject to additional litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to our participation in the U.S. mortgage securitization market, either individually or as a member of group.
Lawsuits and regulatory investigations and proceedings may continue and increase in the current economic and regulatory environment. In the ordinary course of business, HSBC USA and its affiliates are routinely named as defendants in, or as parties to, various legal actions and proceedings relating to our current and/or former operations and are subject to governmental and regulatory examinations, information-gathering requests, investigations and formal and informal proceedings, as described in Note 30, "Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities," certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions and other relief. There is no certainty that the litigation will decrease in the near future, especially in the event of continued high unemployment rates, a resurgent recession or additional regulatory and law enforcement investigations and proceedings by federal and state governmental agencies. Further, with the environment of heightened regulatory scrutiny, particularly in the financial services industry, there may be additional regulatory investigations and reviews conducted by banking and other regulators, including the newly-formed CFPB, State Attorneys General or state regulatory and law enforcement agencies that, if determined adversely, may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results, including additional compliance requirements, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious reputational harm.
Management projections, estimates and judgments based on historical performance may not be indicative of our future performance. Our management is required to use certain estimates in preparing our financial statements, including accounting estimates to determine loan loss reserves, reserves related to litigation, deferred tax assets and the fair market value of certain assets and liabilities, including goodwill and intangibles, among other items. In particular, loan loss reserve estimates and certain asset and liability valuations are subject to management's judgment and actual results are influenced by factors outside our control. To the extent historical averages of the progression of loans into stages of delinquency or the amount of loss realized upon charge-off are not predictive of future losses and management is unable to accurately evaluate the portfolio risk factors not fully reflected in historical models, unexpected additional losses could result. Similarly, to the extent assumptions employed in measuring fair value of assets and liabilities not supported by market prices or other observable parameters do not sufficiently capture their inherent risk, unexpected additional losses could result.
We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or shareholders' equity if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This evaluation process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. The recognition of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant judgments about future earnings, the periods in which items will impact taxable income, future corporate tax rates, and the application of inherently complex tax laws. The use of different estimates can result in changes in the amounts of deferred tax items recognized, which can result in equity and earnings volatility because such changes are reported in current period earnings. See Note 19, "Income Taxes," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our deferred tax assets.
Changes in accounting standards are beyond our control and may have a material impact on how we report our financial results and condition. Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"), the SEC and our bank regulators, including the Office of Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve Board, change the financial accounting and reporting standards, or the interpretation thereof, and guidance that govern the preparation and disclosure of external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report and disclose our financial results and condition, including our segment results. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts. We may, in certain instances, change a business practice in order to comply with new or revised standards.
Key employees may be difficult to retain due to contraction of the business and limits on promotional activities. Our employees are our most important resource and, in many areas of the financial services industry, competition for qualified personnel is intense. If we were unable to continue to attract and retain qualified key employees to support the various functions of our businesses, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. Our recent financial performance, reductions in variable compensation and other benefits and the expectation of continued weakness in the general economy could raise concerns about key employees' future compensation and opportunities for promotion. As economic conditions improve, we may face increased difficulty in retaining top performers and critical skilled employees. If key personnel were to leave us and equally knowledgeable or skilled personnel are unavailable within HSBC or could not be sourced in the market, our ability to manage our business, in particular through any continued or future difficult economic environment may be hindered or impaired.
Significant reductions in pension assets may require additional financial contributions from us. Effective January 1, 2005, our previously separate qualified defined benefit pension plan was combined with that of HSBC Finance's into a single HSBC North America qualified defined benefit plan. At December 31, 2010, the defined benefit plan was frozen, significantly reducing future benefit accruals. At December 31, 2011, plan assets were lower than projected plan liabilities resulting in an under-funded status. The accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of the plan assets by approximately $790 million. As these obligations relate to the HSBC North America pension plan, only a portion of this deficit could be considered our responsibility. We and other HSBC North America affiliates with employees participating in this plan will be required to make up this shortfall over a number of years as specified under the Pension Protection Act. This can be accomplished through direct contributions, appreciation in plan assets and/or increases in interest rates resulting in lower liability valuations. See Note 23, "Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information concerning the HSBC North America defined benefit plan.
The inability to integrate business and portfolio acquisitions successfully could undermine the realization of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition and have a material adverse impact on our results of operation. We have in the past, and may again in the future, seek to grow our business by acquiring other businesses or loan portfolios. There can be no assurance that acquisitions will have the anticipated positive results, including results relating to:
• the total cost of integration;
• the time and focus of management required to complete the integration;
• the amount of longer-term cost savings; or
• the overall performance of the combined entity.
Integration of an acquired business can be complex and costly, and may sometimes include combining relevant accounting, data processing and other record keeping systems and management controls, as well as managing relevant relationships with clients, suppliers and other business partners, as well as with employees.
There is no assurance that any businesses or portfolios acquired in the future will be successfully integrated and will result in all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to successfully integrate acquisitions, there is the risk that its results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
We have no unresolved written comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff that have been outstanding for more than 180 days at December 31, 2011.
Item 2. Properties.
The principal executive offices of HSBC USA and HSBC Bank USA are located at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, which HSBC Bank USA owned until April 2010. In April 2010, HSBC Bank USA sold our headquarters building at 452 Fifth Avenue and entered into a lease for the entire building for one year, followed by eleven floors of the building for a total of 10 years, along with four other temporary floors for a period of one year. The main office of HSBC Bank USA is located at 1800 Tysons Blvd., Suite 50, McLean, Virginia 22102. Excluding the 195 branches which are part of the sale to First Niagara Bank N.A., HSBC Bank USA has 176 branches in New York, 38 branches in California, 18 branches in Florida, nine branches in New Jersey, six branches in Virginia, four in the District of Columbia, four branches in Washington, three branches in Connecticut, three branches in Maryland, two branches in Pennsylvania and one branch in each of Delaware, Illinois, and Oregon at December 31, 2011. We also have one representative office each in Massachusetts, Georgia, North Carolina and Texas. Approximately 13 percent of these offices are located in buildings owned by HSBC Bank USA and the remaining are located in leased premises. In addition, there are offices and locations for other activities occupied under various types of ownership and leaseholds in New York and other states, none of which are materially important to our operations. HSBC Bank USA also owns properties in Montevideo, Uruguay.
In July 2011, we announced that we had reached an agreement with First Niagara Bank, N.A. ("First Niagara") to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises, primarily located in upstate New York. The transaction is expected to close in stages beginning in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer's regulator.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
See "Litigation and Regulatory Matters" in Note 30, "Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements beginning on page for our legal proceedings disclosure, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
Not applicable.
PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Not applicable.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
On August 10, 2011 HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly- owned affiliates entered into an agreement to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation ("Capital One"). This sale includes our General Motors MasterCard receivables ("GM Portfolio") and our AFL-CIO Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivables ("UP Portfolio") as well as our private label credit card and closed-end receivables, all of which were purchased from HSBC Finance. Because the credit card and private label receivables being sold have been classified as held for sale and the operations and cash flows from these receivables will be eliminated from our ongoing operations upon disposition without any significant continuing involvement, we have determined we have met the requirements to report the results of these credit card and private label card and closed-end receivables being sold as discontinued operations and have included these receivables in Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet for all periods presented. This transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012.
In June 2010, we decided to exit our wholesale banknotes business. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we completed the exit of substantially all of this business and as a result, this business is now reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
The following selected financial data presented below excludes the results of our discontinued operations for all periods presented unless otherwise noted.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Statement of Income (Loss) Data: | |||||
Net interest income............................................................................. | $ 2,434 | $ 2,613 | $ 2,984 | $ 3,148 | $ 2,532 |
Provision for credit losses................................................................. | 258 | 34 | 1,431 | 1,009 | 369 |
Total other revenues (losses).......................................................... | 2,267 | 2,180 | 1,370 | (1,685 ) | 1,023 |
Total operating expenses................................................................... | 3,761 | 3,314 | 3,188 | 3,076 | 3,086 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)......................................................................... | 682 | 1,445 | (265 ) | (2,622 ) | 100 |
Income tax expense (benefit)............................................................. | 227 | 439 | 98 | (924 ) | (14 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations...................................... | 455 | 1,006 | (167 ) | (1,698 ) | 114 |
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax........................... | 563 | 558 | 25 | 9 | 24 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Net income (loss)............................................................................... | $ 1,018 | $ 1,564 | $ (142 ) | $ (1,689 ) | $ 138 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Balance Sheet Data as of December 31: | |||||
Loans: | |||||
Commercial loans........................................................................... | $ 33,649 | $ 30,003 | $ 30,014 | $ 37,056 | $ 36,423 |
Consumer loans............................................................................ | 18,218 | 19,806 | 22,047 | 25,177 | 34,864 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans.......................................................................................... | 51,867 | 49,809 | 52,061 | 62,233 | 71,287 |
Loans held for sale.............................................................................. | 3,670 | 2,390 | 2,908 | 4,431 | 5,270 |
Total assets.......................................................................................... | 188,826 | 161,174 | 142,850 | 166,304 | 167,985 |
Total tangible assets......................................................................... | 186,590 | 158,529 | 140,198 | 163,624 | 165,245 |
Total deposits(1).................................................................................. | 139,729 | 120,618 | 118,203 | 118,951 | 116,040 |
Long-term debt.................................................................................... | 16,709 | 17,080 | 15,043 | 20,890 | 26,719 |
Preferred stock..................................................................................... | 1,565 | 1,565 | 1,565 | 1,565 | 1,565 |
Common shareholder's equity.......................................................... | 16,937 | 15,168 | 13,612 | 11,152 | 9,672 |
Total shareholders' equity................................................................. | 18,502 | 16,733 | 15,177 | 12,717 | 11,237 |
Tangible common shareholder's equity.......................................... | 14,054 | 12,522 | 11,110 | 9,258 | 7,297 |
Selected Financial Ratios: | |||||
Total shareholders' equity to total assets....................................... | 9.80% | 10.38% | 10.62% | 7.65% | 6.69% |
Tangible common shareholder's equity to total tangibleassets................................................................................. | 7.53 | 7.90 | 7.92 | 5.66 | 4.42 |
Total capital to risk weighted assets.................................. | 18.39 | 18.14 | 14.19 | 12.04 | 11.29 |
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets............................................... | 12.74 | 11.80 | 9.61 | 7.60 | 7.12 |
Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets.................. | 10.72 | 9.82 | 7.82 | 5.96 | 5.34 |
Rate of return on average: | |||||
Total assets........................................................................ | .23 | .54 | (.09 ) | (.94 ) | .06 |
Total common shareholder's equity............................... | 2.69 | 6.63 | (1.23 ) | (15.23 ) | 1.18 |
Net interest margin................................................................ | 1.45 | 1.69 | 2.00 | 1.84 | 1.32 |
Loans to deposits ratio(2)...................................................... | 53.33 | 57.38 | 66.05 | 96.92 | 117.64 |
Efficiency ratio....................................................................... | 79.95 | 69.15 | 73.21 | 210.21 | 86.79 |
Commercial allowance as a percent of loans(3)......................... | 1.31 | 1.74 | 3.02 | 1.45 | .82 |
Commercial net charge-off ratio(3)............................................... | .21 | 1.04 | .75 | .28 | .22 |
Consumer allowance as a percent of loans(3)............................ | 1.65 | 1.66 | 3.15 | 1.95 | .42 |
Consumer two-months-and-over contractual delinquency.......... | 6.01 | 6.04 | 7.33 | 5.14 | 2.12 |
Consumer net charge-off ratio(3)................................................. | 1.33 | 2.13 | 2.47 | 1.01 | .59 |
(1) Includes $15.1 billion of deposits held for sale at December 31, 2011.
(2) Represents period end loans, net of allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of domestic deposits equal to or less than $100,000. Excluding the deposits and loans held for sale to First Niagara, the ratio was 59.60 percent at December 31, 2011.
(3) Excludes loans held for sale.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Executive Overview
Organization and Basis of Reporting HSBC USA Inc. ("HSBC USA" and, together with its subsidiaries, "HUSI"), is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. ("HSBC North America") which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc ("HSBC"). HUSI may also be referred to in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ("MD&A") as "we", "us" or "our".
Through our subsidiaries, we offer a comprehensive range of personal and commercial banking products and related financial services. HSBC Bank USA, National Association ("HSBC Bank USA"), our principal U.S. banking subsidiary, is a national banking association with banking branch offices and/or representative offices in 14 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to our domestic offices, we maintain foreign branch offices, subsidiaries and/or representative offices in the Caribbean, Europe, Asia, Latin America and Canada. Our customers include individuals, including high net worth individuals, small businesses, corporations, institutions and governments. We also engage in mortgage banking and serve as an international dealer in derivative instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies, focusing on structuring of transactions to meet clients' needs.
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations excludes the results of our discontinued operations unless otherwise noted. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.
Current Environment Weak employment growth and sluggish consumer spending throughout much of 2011 have led to concerns about the prospects for the U.S. economy's growth going forward. However, conditions began to show signs of improvement during the fourth quarter as employment growth began to accelerate, in part due to seasonal hiring, and consumer spending increased. These factors, along with other positive data from the manufacturing sector in the fourth quarter suggest that the economic recovery is gaining momentum once again after nearly stalling out earlier in the year. Serious threats to economic growth remain however, including continued pressure and uncertainty in the housing market and elevated unemployment levels. Federal Reserve policy makers currently anticipate that economic conditions are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the Federal funds rate at least through late 2014. The financial markets became somewhat volatile once again in the second half of 2011, with stock market averages sharply moving up and down across the globe as heightened risk aversion gripped the markets. The prolonged period of low Federal funds rates will continue to put pressure on spreads earned on our deposit base. While marketplace liquidity continues to be available, the European sovereign debt crisis triggered by Greece and other countries as well as increased concerns regarding government spending, the budget deficit and the fear of a return to economic recession continued to impact the financial markets including interest rates and spreads. During 2011, we continued to see home prices decline in many markets as housing prices remain under pressure due to elevated foreclosure levels. Although the pace of new foreclosures has fallen from its peak, in part due to industry-wide compliance issues, further declines may be necessary before substantial progress in reducing the inventory of homes occurs.
While the economy continued to add jobs in 2011, the pace of new job creation continues to be slower than needed to meaningfully reduce unemployment. As a result, there continues to be uncertainty as to how pronounced the economic recovery will be and whether it can be sustained. Although consumer spending picked up during the fourth quarter, it was sluggish for much of 2011 as high food and gas prices and a weak labor market continued to influence consumer spending. In addition, while consumer confidence has improved in recent months after being below its 12-month average at September 30, 2011, it continues to be low based on historical standards. U.S. unemployment rates, which have been a major factor in the deterioration of credit quality in the U.S., remained high at 8.5 percent in December 2011. Also, a significant number of U.S. residents are no longer looking for work and, therefore, are not reflected in the U.S. unemployment rates. Unemployment rates in 17 states are at or above the U.S. national average. In New York, where approximately 42 percent of our loan portfolio on a continuing operations basis is concentrated, unemployment remained lower than the national average at 8.0 percent. High unemployment rates have generally been most pronounced in the markets which had previously experienced the highest appreciation in home values. Unemployment has continued to have an impact on the provision for credit losses in our loan portfolio and in loan portfolios across the industry.
Concerns about the future of the U.S. economy, including the pace and magnitude of recovery from the recent economic recession which has been slow to date, consumer confidence, volatility in energy prices, credit market volatility, including the ability to permanently resolve the European sovereign debt crisis and trends in corporate earnings will continue to influence the U.S. economic recovery and the capital markets. In particular, continued improvement in unemployment rates, a sustained recovery of the housing markets and stabilization in energy prices remain critical components of a broader U.S. economic recovery. Further weakening in these components as well as in consumer confidence may result in additional deterioration in consumer payment patterns and credit quality and increase the possibility of a return to recession. Weak consumer fundamentals including declines in wage income, wealth and a difficult job market continue to depress consumer confidence. Additionally, there is uncertainty as to the future course of monetary policy and uncertainty as to the impact on the economy and consumer confidence as the actions previously taken by the government to restore faith in the capital markets and stimulate consumer spending end. These conditions in combination with the impact of recent regulatory changes, including the continued implementation of the "Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010" ("Dodd-Frank") will continue to impact our results in 2012 and beyond, the degree of which is largely dependent upon the pace and extent of the economic recovery.
Due to the significant slow-down in foreclosure processing, and in some instances, cessation of all foreclosure processing by numerous loan servicers, there has been a reduction in the number of properties being marketed following foreclosure which may increase demand for properties currently on the market resulting in a stabilization of home prices but could also result in a larger number of vacant properties in communities creating downward pressure on general property values. As a result, the short term impact of the foreclosure processing delay is highly uncertain. However, the longer term impact is even more uncertain as servicers begin to increase foreclosure activities and market properties in large numbers which is likely to create a significant over-supply of housing inventory. This could lead to a significant increase in loss severity, which would adversely impact our provision for credit losses in future periods.
In addition, certain courts and state legislatures have issued new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased in some courts. Also, in some areas, officials are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.
Growing government indebtedness and a large budget deficit have resulted in a downgrade in the U.S. sovereign debt rating by one major rating agency and two major rating agencies having U.S. sovereign debt on a negative watch. There is an underlying risk that lower growth, fiscal challenges and a general lack of political consensus will result in continued scrutiny of the U.S. credit standing over the longer term. While the potential effects of the U.S. downgrade are broad and impossible to accurately predict, they could over time include a widening of sovereign and corporate credit spreads, devaluation of the U.S. dollar and a general market move away from riskier assets.
2011 Regulatory Developments As previously reported, HSBC Bank USA has entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") (the "OCC Servicing Consent Order") and our affiliate, HSBC Finance Corporation, and our common indirect parent, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. ("HSBC North America"), have entered into a similar consent order with the Federal Reserve Board (the "Federal Reserve") (together with the OCC Servicing Consent Order, the "Servicing Consent Orders") following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The OCC Servicing Consent Order requires HSBC Bank USA to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We continue to work with our regulators to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required. As a result, we expect the associated costs of compliance associated with the foreclosure review, customer outreach plan and complaint process and any resulting remediation will increase in future periods as we continue to address the requirements of the order.
The Servicing Consent Orders require an independent review of foreclosures pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 (the "Foreclosure Review Period") to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. Consistent with the industry, and as required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant has been retained to conduct that review, and remediation, including restitution, may be required if a borrower is found to have been financially injured as a result of servicer errors. In conjunction with the foreclosure review, a communication and outreach plan has been developed and implemented to contact borrowers with foreclosures pending or completed during the Foreclosure Review Period. We will conduct the outreach efforts in collaboration with other mortgage loan servicers and independent consultants in order to present a uniform, coherent and user-friendly complaint process. Written communications have been sent to borrowers who were subject to foreclosure proceedings during the Foreclosure Review Period notifying them of the foreclosure complaint review process and providing them with forms that can be used to request a review of their foreclosure proceeding. The outreach plan currently includes a staggered mailing to borrowers, which began on November 1, and industry media advertising, which began in January 2012. We expect the costs associated with the Servicing Consent Orders, including the foreclosure review, customer outreach plan and complaint process and any resulting remediation, will result in significant increases to our operating expenses in future periods.
The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Bank USA or our affiliates by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the Department of Justice and State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. The Federal Reserve has indicated in a press release that it believes monetary penalties are appropriate for the enforcement actions and that it plans to announce such penalties. We may also see an increase in private litigation concerning foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices.
On February 9, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states announced a settlement with the five largest U.S. mortgage servicers with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC Bank USA have had preliminary discussions with U.S. bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, an accrual of $195 million was determined based on the total projected impact at HSBC North America associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. We have recorded an accrual of $38 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 which reflects the portion of the HSBC North America liability that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Bank USA. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement agencies related to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitization of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.
We remain committed to assisting customers who are experiencing financial difficulties, and we will continue to review our policies and processes to make modification and other account management alternatives for the benefit of our customers more easily accessible to those in need of assistance. Foreclosure proceedings are only instituted when other reasonable alternatives have been exhausted and where the borrower is seriously delinquent. We also offer assistance, including financial, to those wishing to leave a property without having to go through the foreclosure process.
Financial Regulatory Reform On July 21, 2010, the "Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act" was signed into law and is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system. The legislation will have a significant impact on the operations of many financial institutions in the U.S., including us and our affiliates. As the legislation calls for extensive regulations to be promulgated to interpret and implement the legislation, it is not possible to precisely determine the impact to operations and financial results at this time. For a more complete description of the law and implications to our business see "Regulation - Financial Regulatory Reform" section under the "Regulation and Competition" section in Item 1. Business.
2011 Events
• On July 31, 2011, we announced that we had reached an agreement with First Niagara Bank, N.A. to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises primarily located in upstate New York. The agreement includes the transfer of approximately $15.1 billion in deposits and $2.5 billion in loans as of December 31, 2011, as well as related branch premises, for a premium of 6.67 percent of the deposits, representing $1.0 billion based on current deposit levels which will result in a gain upon closing of the transaction, net of allocated goodwill. Branch premises will be sold for fair value and loans and other transferred assets will be sold at their book values. The all-cash transaction is expected to close in stages beginning in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer's regulator. As a result of this transaction, the assets and liabilities related to the branches being sold have been classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011.
• In connection with the August 2011 announcement that HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly-owned affiliates had entered into an agreement to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation ("Capital One"), we have agreed to sell our General Motors ("GM") and Union Plus ("UP") credit card receivables as well as our private label credit card and closed-end receivables to Capital One, all of which were purchased from HSBC Finance. At December 31, 2011, we have classified these receivables as held for sale as a component of Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet. Based on balances at December 31, 2011, the total consideration for these receivables that would be allocated to us is approximately $21.1 billion. We have recorded a cumulative lower of amortized cost or market adjustment of $604 million on these receivables in 2011. This fair value adjustment was largely offset by held for sale accounting adjustments in which loan impairment charges and premium amortization are no longer recorded. The sale to Capital One does not include credit card receivables associated with HSBC Bank USA's legacy credit card program, however a portion of these receivables are being sold to First Niagara and HSBC Bank USA will continue to offer credit cards to its customers. We anticipate this transaction will close in the second quarter of 2012. No significant one-time closure costs are expected to be incurred as a result of exiting these portfolios.
Because the credit card and private label receivables being sold have been classified as held for sale and the operations and cash flows from these receivables will be eliminated from our ongoing operations as a result of the disposition without having any significant continuing involvement in these receivables after disposition, we have determined we have met the requirements to report the results of the credit card and private label credit card and closed-end receivable portfolios being sold, which were previously included in the Retail Banking and Wealth Management segment, as discontinued operations and have included these receivables in Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet for all periods presented.
• Throughout 2011, we continued to reduce certain risk positions as opportunities arose, including the sale of $589 million and $229 million, respectively, in leveraged acquisition finance loans and subprime residential mortgage loans previously held for sale and continued reductions in monoline counterparty exposures. Overall improvement in market conditions and reduced outstanding exposure resulted in a stabilization of valuation adjustments recorded on structured credit products, available-for-sale securities and loans held for sale throughout the first half of 2011, although market volatility increased once again in the second half of the year as the impact of wider credit spreads stemming in part from European sovereign debt fears affected the performance of our legacy Global Banking and Markets assets. During 2010, we experienced significant recoveries in market values due to improvements in market conditions compared to the adverse market conditions that existed in 2009.
A summary of the significant valuation adjustments associated with these market conditions that impacted revenue in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the following table:
| ||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||
(in millions) |
| |||||||
| Gains (Losses) | |||||||
| Insurance monoline structured credit products(1)................................................................................... | $ 15 | $ 93 | $ (152 ) | ||||
| Other structured credit products(1)............................................................................................................ | 77 | 126 | (217 ) | ||||
| Mortgage whole loans held for sale including whole loan purchase settlement (predominantly subprime)(2).............................................................................................................................................. | (22 ) | 50 | (233 ) | ||||
| Other-than-temporary impairment on securities available-for-sale(3)................................................... | - | (79 ) | (124 ) | ||||
| Leverage acquisition finance loans(4)........................................................................................................ | (16 ) | 42 | 284 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
| Total gains (losses)..................................................................................................................................... | $ 54 | $ 232 | $ (442 ) | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
(1) Reflected in Trading revenue (loss) in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
(2) Reflected in Other income (loss) in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
(3) Reflected in Net other-than-temporary impairment losses in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
(4) Reflected in Gain (loss) on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives in the consolidated statement of income (loss).
We assess, monitor and manage counterparty credit risk with formal standards, policies and procedures that are designed to ensure credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, monitored regularly and managed actively. Consequently, we believe any loss exposure related to counterparties with whom we conduct business has been adequately reflected in our financial statements for all periods presented.
• Over the past few years, we have been building several new retail banking platforms as part of an initiative to build common platforms across HSBC. During 2011, we decided to cancel certain projects that were developing software for these new platforms and pursue alternative information technology platforms. Also during 2011, HSBC completed a comprehensive strategic review of all platforms under development which resulted in additional projects being cancelled. As a result, we collectively recorded $110 million of impairment charges in 2011 relating to the impairment of certain previously capitalized software development costs which we determined were no longer realizable.
• During 2011, we experienced a significant increase in compliance related costs associated primarily with our AML/BSA and to a lesser extent, our foreclosure remediation efforts. Compliance related costs totaled $295 million in 2011 compared to $104 million in 2010. We currently anticipate compliance related costs will remain elevated in 2012 as we continue our remediation efforts in these areas.
• Throughout 2011, we continued to focus on cost optimization efforts to ensure realization of cost efficiencies. During the first quarter, in an effort to create a more sustainable cost structure, we initiated a formal review to identify areas where we may be able to streamline or redesign operations within certain functions to reduce or eliminate costs. To date, we have identified various opportunities to reduce costs through organizational structure redesign, vendor spending, discretionary spending and other general efficiency initiatives. Cost reduction initiatives achieved to date include workforce reductions, some of which relate to organizational structure redesign, which have resulted in a reduction in total legal entity FTE's of 9 percent in 2011, as well as reductions in marketing expense levels which have declined approximately 39 percent in 2011. Workforce reductions are also occurring in certain non-compliance shared services functions which we expect will result in additional reductions to future allocated costs for these functions. This review will continue into 2012 and as a result, we may incur restructuring charges in future periods, the amount of which will depend upon the actions that are ultimately implemented.
• We previously announced to employees that we are considering strategic options for our mortgage operations, with the objective of recommending the future course of our prime mortgage lending and mortgage servicing platforms. Strategic options may include, but are not limited to, the sale or outsourcing of all, or part, of these platforms. Under all options being explored, we plan to continue to offering mortgages to our customers. Our review of strategic options is continuing.
• We continue to evaluate our overall operations as we seek to optimize our risk profile and cost efficiencies as well as our liquidity, capital and funding requirements. This could result in further strategic actions that may include changes to our legal structure, asset levels, cost structure or product offerings in support of HSBC's strategic priorities.
• Effective January 1, 2010, the adoption of new accounting guidance resulted in the consolidation of a commercial paper conduit known as Bryant Park Funding LLC ("Bryant Park"). During the first quarter of 2011, in order to consolidate and streamline conduit administration across HSBC to reduce risk and achieve operational and capital efficiencies, we completed the assignment of a significant majority of our liquidity asset purchase agreements to HSBC Bank plc. As a result, we no longer have a controlling interest in Bryant Park and, beginning in March 2011, we no longer consolidate Bryant Park. The deconsolidation of Bryant Park resulted in the removal of approximately $2.4 billion of assets from our balance sheet and did not have a significant financial impact on our results of operations. See Note 27, "Variable Interest Entities," for further discussion.
Performance, Developments and Trends Income from continuing operations was $455 million in 2011 compared to income from continuing operations of $1.0 billion in 2010 and a loss from continuing operations of $167 million in 2009. Income from continuing operations before income tax was $682 million in 2011 compared to $1.4 billion in 2010 and a loss from continuing operations before income tax of $265 million in 2009. Our results in all years were impacted by the change in the fair value of our own debt and the related derivatives for which we have elected fair value option and certain non-recurring items which distort the ability of investors to compare the underlying performance trends of our business. The following table summarizes the collective impact of these items on our income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax for all periods presented:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax, as reported................................................ | $ 682 | $ 1,445 | $ (265 ) |
Change in value of own fair value option debt and related derivatives..................................................... | (464 ) | (239 ) | 494 |
Impairment of software development costs.................................................................................................... | 110 | - | - |
Expense relating to certain mortgage servicing matters................................................................................ | 86 | - | - |
Gain on sale of MasterCard Class B shares.................................................................................................... | - | - | (48 ) |
Gain relating to resolution of lawsuit(1)............................................................................................................. | - | (5 ) | (85 ) |
Gain on sale of equity interest in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank............................................................... | - | (66 ) | - |
Impairment of leasehold improvements and other costs associated with branch closures..................... | 21 | - | - |
Revenue associated with whole loan purchase settlement(2)........................................................................ | - | (89 ) | - |
Gain on sale of equity interest in Guernsey Joint Venture............................................................................ | (53 ) | - | - |
Gain on sale of non-marketable securities....................................................................................................... | (10 ) | - | - |
Gain on sale of equity interest in HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A............................................................ | - | - | (33 ) |
|
|
| |
Income from continuing operations before income tax, excluding above items(3).................................... | $ 372 | $ 1,046 | $ 63 |
|
|
|
(1) The proceeds of the resolution of this lawsuit were used to in 2009 to redeem 100 preferred shares held by CT Financial Services, Inc. as provided under the terms of the preferred shares. The proceeds received in 2010 represent the final judgment.
(2) Represents loans previously purchased for resale from a third party.
(3) Represents a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.
Other revenues in both periods reflect the impact of changes in value of our own debt and related derivatives for which we elected fair value option as well as several non-recurring items as presented in the table above. Excluding the impact of all these items, other revenue decreased $41 million in 2011 due primarily to lower trading revenue, lower other fees and commissions and lower other income, partially offset by higher mortgage banking revenue, higher affiliate income, higher securities gains and lower other-than-temporary impairment losses. The decrease in trading revenue reflects increased market volatility in the second half of 2011, leading to unfavorable credit spread movements which impacted the performance of our legacy global markets businesses, partially offset by an increase in foreign exchange, precious metals and rates revenue. Lower other fees and commissions was driven largely by lower refund anticipation loan fees as we did not offer this product in 2011. The decrease in other income reflects lower miscellaneous income. The increase in mortgage banking revenue reflects lower loss provisions for loan repurchase obligations associated with loans previously sold while the higher affiliate income was driven by higher fees and commissions earned from HSBC Finance largely due to the transfer of certain real estate default servicing employees in July 2010 as well as higher fees and commissions earned from HSBC Markets (USA) Inc. Securities gains were higher due to increased security sales. Lower other-than-temporary impairment losses reflects continued overall improvement in economic conditions. See "Results of Operations" for a more detailed discussion of other revenues.
Net interest income was $2.4 billion in 2011 compared to $2.6 billion in 2010. The decrease reflects the impact of lower average loan balances and rates earned on these balances, partially offset by the benefit from a lower cost of funds on our outstanding debt, including lower overall average rates on deposits. These decreases were partially offset by higher interest income on securities driven by higher average balances which was partially offset by lower average rates. Also contributing to the decrease was an increase in interest expense of $94 million relating to interest on estimated tax exposures including changes in estimated tax exposure as well as changes to the rate used to calculate interest on certain tax exposures. See "Results of Operations" for a more detailed discussion of net interest income.
Our provision for credit losses was $258 million in 2011 compared to a credit loss provision of $34 million in 2010. The increase was driven by a higher provision for credit losses in our residential mortgage and commercial loan portfolios. While residential mortgage loan credit quality continues to improve as delinquency and charge-off levels continue to decline compared to 2010, the prior year reflects reserve releases due to an improving credit outlook which did not occur again in 2011. Our provision for credit losses for commercial loans increased in 2011, driven by a $41 million specific provision associated with a corporate lending relationship and a specific provision associated with the downgrade of an individual commercial real estate loan partially offset by reserve reductions on troubled debt restructures in commercial real estate and middle market enterprises and lower commercial real estate and business banking charge-offs. In addition, while our commercial loan provision in 2011 and 2010 reflects managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and lower levels of criticized assets and in 2010 nonperforming loans, the impact on provision was much more pronounced in 2010. See "Results of Operations" for a more detailed discussion of our provision for credit losses.
Operating expenses totaled $3.8 billion during 2011, an increase of 13 percent compared to 2010. The increase was driven by increased compliance costs, increased occupancy costs and increased salaries and employee benefits associated with the transfer of certain employees of HSBC Finance to our default mortgage loan servicing department in July 2010 (for which the cost is offset in other revenues) as well as the impairment of certain previously capitalized software development costs which were no longer realizable as a result of decisions made to cancel certain projects totaling $110 million. Occupancy expense in 2011 includes $21 million associated with the write-off of leasehold improvements and lease abandonment costs driven by the decision to consolidate certain branch offices in Connecticut and New Jersey. Also contributing to the increase in 2011 was a provision for interchange litigation as well as estimated costs associated with penalties related to foreclosure delays involving loans serviced for the GSEs and other third parties and an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters which collectively totaled $123 million. These increases were partially offset by lower servicing fees paid to HSBC Finance due to lower levels of receivables being serviced and lower tax refund anticipation loan expenses as such products were no longer offered in 2011. Compliance related costs were a significant component of our cost base in 2011 increasing to $295 million in 2011 from $104 million in 2010. While we continue to focus attention on cost mitigation efforts in order to ensure realization of optimal cost efficiencies, we expect compliance-related costs will remain elevated in 2012 as we continue to address the requirements of the regulatory consent agreements. See "Results of Operations" for a more detailed discussion of our operating expenses.
Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations was 79.95 percent during 2011 compared to 69.15 percent during 2010. Our efficiency ratio during 2011 and 2010 was impacted by the change in the fair value of our debt for which we have elected fair value option accounting. Additionally, 2011 operating expenses were impacted by higher compliance costs and certain non-recurring items as discussed above. The deterioration in the efficiency ratio in 2011 reflects these higher operating expenses, while total revenues declined.
Our effective tax rate was 33.3 percent for 2011 compared to 30.4 percent for 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 includes expense from foreign operations, the utilization of low income housing tax credits, the impact of state taxes, an adjustment in uncertain tax positions and the release of valuation allowance previously established on foreign tax credits.
2010 vs. 2009 Our overall results for 2010 improved significantly as lower provisions for credit losses and higher other revenues were partially offset by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses. During 2010, we continued to reduce legacy and other risk positions as opportunities arose, including the sale of $276 million in subprime residential mortgage loans previously held for sale and continued reductions in monoline counterparty exposures.
Other revenues (losses) improved during 2010, driven by significantly higher gains on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives due largely to changes in the value of our own debt and related derivatives as well as higher trading revenue. Improved market conditions in 2010 and reduced outstanding exposure resulted in a reduction in valuation losses recorded in prior years. Other revenues during 2010 also includes several non-recurring items as presented in the table above as well as the impact of changes in value of our own debt and related derivatives for which we elected fair value option. Excluding the impact of all these items, other revenue increased $83 million during 2010 due primarily to higher trading revenue partially offset by lower mortgage banking revenue and lower securities gains. Lower mortgage banking revenue was driven by an increase in our estimated exposure on repurchase obligations associated with previously sold loans. Securities gains were lower in 2010 as the prior year period reflects gains of $236 million on the sale of securities in the second quarter of 2009 as part of a strategy to reduce risk.
Net interest income was $2.6 billion in 2010, a decrease of 12 percent over 2009. The decrease reflects the impact of lower average loan balances and rates earned on these balances. These reductions were partially offset by commercial loan repricings and lower cost of funds, including lower overall average rates on deposits.
Our provision for credit losses decreased $1.4 billion during 2010 primarily due to improvements in economic and credit conditions, including lower dollars of delinquency and reduced volatility in the housing markets which resulted in a moderation of loss severities on real estate secured loans. These conditions resulted in an improved outlook on future loss estimates for our residential mortgage loan portfolio as compared with the prior year. Provision for credit losses also decreased for both loans and loan commitments in the commercial loan portfolio due to lower outstanding balances including managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and lower levels of nonperforming loans and criticized assets. Also contributing to the decrease were fewer customer downgrades across all business lines as compared to the prior year. The combination of all of these factors led to an overall net recovery in our provision for commercial loans during 2010.
Operating expenses increased $126 million in 2010, an increase of 4 percent over 2009. The increase largely resulted from higher fees paid to HTSU and other affiliates due to the centralization of additional shared services across North America including higher compliance costs and higher fees paid to HSBC Finance related to a change in how the refund anticipation loan program was managed in 2010. These increases were partially offset by lower salaries and employee benefit expense which reflects the centralization of additional shared services in North America within HTSU and continued cost management efforts, partially offset by increased salaries associated with the transfer of certain employees of HSBC Finance to the default mortgage loan servicing department (which cost is offset in other revenues). Compared with 2009 we also experienced lower occupancy expense, lower insurance costs, improved loss estimates on off-balance sheet credit exposure and significantly lower FDIC assessment fees as the prior year included an $82 million special assessment recorded in the second quarter of 2009.
Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations was 69.15 percent during 2010 as compared to 73.21 percent in 2009. The improvement in the efficiency ratio in 2010 reflects higher other revenues partially offset by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses.
Our effective tax rate for continuing operations was 30.4 percent in 2010 as compared to (36.6) percent in 2009. The effective tax rate for 2010 reflects a substantially higher level of pre-tax income, an increased level of low-income housing tax credits, an adjustment of uncertain tax positions, the release of valuation reserves on previously unrealizable deferred tax assets related to loss carry forwards and an adjustment of the tax rate used to record deferred taxes.
Loans Loans, excluding loans held for sale, were $51.9 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $49.8 billion at December 31, 2010. Loan balances at December 31, 2011 reflect the transfer of commercial and consumer loans related to our agreement to sell certain retail branches to loans held for sale with a current balance of $2.5 billion as well as the deconsolidation of the Bryant Park commercial paper conduit which contributed $1.2 billion to outstanding commercial loans at December 31, 2010. Excluding the impact to loans from these items, commercial loans increased $5.4 billion and consumer loans increased $385 million since December 31, 2010. The increase in commercial loans was driven by new business activity, particularly in global banking as well as in business banking and middle market enterprises. These increases were partially offset by paydowns and managed reductions in certain exposures. The increase in consumer loans largely reflects modest increases in residential mortgage loans, largely associated with originations targeted at our Premier customer relationships. We continue to sell the majority of new residential mortgage loan originations to government sponsored enterprises. These increases were partially offset by lower other consumer loans as our student loans and other installment loans continue to run-off. See "Balance Sheet Review" for a more detailed discussion of the changes in loan balances.
Credit Performance Our allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans decreased to 1.43 percent at December 31, 2011 as compared to 1.71 percent at December 31, 2010. The decrease in our allowance ratio reflects a lower allowance for credit losses on most of our loan portfolios due to improved credit quality, including lower dollars of delinquency and charge-offs and improvements in economic conditions compared to the prior year. This was partially offset by a higher allowance as a percentage of loans in our residential mortgage loan portfolio primarily due to higher levels of troubled debt restructures.
Our consumer two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio as a percentage of loans and loans held for sale ("delinquency ratio") on a continuing operations basis decreased to 6.01 percent at December 31, 2011 as compared to 6.04 percent at December 31, 2010 driven largely by higher receivable balances in our residential mortgage portfolio, while delinquency dollars remained relatively flat. See "Credit Quality" for a more detailed discussion of the decrease in our delinquency ratios.
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans ("net charge-off ratio") decreased 85 basis points compared to the prior year primarily due to lower residential mortgage and commercial loan charge-offs driven by improved credit quality. See "Credit Quality" for a more detailed discussion of the decrease in net charge-offs and the net charge-off ratio.
Performance of our Discontinued Operations The financial information set forth below summarizes the financial results of our discontinued operations, which includes our General Motors MasterCard receivables ("GM Portfolio") and our AFL-CIO Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivables ("UP Portfolio") and our private label credit card and closed-end receivable portfolios which we have agreed to sell to Capital One as well as our banknotes business, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and certain loan information as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Interest income............................................................................................................................................. | $ 2,084 | $ 2,268 | $ 2,871 |
Interest expense........................................................................................................................................... | 237 | 364 | 721 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income...................................................................................................................................... | 1,847 | 1,904 | 2,150 |
Provision for credit losses.......................................................................................................................... | 404 | 1,099 | 2,713 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income after provision for credit losses............................................................................. | 1,443 | 805 | (563 ) |
Other revenues............................................................................................................................................. | 108 | 871 | 1,344 |
Operating expenses..................................................................................................................................... | 680 | 798 | 742 |
|
|
| |
Income from discontinued operations before income tax...................................................................... | $ 871 | $ 878 | $ 39 |
|
|
| |
Net interest margin to average earning assets........................................................................................ | 8.9 % | 7.9% | 8.3% |
Efficiency ratio............................................................................................................................................. | 34.78 | 28.76 | 21.24 |
As of December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Loans of discontinued operations(1)(2 )............................................................................................................................... | $ 21,185 | $ 21,942 |
(1) At December 31, 2011 we did not have any outstanding securities backed with private label credit card or credit card receivables issued under conduit credit facilities with commercial and investment banks. At December 31, 2010, credit card and private label credit card receivables of $233 million were used to collateralize $150 million of funding transactions structured as secured financing under these funding programs. The facilities were terminated in April 2011 as such facilities were no longer considered to be a cost-effective source of funding.
(2) At December 31, 2011, the receivables are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, loans were carried at amortized cost net of credit loss reserves which totaled $1,318 million.
Income from discontinued operations decreased during 2011 compared to 2010 due to lower other revenues and lower net interest income, partially offset by lower provisions for credit losses and lower operating expenses.
Lower net interest income for discontinued operations in 2011 reflects the impact of lower average outstanding private label and credit card loans and lower yields due to the implementation of certain provisions of the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the "CARD Act") including restrictions impacting re-pricing of delinquent accounts and periodic re-evaluation of rate increases. These decreases were partially offset by lower charge-offs of credit card and private label card interest driven by lower outstanding balances and improved delinquencies, higher finance charges from the GM and UP portfolios previously recorded at fair value upon acquisition, which continue to decline and be replaced with new volume and a lower cost of funds on credit cards and private label cards due to a lower short-term interest rate environment.
The provision for credit losses related to discontinued operations decreased in 2011 due to lower receivable levels and improved credit quality including lower delinquency levels as well as a continued focus by consumers to reduce outstanding credit card debt. Also contributing to the decrease was the classification of the GM and UP credit card receivables and the private label credit card and closed-end receivables as held for sale in August 2011, which results in provision for credit losses no longer being recognized for these loans.
Other revenues for our discontinued operations decreased in 2011 due primarily to a $604 million lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment in 2011 to the credit card and private label card receivables as well as lower receivable levels as a result of fewer active customer accounts, changes in customer behavior, improved delinquency levels and the implementation of certain provisions of the CARD Act subsequent to January 2010. The CARD Act has resulted in significant decreases in overlimit fees as customers must now opt-in for such fees, restrictions on fees charged to process on-line and telephone payments and lower late fees due to limits on fees that can be assessed all of which are considered in determining the purchase price of the receivables purchased daily from HSBC Finance. Also contributing to the decrease were higher revenue share payments due to improved cash flows and renegotiation of certain merchant agreements since March 2010.
Operating expenses for our discontinued operations decreased largely as a result of lower charges from HSBC Finance due to lower levels of receivables being serviced as well as lower expenses relating to our discontinued banknotes business, the majority of which was sold in October 2010.
Loans of discontinued operations, net totaled $21.2 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $21.9 billion at December 31, 2010. The decrease from 2010 is largely due to a decline in credit card and private label receivables as a result of fewer active customer accounts and a continued focus by consumers to reduce outstanding credit card debt.
2010 Compared to 2009 Income from discontinued operations increased in 2010 compared to 2009 due to lower provisions for credit losses, partially offset by lower net interest income, lower other revenues and higher operating expense.
Lower net interest income for discontinued operations in 2010 reflects the impact of lower average outstanding private label and credit card loans and lower credit card and private label card yields due to lower receivable levels at penalty pricing due to the impact of the CARD Act, higher premiums and higher charge-off of credit card interest as the portion of the GM and UP portfolios recorded at fair value upon purchase in 2009 continue to decline and be replaced with new volume. These decreases were partially offset by lower funding costs and the impact from re-pricing initiatives.
The provision for credit losses related to discontinued operations decreased in 2010 due to lower receivable levels, improved economic and credit conditions including lower dollars of delinquency, as well as an improved outlook on future loss estimates as the impact of the economic environment, including high unemployment levels, on losses was not as severe as previously anticipated due in part to improved customer payment behavior and the impact of tighter underwriting initiated in prior periods.
Other revenues for our discontinued operations decreased in 2010 due primarily to lower fee income resulting from lower credit card receivable levels outstanding including lower late fees driven by changes in customer behavior and the impact of the CARD Act, lower delinquency levels and higher revenue share payments due to improved cash flows and renegotiation of certain merchant agreements.
Operating expenses for our discontinued operations increased due to higher fraud expense and higher miscellaneous expenses partially offset lower charges from HSBC Finance due to lower levels of receivables being serviced.
Funding and Capital Capital amounts and ratios are calculated in accordance with current banking regulations. Our Tier 1 capital ratio was 12.74 percent and 11.80 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our capital levels remain well above levels established by current banking regulations as "well capitalized." We received no cash capital contributions from our immediate parent, HSBC North America Inc. ("HNAI") during 2011.
As part of the regulatory approvals with respect to the affiliate receivable purchases completed in January 2009, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC made certain additional capital commitments to ensure that HSBC Bank USA holds sufficient capital with respect to the purchased receivables that are or may become "low-quality assets," as defined by the Federal Reserve Act. These capital requirements, which require a risk-based capital charge of 100 percent for each "low-quality asset" transferred or arising in the purchased portfolios rather than a typical eight percent capital charge applied to similar assets that are not part of the transferred portfolios, are applied both for purposes of satisfying the terms of the commitments and for purposes of measuring and reporting HSBC Bank USA's risk-based capital and related ratios. This treatment applies as long as the low-quality assets are owned by HSBC Bank USA. During 2011, HSBC Bank USA sold low-quality credit card receivables with a net book value of approximately $266 million to a non-bank subsidiary of HSBC USA Inc. to reduce the capital requirement associated with these assets. At December 31, 2011, the remaining purchased receivables subject to this requirement totaled $1.5 billion, of which $2 million held by HSBC Bank USA were considered low-quality assets. These receivables will be sold to Capital One as part of the previously discussed sale which is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012. We have exceeded the minimum capital ratios required at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
As discussed in previous filings, HSBC North America is required to implement Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. While HSBC USA will not report separately under the new rules, HSBC Bank USA will report under the new rules on a stand-alone basis. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel II final rule requirements. We are uncertain as to when we will receive approval to adopt Basel II from the Federal Reserve Board, our primary regulator. We have integrated Basel II metrics into our management reporting and decision making process. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.
Future Prospects Our operations are dependent upon our ability to attract and retain deposits and, to a lesser extent, access to the global capital markets. Numerous factors, both internal and external, may impact our access to, and the costs associated with, both sources of funding. These factors may include our debt ratings, overall economic conditions, overall market volatility, the counterparty credit limits of investors to the HSBC Group and the effectiveness of our management of credit risks inherent in our customer base.
Our results are also impacted by general economic conditions, including unemployment, housing market conditions, property valuations, interest rates and legislative and regulatory changes, all of which are beyond our control. Changes in interest rates generally affect both the rates we charge to our customers and the rates we must pay on our borrowings. The primary risks to achieving our business goals in 2012 are largely dependent upon macro-economic conditions which include a weak housing market, high unemployment rates, the pace and extent of the economic recovery, volatility in the capital and debt markets and our ability to attract and retain loans and deposits from customers, all of which could impact trading and other revenue, net interest income, loan volume, charge-offs and ultimately our results of operations.
Basis of Reporting
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"). Unless noted, the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations included in MD&A are presented on a continuing operations basis of reporting. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.
In addition to the U.S. GAAP financial results reported in our consolidated financial statements, MD&A includes reference to the following information which is presented on a non-U.S. GAAP basis:
International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") Because HSBC reports results in accordance with IFRSs and IFRSs results are used in measuring and rewarding performance of employees, our management also separately monitors net income under IFRSs (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure). The following table reconciles our net income on a U.S. GAAP basis to net income on an IFRSs basis.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net income (loss) - U.S. GAAP basis............................................................................................................... | $ 1,018 | $ 1,564 | $ (142 ) |
Adjustments, net of tax: | |||
Unquoted equity securities........................................................................................................................... | - | - | (19 ) |
Reclassification of financial assets............................................................................................................... | 1 | (102 ) | (398 ) |
Securities.......................................................................................................................................................... | 13 | 82 | (79 ) |
Derivatives....................................................................................................................................................... | 8 | 11 | 17 |
Loan impairment.............................................................................................................................................. | (1 ) | 5 | 9 |
Property............................................................................................................................................................ | (23 ) | 28 | - |
Pension costs................................................................................................................................................... | 22 | 77 | 38 |
Purchased loan portfolios.............................................................................................................................. | (49 ) | (53 ) | 66 |
Servicing assets............................................................................................................................................... | 1 | 1 | 2 |
Return of capital.............................................................................................................................................. | - | (3 ) | (55 ) |
Interest recognition......................................................................................................................................... | (2 ) | 3 | (2 ) |
Litigation accrual............................................................................................................................................. | 22 | - | - |
Gain on sale of auto finance loans................................................................................................................ | - | 26 | - |
Other.................................................................................................................................................................. | 4 | 5 | (9 ) |
|
|
| |
Net income (loss) - IFRSs basis......................................................................................................................... | 1,014 | 1,644 | (572 ) |
Tax expense (benefit) - IFRSs basis.................................................................................................................. | 575 | 792 | (254 ) |
|
|
| |
Profit (loss) before tax - IFRSs basis................................................................................................................. | $ 1,589 | $ 2,436 | $ (826 ) |
|
|
|
A summary of the significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results are presented below:
Unquoted equity securities - Under IFRSs, equity securities which are not quoted on a recognized exchange, but for which fair value can be reliably measured, are required to be measured at fair value. Securities measured at fair value under IFRSs are classified as either available-for-sale securities, with changes in fair value recognized in shareholders' equity, or as trading securities, with changes in fair value recognized in income. Under U.S. GAAP, equity securities that are not quoted on a recognized exchange are not considered to have a readily determinable fair value and are required to be measured at cost, less any provisions for known impairment, in other assets.
Reclassification of financial assets - Certain securities were reclassified from "trading assets" to "loans and receivables" under IFRSs as of July 1, 2008 pursuant to an amendment to IAS 39, "Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement" ("IAS 39"), and are no longer marked to market under IFRSs. In November 2008, additional securities were similarly transferred to loans and receivables. These securities continue to be classified as "trading assets" under U.S. GAAP.
Additionally, certain Leverage Acquisition Finance ("LAF") loans were classified as "Trading Assets" for IFRSs and to be consistent, an irrevocable fair value option was elected on these loans under U.S. GAAP on January 1, 2008. These loans were reclassified to "loans and advances" as of July 1, 2008 pursuant to the IAS 39 amendment discussed above. Under U.S. GAAP, these loans are classified as "held for sale" and carried at fair value due to the irrevocable nature of the fair value option.
Securities - Under U.S. GAAP, the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security is recognized in earnings while the remaining portion of the impairment loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) provided we have concluded we do not intend to sell the security and it is more-likely-than-not that we will not have to sell the security prior to recovery. Under IFRSs, there is no bifurcation of other-than-temporary impairment and the entire amount is recognized in earnings. Also under IFRSs, recoveries in other-than-temporary impairment related to improvement in the underlying credit characteristics of the investment are recognized immediately in earnings while under U.S. GAAP, they are amortized to income over the remaining life of the security. There are also less significant differences in measuring other-than-temporary impairment under IFRSs versus U.S. GAAP.
Under IFRSs, securities include HSBC shares held for stock plans at fair value. These shares held for stock plans are recorded at fair value through other comprehensive income. If it is determined these shares have become impaired, the fair value loss is recognized in profit and loss and any fair value loss recorded in other comprehensive income is reversed. There is no similar requirement under U.S. GAAP. During 2009 under IFRSs, we recorded income for the value of additional shares attributed to HSBC shares held for stock plans as a result of HSBC's rights offering. The additional shares are not recorded under U.S. GAAP.
Derivatives - Effective January 1, 2008, U.S. GAAP removed the observability requirement of valuation inputs to allow up-front recognition of the difference between transaction price and fair value in the consolidated statement of income. Under IFRSs, recognition is permissible only if the inputs used in calculating fair value are based on observable inputs. If the inputs are not observable, profit and loss is deferred and is recognized (1) over the period of contract, (2) when the data becomes observable, or (3) when the contract is settled.
Loan impairment - IFRSs requires a discounted cash flow methodology for estimating impairment on pools of homogeneous customer loans which requires the discounting of cash flows including recovery estimates at the original effective interest rate of the pool of customer loans. The amount of impairment relating to the discounting of future cash flows unwinds with the passage of time, and is recognized in interest income. Also under IFRSs, if the recognition of a write-down to fair value on secure loans decreases because collateral values have improved and the improvement can be related objectively to an event occurring after recognition of the write-down, such write-down can be reversed, which is not permitted under U.S. GAAP. Additionally under IFRSs, future recoveries on charged-off loans or loans written down to fair value less cost to obtain title and sell are accrued for on a discounted basis and a recovery asset is recorded. Subsequent recoveries are recorded to earnings under U.S. GAAP, but are adjusted against the recovery asset under IFRSs. Under IFRSs, interest on impaired loans is recorded at the effective interest rate on the carrying amount net of impairment allowances, and therefore reflects the collectibility of the loans.
Property - The sale of our 452 Fifth Avenue property, including the 1 W. 39th Street building in April 2010, resulted in the recognition of a gain under IFRSs while under US GAAP, such gain is deferred and recognized over ten years due to our continuing involvement.
Pension costs - Net income under U.S. GAAP is lower than under IFRSs as a result of the amortization of the amount by which actuarial losses exceeded the higher of 10 percent of the projected benefit obligation or fair value of plan assets (the "corridor.") In 2011, amounts reflect a pension curtailment gain relating to the branch sales as under IFRSs recognition occurs when "demonstrably committed to the transaction" as compared to U.S. GAAP when recognition occurs when the transaction is completed. Furthermore, in 2010, changes to future accruals for legacy participants under the HSBC North America Pension Plan were accounted for as a plan curtailment under IFRSs, which resulted in immediate income recognition. Under US GAAP, these changes were considered to be a negative plan amendment which resulted in no immediate income recognition.
Purchased loan portfolios - Under U.S. GAAP, purchased loans for which there has been evidence of credit deterioration at the time of acquisition are recorded at an amount based on the net cash flows expected to be collected. This generally results in only a portion of the loans in the acquired portfolio being recorded at fair value. Under IFRSs, the entire purchased portfolio is recorded at fair value. When recording purchased loans at fair value, the difference between all estimated future cash collections and the purchase price paid is recognized into income using the effective interest method. An allowance for loan loss is not established unless the original estimate of expected future cash collections declines.
Servicing assets - Under IAS 38, servicing assets are initially recorded on the balance sheet at cost and amortized over the projected life of the assets. Servicing assets are periodically tested for impairment with impairment adjustments charged against current earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, we generally record servicing assets on the balance sheet at fair value. Subsequent adjustments to fair value are generally reflected in current period earnings.
Return of capital - Reflects payments to CT Financial Services, Inc. in connection with the resolution of a lawsuit which for IFRSs was treated as the satisfaction of a liability and not as revenue and a subsequent capital transaction as was the case under U.S. GAAP.
Interest recognition - The calculation of effective interest rates under IAS 39 requires an estimate of "all fees and points paid or recovered between parties to the contract" that are an integral part of the effective interest rate be included. U.S. GAAP generally prohibits recognition of interest income to the extent the net interest in the loan would increase to an amount greater than the amount at which the borrower could settle the obligation. Also under U.S. GAAP, prepayment penalties are generally recognized as received.
Litigation accrual -A litigation accrual was recorded at year end related to a potential settlement of a legal matter where the loss criteria have been met and an accrual can be estimated for U.S. GAAP. Under IFRSs, apart from the likelihood of a potential settlement, it was determined that a present obligation does not exist at December 31, 2011 and, therefore, a liability was not recognized.
Gain on sale of auto finance loans - The differences in the gain on sale of the auto finance loans primarily reflects differences in the basis of the purchased loans sold between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP as well as differences in loan impairment provisioning as discussed above. The combination of these differences resulted in a higher gain under IFRSs.
Other - Other includes the net impact of certain adjustments which represent differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs that were not individually material, including deferred loan origination costs and fees, restructuring costs, legal accruals, depreciation expense and loans held for sale.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We believe our policies are appropriate and fairly present the financial position of HSBC USA Inc.
The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are more fully described in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Certain critical accounting policies, which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, are complex and involve significant judgment by our management, including the use of estimates and assumptions. We base and establish our accounting estimates on historical experience, observable market data, inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means and on various other assumptions including those based on unobservable inputs that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. In addition, to the extent we use certain modeling techniques to assist us in measuring the fair value of a particular asset or liability, we strive to use such techniques which are consistent with those used by other market participants. Actual results may differ from these estimates due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change. The impact of estimates and assumptions on the financial condition or operating performance may be material.
We believe that of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, the items discussed below require critical accounting estimates involving a high degree of judgment and complexity. Our management has discussed these critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, including certain underlying estimates and assumptions, and the Audit Committee has reviewed our disclosure relating to these accounting policies and practices in this MD&A.
Allowance for Credit Losses Because we lend money to others, we are exposed to the risk that borrowers may not repay amounts owed when they become contractually due. Consequently, we maintain an allowance for credit losses at a level that we consider adequate, but not excessive, to cover our estimate of probable incurred losses in the existing loan portfolio. Allowance estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reflected through the provision for credit losses in the period when they become known. The accounting estimate relating to the allowance for credit losses is a "critical accounting estimate" for the following reasons:
• Changes in the provision can materially affect our financial results;
• Estimates related to the allowance for credit losses require us to project future delinquency and charge off trends, which are uncertain and require a high degree of judgment; and
• The allowance for credit losses is influenced by factors outside of our control such as customer payment patterns, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, interest rates, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends and changes in laws and regulations all of which have an impact on our estimates.
Because our estimate of the allowance for credit losses involves judgment and is influenced by factors outside of our control, there is uncertainty inherent in these estimates, making it reasonably possible such estimates could change. Our estimate of probable incurred credit losses is inherently uncertain because it is highly sensitive to changes in economic conditions which influence loan growth, portfolio seasoning, bankruptcy trends, trends in housing markets, delinquency rates and the flow of loans through various stages of delinquency, the realizability of any collateral and actual loss experience. Changes in such estimates could significantly impact our allowance and provision for credit losses. For example, a 10 percent change in our projection of probable net credit losses on our loans would have resulted in a change of approximately $74 million in our allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2011. The allowance for credit losses is a critical accounting estimate for our Retail Banking and Wealth Management, Commercial Banking, Global Banking and Markets and Private Banking segments.
Our allowance for credit losses is based on estimates and is intended to be adequate but not excessive. The allowance for credit losses is regularly assessed for adequacy through a detailed review of the loan portfolio. The allowance is comprised of two balance sheet components:
• The allowance for credit losses, which is carried as a reduction to loans on the balance sheet, includes reserves for inherent probable credit losses associated with all loans outstanding; and
• The reserve for off-balance sheet risk, which is recorded in other liabilities, includes probable and reasonably estimable credit losses arising from off-balance sheet arrangements such as letters of credit and undrawn commitments to lend.
Both components include amounts calculated for specific individual loan balances and for collective loan portfolios depending on the nature of the exposure and the manner in which risks inherent in that exposure are managed.
• All commercial loans that exceed $500,000 are evaluated individually for impairment. When a loan is found to be "impaired," a specific reserve is calculated. Reserves against impaired loans, including consumer and commercial loans modified in troubled debt restructurings, are determined primarily by an analysis of discounted expected cash flows with reference to independent valuations of underlying loan collateral and considering secondary market prices for distressed debt where appropriate.
• Loans which are not individually evaluated for impairment and those evaluated and found not to be impaired are pooled into homogeneous categories of loans and evaluated to determine if it is deemed probable, based on historical data and other environmental factors, that a loss has been incurred even though it has not yet been manifested in a specific loan.
For consumer receivables and certain small business loans, we utilize a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately be charged-off based on recent historical experience. These estimates also take into consideration the loss severity expected based on the underlying collateral for the loan, if any, in the event of default. In addition, loss reserves are maintained on consumer receivables to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation or when historical trends are not reflective of current inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Risk factors considered in establishing the allowance for credit losses on consumer receivables include growth, product mix and risk selection, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features such as adjustable rate loans, economic conditions such as national and local trends in unemployment, housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, changes in underwriting practices, current levels of charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in laws and regulations and other items which can affect consumer payment patterns on outstanding receivables such as natural disasters. We also consider key coverage ratios in developing our allowance estimates. The resulting loss coverage ratio varies by portfolio based on inherent risk and, where applicable, regulatory guidance. Roll rates are regularly updated and benchmarked against actual outcomes to ensure that they remain appropriate.
An advanced credit risk methodology is utilized to support the estimation of incurred losses inherent in pools of homogeneous commercial loans and off-balance sheet risk. This methodology uses the probability of default from the customer risk rating assigned to each counterparty, the "Loss Given Default" rating assigned to each transaction or facility based on the collateral securing the transaction, and the measure of exposure based on the transaction. A suite of models, tools and templates is maintained using quantitative and statistical techniques, which are combined with management's judgment to support the assessment of each transaction. These were developed using internal data and supplemented with data from external sources which was judged to be consistent with our internal credit standards. These advanced measures are applied to the homogeneous credit pools to estimate the required allowance for credit losses.
The results from the commercial analysis, consumer roll rate analysis and the specific impairment reserving process are reviewed each quarter by the Credit Reserve Committee. This committee also considers other observable factors, both internal and external to us in the general economy, to ensure that the estimates provided by the various models adequately include all known information at each reporting period. Loss reserves are maintained to reflect the committee's judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in statistical models or when historical trends are not reflective of current inherent incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses is reviewed with our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors each quarter.
Goodwill Impairment Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is tested for possible impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Impairment testing requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be compared to its carrying amount, including the goodwill. Significant and long-term changes in industry and economic conditions are considered to be primary indicators of potential impairment due to their impact on expected future cash flows. In addition, shorter-term changes may impact the discount rate applied to such cash flows based on changes in investor requirements or market uncertainties.
The impairment testing of our goodwill is a "critical accounting estimate" due to the significant judgment required in the use of discounted cash flow models to determine fair value. Discounted cash flow models include such variables as revenue growth rates, expense trends, interest rates and terminal values. Based on an evaluation of key data and market factors, management's judgment is required to select the specific variables to be incorporated into the models. Additionally, the estimated fair value can be significantly impacted by the risk adjusted cost of capital used to discount future cash flows. The risk adjusted cost of capital percentage is generally derived from an appropriate capital asset pricing model, which itself depends on a number of financial and economic variables which are established on the basis of that used by market participants which involves management's judgment. Because our fair value estimate involves judgment and is influenced by factors outside our control, it is reasonably possible such estimate could change. When management's judgment is that the anticipated cash flows have decreased and/or the cost of capital has increased, the effect will be a lower estimate of fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is determined to be lower than the carrying amount, an impairment charge may be recorded and net income will be negatively impacted.
Impairment testing of goodwill requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. Reporting units were identified based upon an analysis of each of our individual operating segments. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or any distinct, separately identifiable component of an operating segment for which complete, discrete financial information is available that management regularly reviews. Goodwill was allocated to the carrying amount of each reporting unit based on its relative fair value.
We have established July 1 of each year as the date for conducting our annual goodwill impairment assessment. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two step process. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, including allocated goodwill, there is no indication of impairment and no further procedures are required. If the carrying amount including allocated goodwill exceeds fair value, the second step is performed to quantify the impairment amount, if any. If the implied fair value of goodwill as determined using the same methodology as used in a business combination is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are not permitted. At July 1, 2011, the estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount and, as such, none of our recorded goodwill was deemed to be impaired.
As a result of increased market volatility during the second half of 2011, we performed an interim impairment test of the goodwill associated with our Global Banking and Markets reporting unit as of December 31, 2011. As a result of this test, the fair value of the Global Banking and Markets reporting unit continued to exceed its carrying value, including goodwill. At December 31, 2011, goodwill totaling $612 million has been allocated to our Global Banking and Markets reporting unit. As of December 31, 2011 the book value including goodwill of our Global Banking and Markets reporting unit was 80 percent of fair value. Our goodwill impairment testing is however, highly sensitive to certain assumptions and estimates used as discussed above. We continue to perform periodic analyses of the risks and strategies of our business and product offerings. If significant deterioration in the economic and credit conditions occur, or changes in the strategy or performance of our business or product offerings occur, an interim impairment test will be required in 2012.
Valuation of Financial Instruments A substantial portion of our financial assets and liabilities are carried at fair value. These include trading assets and liabilities, including derivatives held for trading, derivatives used for hedging and securities available-for-sale. Certain loans held for sale, which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, are also reported at fair value when their amortized cost exceeds their current fair value.
Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine fair value. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using internally developed valuation models based on inputs that are either directly observable or derived from and corroborated by market data. These inputs include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, option adjusted spreads and currency rates. Where neither quoted market prices nor observable market parameters are available, fair value is determined using valuation models that feature one or more significant unobservable inputs based on management's expectation that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the asset or liability. However, these unobservable inputs must incorporate market participants' assumptions about risks in the asset or liability and the risk premium required by market participants in order to bear the risks. The determination of appropriate unobservable inputs requires exercise of management judgment. A significant majority of our assets and liabilities that are reported at fair value are measured based on quoted market prices and observable market-based or independently-sourced inputs.
We review and update our fair value hierarchy classifications at the end of each quarter. Quarterly changes related to the observability of the inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification between hierarchy levels. Level 3 assets as a percentage of total assets measured at fair value were approximately 3.4 percent and Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total liabilities measured at fair value were approximately 3.6 percent at December 31, 2011. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can impact the amount of revenue, loss or changes in other comprehensive income recorded for a particular financial instrument. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For a more detailed discussion of the determination of fair value for individual financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value see "Fair Value" under Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
The following is a description of the significant estimates used in the valuation of financial assets and liabilities for which quoted market prices and observable market parameters are not available.
Complex derivatives held for trading - Fair value for the majority of our derivative instruments are based on internally developed models that utilize independently sourced market parameters. For complex or long-dated derivative products where market data is not available, fair value may be affected by the choice of valuation model and the underlying assumptions about the timing of cash flows and credit spreads. The fair values of certain structured credit and structured equity derivative products are sensitive to unobservable inputs such as default correlations and volatilities. These estimates are susceptible to significant changes in future periods as market conditions evolve.
We may adjust certain fair value estimates to ensure that those estimates appropriately represent fair value. These adjustments, which are applied consistently over time, are generally required to reflect factors such as market liquidity and counterparty credit risk. Where relevant, a liquidity adjustment is applied to determine the measurement of an asset or a liability that is required to be reported at fair value. Assessing the appropriate level of liquidity adjustment requires management judgment and is often affected by the product type, transaction-specific terms and the level of liquidity for the product in the market. For financial liabilities, including derivatives measured at fair value, we consider the effect of our own non-performance risk on fair values. In assessing the credit risk relating to derivative assets and liabilities, we take into account the impact of risk mitigants including, but not limited to, master netting and collateral arrangements. Finally, other transaction specific factors such as the selection of valuation models available, the range of unobservable model inputs and other model assumptions can affect fair value estimates. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of revenue or loss recorded for a particular position.
Loans held for sale - Certain residential mortgage whole loans are classified as held for sale and are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The fair value of certain of these loans have historically been determined based on valuations of mortgage-backed securities that would be observed in a hypothetical securitization adjusted for dissimilarity in the underlying collateral, market liquidity, and direct transaction costs to convert mortgage loans into securities. During the recent market turmoil, pricing information on mortgage related assets became less available. In an inactive market where securitizations of mortgage whole loans may not regularly occur, we utilize alternative market information by reference to different exit markets to determine or validate the fair value of our mortgage whole loans. The determination of fair value for mortgage whole loans takes into account factors such as the location of the collateral, the loan-to-value ratio, the estimated rate and timing of delinquency, the probability of foreclosure and loss severity if foreclosure does occur.
Certain other consumer receivables and commercial loans are classified as held for sale and are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. The determination of fair value for these other consumer receivables is based on discounted expected cash flows, which takes into consideration factors such as future interest rates, prepayment speeds, default and loss curves, and market discount rates. The determination of fair value for commercial loans takes into account factors such as the location and appraised value of the related collateral, as well as the estimated cash flows from realization of the collateral.
Loans elected for the fair value option - We elected to measure certain leveraged finance loans and commercial loans at fair value under the fair value option provided by U.S. GAAP. Where available, market-based consensus pricing obtained from independent sources is used to estimate the fair value of leveraged loans. Where consensus pricing information is not available, fair value is estimated using observable market prices of similar instruments, including bonds, credit derivatives, and loans with similar characteristics. Where observable market parameters are not available, fair value is determined based on contractual cash flows adjusted for estimates of prepayments, defaults, and recoveries, discounted at management's estimate of the rate that would be required by market participants in the current market conditions. We attempt to corroborate estimates of prepayments, defaults, and recoveries using observable data by correlation or other means. We also consider the specific loan characteristics and inherent credit risk and risk mitigating factors such as the nature and characteristics of the collateral arrangements in determining fair value. Continued lack of liquidity in credit markets has resulted in a significant decrease in the availability of observable market data, which has resulted in an increased level of management judgment required to estimate fair value for loans held for sale.
Structured deposits and structured notes - Certain hybrid instruments, primarily structured notes and structured certificates of deposit, were elected to be measured at fair value in their entirety under the fair value option provided by U.S. GAAP. As a result, derivative features embedded in those instruments are included in the fair value measurement of the instrument. Depending on the complexity of the embedded derivative, the same elements of valuation uncertainty and adjustments described in the derivative sections above would apply to hybrid instruments. Additionally, cash flows for the funded notes and deposits are discounted at the appropriate rate for the applicable duration of the instrument adjusted for our own credit spreads. The credit spreads applied to these instruments are derived from the spreads at which institutions of similar credit standing would be charged for issuing similar structured instruments as of the measurement date.
Own debt issuances for which the fair value option has been elected are traded in the OTC market. The fair value of our own debt issuances is determined based on the observed prices for the specific debt instrument transacted in the secondary market. To the extent the inputs are observable, less judgment is required in determining the fair value. In many cases, management can obtain quoted prices for identical or similar liabilities. However, the markets may become inactive at various times where prices are not current or price quotations vary over time or among market makers. In these situations, valuation estimates involve using inputs other than quoted prices to value both the interest rate component and the credit component of the debt. Changes in such estimates, and in particular the credit component of the valuation, can be volatile from period to period and may markedly impact the total mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value recorded in our consolidated statement of income (loss).
Asset-backed securities - Mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities including collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") and collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") are classified as either available-for-sale or held for trading and are measured at fair value. The fair value measurements of these asset classes are primarily determined or validated by inputs obtained from independent pricing sources adjusted for the differences in the characteristics and performance of the underlying collateral, such as prepayments and defaults. During the recent credit crisis, the valuations of certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities have become less transparent. For these securities, internal valuation estimates are used to validate the pricing information obtained from independent pricing sources which measure fair value based on information derived from both observable and unobservable inputs.
We have established a control framework designed to ensure that fair values are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. Controls over the valuation process are summarized in Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" under the heading "Fair Value."
Because the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities are significantly impacted by the use of estimates, the use of different assumptions can result in changes in the estimated fair value of those assets and liabilities, which can result in equity and earnings volatility as follows:
• Changes in the fair value of trading assets and liabilities are recorded in current period earnings;
• Changes in the fair value of securities available-for-sale are recorded in other comprehensive income;
• Changes in the fair value of loans held for sale when their amortized cost exceeds fair value are recorded in current period earnings;
• Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current period earnings; and
• Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent of its effectiveness, until earnings are impacted by the variability of cash flows from the hedged item. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in current period earnings.
Derivatives Held for Hedging Derivatives designated as qualified hedges are tested for hedge effectiveness. For these transactions, assessments are made at the inception of the hedge and on a recurring basis, whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction has been and is expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. This assessment is conducted using statistical regression analysis.
If we determine as a result of this assessment that a derivative is not expected to be a highly effective hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued as of the quarter in which such determination was made. The assessment of the effectiveness of the derivatives used in hedging transactions is considered to be a "critical accounting estimate" due to the use of statistical regression analysis in making this determination. Similar to discounted cash flow modeling techniques, statistical regression analysis requires the use of estimates regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows which are susceptible to significant changes in future periods based on changes in market rates. Statistical regression analysis also involves the use of additional assumptions including the determination of the period over which the analysis should occur as well as selecting a convention for the treatment of credit spreads in the analysis.
The outcome of the statistical regression analysis serves as the foundation for determining whether or not a derivative is highly effective as a hedging instrument. This can result in earnings volatility as the mark-to-market on derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges and the ineffectiveness associated with qualifying hedges are recorded in current period earnings.
Impairment of Securities Available-for-Sale Securities available-for-sale are measured at fair value and changes in fair value, net of related income taxes, are recognized in equity in other comprehensive income until the securities are either sold or an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized. Where the amount recognized in other comprehensive income related to a security available-for-sale represents a loss, the security is deemed to be impaired. To the extent that the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized. However for financial statement presentation purposes, only the credit loss component of such difference is recognized in earnings for a debt security that we do not intend to sell and for which it is not more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. We do not consider impairment of held-to-maturity securities to be a critical accounting estimate as such security holdings are not significant.
Total securities available-for-sale amounted to $53.3 billion and $45.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, of which $53.1 billion or 99.7 percent at December 31, 2011 and $45.4 billion or 99.8 percent at December 31, 2010 were debt securities. The amount recorded in other comprehensive income relating to debt securities available-for-sale amounted to an increase of $862 million and $211 million during December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A reduction in other comprehensive income relating to a debt security available-for-sale occurs when the fair value of the security is less than the security's acquisition cost (net of any principal repayments and amortization) less any other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in earnings.
Management is required to exercise judgment in determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary or reflects a credit loss that must be recognized in earnings. For debt securities available-for-sale, objective evidence required to determine whether an impairment is other-than-temporary or reflects evidence of a credit loss event that results in a decrease in estimated future cash flows. Where cash flows are readily determinable, a low level of judgment may be involved. Where determination of estimated future cash flows requires consideration of a number of variables, some of which may be unobservable in current market conditions, more significant judgment is required.
The most significant judgments concern more complex instruments, such as asset-backed securities ("ABSs"), where it is necessary to consider factors such as the estimated future cash flows on underlying pools of collateral, the extent and depth of market price declines and changes in credit ratings. The review of estimated future cash flows on underlying collateral is subject to estimation uncertainties where the assessment is based on historical information on pools of assets, and judgment is required to determine whether historical performance is likely to be representative of current economic and credit conditions.
There is no single factor to which our charge for other-than-temporary impairment of debt securities available-for-sale is particularly sensitive, because of the range of different types of securities held, the range of geographical areas in which those securities are held, and the wide range of factors which can affect the occurrence of loss events and cash flows of securities, including different types of collateral.
Management's current assessment of the holdings of available-for-sale ABSs with the most sensitivity to possible future impairment is focused on subprime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities ("MBSs"). Our principal exposure to these securities is in the Global Banking and Markets' business. Excluding holdings in certain special purpose entities where significant first loss risks are borne by external investors, the available-for-sale holdings in these categories within Global Banking and Markets amounted to $4 million at both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The available-for-sale fair value adjustment as at December 31, 2011 in relation to these securities was an unrealized loss of less than $1 million and at December 31, 2010, an unrealized gain of $1 million.
The main factors in the reduction in fair value of these securities over the period were the effects of reduced market liquidity and negative market sentiment. The level of actual credit losses experienced was relatively low in both 2011 and 2010, notwithstanding the deterioration in the performance of the underlying mortgages in the period as U.S. home prices remained under pressure and defaults increased. The absence of significant credit losses is judged to be attributable to the seniority of the tranches we held as well as the priority for cash flow held by these tranches. We did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity or available-for-sale securities in 2011. In 2010, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities of $79 million in earnings.
It is reasonably possible that outcomes in the future could be different from the assumptions and estimates used in identifying impairment on available-for-sale debt securities and, as a result, impairment may be identified in available-for-sale debt securities which had previously been determined not to be impaired. It is possible that this could result in the recognition of material impairment losses in future periods.
Mortgage Servicing Rights We recognize retained rights to service mortgage loans as a separate and distinct asset at the time the loans are sold. We initially value mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") at fair value at the time the related loans are sold and subsequently measure MSRs at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value reflected in earnings in the period that the changes occur.
MSRs are subject to interest rate risk in that their fair value will fluctuate as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. Fair value is determined based upon the application of valuation models and other inputs. The valuation models incorporate assumptions market participants would use in estimating future cash flows. These assumptions include expected prepayments, default rates and market-based option adjusted spreads. The estimate of fair value is considered to be a "critical accounting estimate" because the assumptions used in the valuation models involve a high degree of subjectivity that is dependent upon future interest rate movements. The reasonableness of these pricing models is validated on a quarterly basis by reference to external independent broker valuations and industry surveys.
Because the fair values of MSRs are significantly impacted by the use of estimates, the use of different estimates can result in changes in the estimated fair values of those MSRs, which can result in earnings volatility because such changes are reported in current period earnings.
Deferred Tax Assets We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for tax credits and state net operating losses. Our deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, totaled $1.8 billion and $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We evaluate our deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including our historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and any carryback availability. We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to earnings or shareholders' equity if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. Because the recognition of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant judgments about future earnings, the periods in which items will impact taxable income, and the application of inherently complex tax laws, we have included the assessment of deferred tax assets and the need for any related valuation allowance as a critical accounting estimate.
Since recent market conditions have created significant downward pressure and volatility on HSBC North America's near-term pretax book income, our analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future taxable income expected from operations and relies to a greater extent on continued liquidity and capital support from our parent, HSBC, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. We are included in HSBC North America's consolidated Federal income tax return and in certain combined state returns. As we have entered into tax allocation agreements with HSBC North America and its subsidiary entities included in the consolidated return which govern the current amount of taxes to be paid or received by the various entities, we look at HSBC North America and its affiliates, together with the tax planning strategies identified, in reaching our conclusion on recoverability. Absent capital support from HSBC and implementation of the related tax planning strategies, we would be required to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
The use of different estimates can result in changes in the amounts of deferred tax items recognized, which can result in equity and earnings volatility because such changes are reported in current period earnings. Furthermore, if future events differ from our current forecasts, valuation allowances may need to be established or adjusted, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. We will continue to update our assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income and assess the need and adequacy of any valuation allowance.
We estimate and provide for potential liabilities that may arise out of tax audits to the extent that uncertain tax positions fail to meet the recognition standard under generally accepted accounting principles. Additional detail on our assumptions with respect to the judgments made in evaluating the realizability of our deferred tax assets and on the components of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 can be found in Note 19, "Income Taxes," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Contingent Liabilities Both we and certain of our subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings resulting from ordinary business activities relating to our current and/or former operations. These actions include assertions concerning violations of laws and/or unfair treatment of consumers.
We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.
Litigation exposure represents a key area of judgment and is subject to uncertainty and certain factors outside of our control. Due to the uncertainties in litigation and other factors, we cannot be certain that we will ultimately prevail in each instance. Such uncertainties impact our ability to determine whether it is probable that a liability exists and whether the amount can be reasonably estimated. Also, as the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors that are outside of our control, it is reasonably possible our estimated liability under these proceedings may change. We will continue to update our accruals for these legal proceedings as facts and circumstances change. See Note 30, "Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Balance Sheet Review
We utilize deposits and borrowings from various sources to provide liquidity, fund balance sheet growth, meet cash and capital needs, and fund investments in subsidiaries. Balance sheet totals at December 31, 2011 and increases (decreases) over prior periods are summarized in the table below:
Increase (Decrease) From
| |||||
December 31,2010
| December 31,2009
| ||||
December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Period end assets: | |||||
Short-term investments.................................................................... | $ 30,179 | $ 12,165 | 67.5% | $ 7,111 | 30.8% |
Loans, net........................................................................................... | 51,124 | 2,167 | 4.4 | 665 | 1.3 |
Loans held for sale............................................................................ | 3,670 | 1,280 | 53.6 | 762 | 26.2 |
Trading assets................................................................................... | 38,800 | 6,398 | 19.7 | 12,997 | 50.4 |
Securities............................................................................................ | 55,316 | 6,603 | 13.6 | 25,885 | 88.0 |
Other assets....................................................................................... | 31,191 | (2,146 ) | (6.4 ) | (8,219 ) | (20.9 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
$ 210,280 | $ 26,467 | 14.4% | $ 39,201 | 22.9% | |
|
|
|
|
| |
Funding sources: | |||||
Total deposits.................................................................................... | $ 139,729 | $ 19,111 | 15.8% | $ 21,526 | 18.2 % |
Trading liabilities............................................................................... | 14,186 | 3,658 | 34.7 | 6,276 | 79.3 |
Short-term borrowings...................................................................... | 16,009 | 822 | 5.4 | 9,497 | 100+ |
All other liabilities............................................................................. | 5,145 | 1,478 | 40.3 | (3,089 ) | (37.5 ) |
Long-term debt.................................................................................. | 16,709 | (371 ) | (2.2 ) | 1,666 | 11.1 |
Shareholders' equity......................................................................... | 18,502 | 1,769 | 10.6 | 3,325 | 21.9 |
|
|
|
|
| |
$ 210,280 | $ 26,467 | 14.4% | $ 39,201 | 22.9% | |
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term Investments Short-term investments include cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements. Balances will fluctuate from year to year depending upon our liquidity position at the time. Overall balances increased in 2011 as a result of increased liquidity driven by higher deposit levels.
Loans, Net Loan balances at December 31, 2011, and increases (decreases) over prior periods are summarized in the table below:
Increase (Decrease) From
| |||||
December 31,2010
| December 31,2009
| ||||
December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Commercial loans: | |||||
Construction and other real estate........................................ | $ 7,860 | $ (368 ) | (4.47 )% | $ (998 ) | (11.27 )% |
Business banking and middle market enterprises............... | 9,642 | 1,697 | 21.36 | 2,121 | 28.20 |
Global banking(1)....................................................................... | 12,658 | 1,913 | 17.80 | 2,933 | 30.16 |
Other commercial loans........................................................... | 3,489 | 404 | 13.10 | (421 ) | (10.77 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial loans............................................................ | 33,649 | 3,646 | 12.15 | 3,635 | 12.11 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Consumer loans: | |||||
Residential mortgages excluding home equitymortgages............................................................................ | 14,113 | 416 | 3.04 | 391 | 2.85 |
Home equity mortgages.......................................................... | 2,563 | (1,257 ) | (32.91 ) | (1,601 ) | (38.45 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgages.................................................... | 16,676 | (841 ) | (4.80 ) | (1,210 ) | (6.77 ) |
Auto finance............................................................................. | - | - | - | (1,701 ) | (100.00 ) |
Credit Card................................................................................ | 828 | (422 ) | (33.76 ) | (445 ) | (32.52 ) |
Other consumer........................................................................ | 714 | (325 ) | (31.28 ) | (473 ) | (39.85 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer loans.............................................................. | 18,218 | (1,588 ) | (8.02 ) | (3,829 ) | (17.37 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans...................................................................................... | 51,867 | 2,058 | 4.13 | (194 ) | (0.37 ) |
Allowance for credit losses......................................................... | 743 | (109 ) | (12.79 ) | (859 ) | (53.62 ) |
|
|
|
|
| |
Loans, net....................................................................................... | $ 51,124 | $ 2,167 | 4.43% | $ 665 | 1.32% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Represents large multinational firms including globally focused U.S. corporate and financial institutions and USD lending to selected high quality Latin American and other multinational customers managed by HSBC on a global basis.
Commercial loan balances at December 31, 2011 reflect the transfer of commercial loans to held for sale during 2011 with a current balance of $521 million as part of our agreement to sell certain retail branches and related loans to First Niagara. In addition, commercial loan balances at December 31, 2010 reflect $1.2 billion of loans relating to the Bryant Park commercial paper conduit which we deconsolidated in March, 2011. Excluding the impact of these items, commercial loan balances increased $5.4 billion since December 31, 2010, driven by new business activity, particularly in global banking as well as in business banking and middle market enterprises. These increases were partially offset by paydowns and managed reductions in certain exposures. Excluding the impact of the transfer to loans to held for sale discussed above, commercial loans increased $4.1 billion since December 31, 2009, driven largely by new business activity.
Residential mortgage loans have decreased since December 31, 2010 and 2009 primarily due to the transfer of residential mortgage loans with a current balance of $1.4 billion to loans held for sale in 2011 as a result of our previously discussed agreement to sell certain retail branches and related loans. Excluding the impact of the transfer of loans to loans held for sale, residential mortgage loans increased modestly from 2010 and 2009. The balances reflect increases to the portfolio associated with originations targeted at our Premier customer relationships. As a result of balance sheet initiatives to manage interest rate risk and improve the structural liquidity of HSBC Bank USA, we continue to sell a majority of our new residential loan originations through the secondary markets.
As previously discussed, real estate markets in a large portion of the United States have been and continue to be affected by stagnation or declines in property values. As such, the loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios for our mortgage loan portfolio have generally deteriorated since origination. Refreshed LTV ratios for our mortgage loan portfolio, excluding subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale, are presented in the table below.
Refreshed LTVs(1)(2)at December 31, 2011
| Refreshed LTVs(1)(2)at December 31, 2010
| |||
First Lien | Second Lien | First Lien | Second Lien | |
LTV < 80%......................................................................................................... | 75.4% | 62.2% | 75.1% | 64.1% |
80% < LTV < 90%............................................................................................. | 11.0 | 13.7 | 11.9 | 13.5 |
90% < LTV < 100%........................................................................................... | 6.5 | 10.2 | 6.8 | 9.8 |
LTV > 100%....................................................................................................... | 7.2 | 13.8 | 6.2 | 12.6 |
Average LTV for portfolio............................................................................... | 67.7% | 71.2 % | 67.1% | 73.6% |
(1) Refreshed LTVs for first liens are calculated using the loan balance as of the reporting date. Refreshed LTVs for second liens are calculated using the loan balance as of the reporting date plus the senior lien amount at origination. Current estimated property values are derived from the property's appraised value at the time of loan origination updated by the change in the Federal Housing Finance Agency's (formerly known as the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight) house pricing index ("HPI") at either a Core Based Statistical Area ("CBSA") or state level. The estimated value of the homes could vary from actual fair values due to changes in condition of the underlying property, variations in housing price changes within metropolitan statistical areas and other factors. As a result, actual property values associated with loans which end in foreclosure may be significantly lower than the estimates used for purposes of this disclosure.
(2) Current property values are calculated using the most current HPI's available and applied on an individual loan basis, which results in an approximately three month delay in the production of reportable statistics. Therefore, the information in the table above reflects current estimated property values using HPIs as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Credit card receivable balances, which represents our legacy HSBC Bank USA credit card portfolio, decreased compared to both December 31, 2010 and 2009 driven by the transfer of credit card receivables with a current balance of $416 million to loans held for sale in 2011 as a result of our agreement to sell certain branches and related loans to First Niagara and a continued focus by customers to reduce outstanding credit card debt. Excluding the transfer of these receivables to held for sale, credit card receivables were essentially flat compared to both December 31, 2010 and 2009 as customers continues to focus on managing outstanding debt levels.
Auto finance loans decreased from 2009 as a result of the sale of the remainder of our auto finance loans to SC USA in August 2010.
Other consumer loans have decreased from both 2010 and 2009 and reflect the transfer of loans with a current balance of $161 million to loans held for sale during 2011 as a result of our agreement to sell certain branches and related loans to First Niagara as well as the discontinuation of student loan originations and the run-off of our installment loan portfolio.
Loans Held for Sale Loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 and increases (decreases) over prior periods are summarized in the following table.
Increase (Decrease) From
| |||||
December 31,2010
| December 31,2009
| ||||
December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Total commercial loans.................................................................... | $ 965 | $ (391 ) | (28.8 )% | $ (161 ) | (14.3 )% |
|
|
|
|
| |
Consumer loans: | |||||
Residential mortgages........................................................... | 2,058 | 1,104 | 100+ | 672 | 48.5 |
Credit card receivables.......................................................... | 416 | 416 | 100.0 | 416 | 100.0 |
Auto finance........................................................................... | - | - | - | (353 ) | (100.0 ) |
Other consumer...................................................................... | 231 | 151 | 100+ | 188 | 100+ |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer loans............................................................ | 2,705 | 1,671 | 100+ | 923 | 51.8 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans held for sale.................................................................. | $ 3,670 | $ 1,280 | 53.6 % | $ 762 | 26.2 % |
|
|
|
|
|
Included in loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 are $2.5 billion on loans that are being sold as part of our agreement to sell certain branches, including $521 million of commercial loans, $1.4 billion of residential mortgages, $416 million of credit card receivables and $161 million of other consumer loans.
We originate commercial loans in connection with our participation in a number of leveraged acquisition finance syndicates. A substantial majority of these loans were originated with the intent of selling them to unaffiliated third parties and are classified as commercial loans held for sale. Commercial loans held for sale under this program were $377 million, $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, all of which are recorded at fair value as we have elected to designate these loans under fair value option. Commercial loan balances under this program decreased compared to 2010 and 2009 due to loan sales. In addition beginning in 2010, we provided loans to third parties which are classified as commercial loans held for sale and for which we also elected to apply fair value option. The fair value of commercial loans held for sale under this program was $273 million at December 31, 2010. There were none of these commercial loans outstanding as of December 31, 2011. See Note 18, "Fair Value Option," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information.
In addition to the $1.4 billion of residential mortgage loans held for sale to First Niagara at December 31, 2011 discussed above, residential mortgage loans held for sale include subprime residential mortgage loans of $181 million, $391 million and $757 billion at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which were acquired from unaffiliated third parties and from HSBC Finance with the intent of securitizing or selling the loans to third parties. Also included in residential mortgage loans held for sale are first mortgage loans originated and held for sale primarily to various government sponsored enterprises. We retained the servicing rights in relation to the mortgages upon sale. Excluding the balances relating to the first Niagara sale, overall balances have declined in 2011 largely due to subprime residential mortgage loan sales. We sold subprime residential mortgage loans with a carrying amount of $229 million and $276 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Auto finance loans held for sale at December 31, 2009 were sold to HSBC Finance during the first quarter of 2010 to facilitate the completion of a loan sale to a third party.
In addition to the transfer of closed-end private label loans with a current balance of $161 million to held for sale in 2011 discussed above, other consumer loans held for sale in all years also consists of student loans which we no longer originate.
Trading Assets and Liabilities Trading assets and liabilities balances at December 31, 2011, and increases over prior periods, are summarized in the following table.
Increase From
| |||||
December 31,2010
| December 31,2009
| ||||
December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Trading assets: | |||||
Securities(1)...................................................................................................... | $ 12,946 | $ 3,281 | 33.9% | $ 7,606 | 100+% |
Precious metals.............................................................................................. | 17,082 | 357 | 2.1 | 4,828 | 39.4 |
Derivatives(2)................................................................................................... | 8,772 | 2,760 | 45.9 | 563 | 6.9 |
|
|
|
|
| |
$ 38,800 | $ 6,398 | 19.7% | $ 12,997 | 50.4% | |
|
|
|
|
| |
Trading liabilities: | |||||
Securities sold, not yet purchased............................................................. | 343 | 131 | 61.8% | 212 | 100+ |
Payables for precious metals....................................................................... | 6,999 | 1,673 | 31.4 | 4,541 | 100+ |
Derivatives(3)................................................................................................... | 6,844 | 1,854 | 37.2 | 1,523 | 28.6 |
|
|
|
|
| |
$ 14,186 | $ 3,658 | 34.7% | $ 6,276 | 79.3% | |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes U.S. Treasury securities, securities issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored enterprises, other asset backed securities, corporate bonds and debt securities.
(2) At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the fair value of derivatives included in trading assets has been reduced by $4.8 billion, $3.1 billion and $2.7 billion, respectively, relating to amounts recognized for the obligation to return cash collateral received under master netting agreements with derivative counterparties.
(3) At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the fair value of derivatives included in trading liabilities has been reduced by $6.3 billion, $5.8 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively, relating to amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral paid under master netting agreements with derivative.
Securities balances as well as balances of securities sold, not yet purchased at December 31, 2011 increased from 2010 due to changes in Treasury and emerging markets positions related to hedges for derivative positions in both the interest rate and emerging market trading portfolios. Securities balance increases from 2009 also reflect increased market values for asset backed securities partially offset by the impact of sales of mortgage backed and asset backed securities held for trading purposes in 2009.
Precious metals trading assets at December 31, 2011 increased compared to 2010 and 2009 primarily due to an increase in unallocated client balances held as well as higher gold prices and, as it relates to 2009, higher prices on most metals. The higher payable for precious metals compared to both 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to an increase in unallocated client balances, including higher gold prices.
Derivative assets and liabilities balances as compared to 2010 and 2009 were impacted by market movements as valuations of credit derivatives increased from spread widening and increased value in foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives. This was partially offset by the continued decrease in credit derivative positions as a number of transactions unwind and commutations reduced the outstanding market value as management continues to actively reduce exposure.
Deposits Deposit balances by major depositor categories at December 31, 2011, and increases (decreases) over prior periods, are summarized in the following table.
Increase (Decrease) From
| |||||
December 31,2010
| December 31,2009
| ||||
December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Individuals, partnerships and corporations............................................ | $ 101,669 | $ (2,286 ) | (2.2 )% | $ 3,293 | 3.3% |
Domestic and foreign banks...................................................................... | 20,626 | 8,714 | 73.2 | 7,180 | 53.4 |
U.S. government and states and political subdivisions........................ | 835 | (3,458 ) | (80.5 ) | (3,579 ) | (81.1 ) |
Foreign governments and official institutions....................................... | 1,455 | 997 | 100+ | (512 ) | (26.0 ) |
Deposits held for sale(1).............................................................................. | 15,144 | 15,144 | 100.0 | 15,144 | 100.0 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total deposits.............................................................................................. | $ 139,729 | $ 19,111 | 15.8% | $ 21,526 | 18.2% |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total core deposits(2)................................................................................... | $ 104,139 | $ 13,168 | 14.5% | $ 20,912 | 25.1% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Represents deposits we have agreed to sell to First Niagara
(2) We monitor "core deposits" as a key measure for assessing results of our core banking network. Core deposits generally include all domestic demand, money market and other savings accounts, as well as time deposits with balances not exceeding $100,000. Balances at December 31, 2011 include deposits held for sale.
Deposits continued to be our primary source of funding during 2011, 2010 and 2009. Deposits at December 31, 2011 have increased since December 31, 2010 and 2009 as increases in domestic and foreign bank placed deposits and, since 2009, growth in branch-based deposit products driven primarily by our Premier strategy was partially offset by our efforts to manage down low margin wholesale deposits in order to maximize profitability. Core domestic deposits, which are a substantial source of our core liquidity, increased during 2011 from both 2010 and 2009 driven by continuing growth in our Premier balances and increases in institutional transaction account balances.
The strategy for our core retail banking business, includes building deposits and wealth management across multiple markets, channels and segments. This strategy includes various initiatives, such as:
• HSBC Premier, HSBC's global banking service that offers internationally minded mass affluent customers unique international services seamlessly delivered through HSBC's global network coupled with a premium local service with a dedicated premier relationship manager. Total Premier deposits have grown to $30.5 billion at December 31, 2011 as compared to $29.5 billion and $23.6 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; and
• Deepening our existing customer relationships by needs-based sales of wealth, banking and mortgage products.
Short-Term Borrowings Balances at December 31, 2010 include $3.0 billion of commercial paper related to the Bryant Park VIE which we no longer consolidate beginning in the first quarter of 2011. Excluding this amount, short-term borrowings increased significantly from 2010 and 2009 due to higher levels of commercial paper outstanding and, as it relates to 2009, significantly increased levels of securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
Long-Term Debt Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 decreased as compared to 2010, primarily due to the impact of long-term debt retirements and continued focus on deposit gathering activities, partially offset by the issuance of $6.3 billion of medium-term notes which includes $618 million issued by HSBC Bank USA and $3.0 billion of privately issued notes to HSBC North America Holdings Inc. in April 2011. Long-term debt at December 31, 2010 increased as compared to 2009 due to the issuance of $4.6 billion of term-debt funding in 2010, including the collective issuance of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt by HSBC Bank USA and HSBC USA Inc., partially offset by an increased mix of lower rate short-term funding, the impact of long-term debt retirements and continued focus on deposit gathering activities.
Incremental issuances from the $40.0 billion HSBC Bank USA Global Bank Note Program totaled $618 million during 2011 and $1.9 billion during 2010. Total debt outstanding under this program was $4.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Incremental long-term debt issuances from our shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission totaled $2.6 billion during 2011 compared to incremental issuances of $2.5 billion during 2010. Total long-term debt outstanding under this shelf was $3.8 billion and $6.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB") totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2011, we had the ability to access further borrowings of up to $4.3 billion based on the amount pledged as collateral with the FHLB.
During the third quarter of 2011, we notified the holders of our outstanding Putable Capital Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $129 million (the "Notes") that, pursuant to the terms of the Notes, we had elected to revoke the obligation to exchange capital securities for the Notes and would redeem the Notes in full. The Notes were redeemed in January, 2012.
Real Estate Owned
We obtain real estate by taking possession of the collateral pledged as security for residential mortgage loans. REO properties are made available for sale in an orderly fashion with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding receivable balance. The following table provides quarterly information regarding our REO properties:
Three Months Ended
| |||||
Full Year2011 | December 31,2011 | September 30,2011 | June 30,2011 | March 31,2011 | |
Number of REO properties at end of period...................... | 206 | 206 | 275 | 436 | 607 |
Number of properties added to REO inventory in the period................................................................................. | 507 | 63 | 57 | 122 | 265 |
Average loss on sale of REO properties(1).......................... | 4.0 % | 3.8 % | 2.3 % | 1.5 % | 5.7 % |
Average total loss on foreclosed properties(2)................... | 50.5 % | 50.7 % | 57.5 % | 41.7 % | 44.6 % |
Average time to sell REO properties (in days).................. | 263 | 341 | 272 | 232 | 212 |
(1) Property acquired through foreclosure is initially recognized at the lower of amortized cost or its fair value less estimated costs to sell ("Initial REO Carrying Amount"). The average loss on sale of REO properties is calculated as cash proceeds less the Initial REO Carrying Amount divided by the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimburseable from the cash proceeds (e.g., real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property. This ratio represents the portion of our total loss on foreclosed properties that occurred after we took title to the property.
(2) The average total loss on foreclosed properties sold each quarter includes both the loss on sale of the REO property as discussed above and the cumulative write-downs recognized on the loans up to the time we took title to the property. This calculation of the average total loss on foreclosed properties uses the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimburseable from the cash proceeds (e.g., real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property.
Our methodology for determining the fair values of the underlying collateral as described in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements" is continuously validated by comparing our net investment in the loan subsequent to charging the loan down to net realizable value less cost to sell, or our net investment in the property upon completing the foreclosure process, to the updated broker's price opinion and once the collateral has been obtained, any adjustments that have been made to lower the expected selling price, which may be lower than the broker's price opinion. Adjustments in our expectation of the ultimate proceeds that will be collected are recognized as they occur based on market information at that time and consultation with our listing agents for the properties.
As previously reported, beginning in late 2010, we suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 suspended foreclosures where judgment had not yet been entered while we enhanced foreclosure documentation and processes for foreclosure and re-filed affidavits where necessary. During 2011, we added 507 properties to REO inventory which primarily reflects loans for which we had either accepted the deed to the property in lieu of payment or for which we received a foreclosure judgment prior to the suspension of foreclosures. We expect the number of REO properties added to inventory during 2012 will continue to be impacted by extended foreclosure timelines in all states and as we continue to refine our foreclosure processes.
The number of REO properties decreased throughout 2011 driven by the temporary suspension of foreclosures as previously discussed above as well as sales of REO properties during the year. We have resumed processing the majority of foreclosure activities in 48 states where judgment had not yet been entered and anticipate resuming suspended foreclosure activities in all states in the first quarter of 2012. We have begun initiating new foreclosure activities in 42 states and anticipate adding additional states during the first quarter of 2012. However, it will be a number of months before we resume all foreclosure activities in all states as we need to ensure we are satisfied that applicable enhanced processes have been implemented and it will take time to work through the backlog of loans that have not been referred to foreclosure in each state.
In addition, certain courts and state legislatures are implementing new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased. Also in some areas, officials are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors when coupled with other mortgage lenders who also temporarily suspended foreclosure activities and have now resumed their foreclosure activities, has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures in the marketplace which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.
During the second half of 2011, we began to see an increase in the average number of days to sell REO properties. As a result of the decrease in new REO properties being added to inventory, there is a greater mix of REO properties being sold which we have held for longer periods of time.
Results of Operations
Unless noted otherwise, the following discusses amounts from continuing operations as reported in our consolidated statement of income (loss).
Net Interest Income Net interest income is the total interest income on earning assets less the total interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds. In the discussion that follows, interest income and rates are presented and analyzed on a taxable equivalent basis to permit comparisons of yields on tax-exempt and taxable assets. An analysis of consolidated average balances and interest rates on a taxable equivalent basis is presented in this MD&A under the caption "Consolidated Average Balances and Interest Rates - Continuing Operations."
In the following table which summarizes the significant components of net interest income according to "volume" and "rate" includes $237 million, $306 million and $522 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that has been allocated to our discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policies as external interest expense is unaffected by these transactions.
2011 Compared to2010Increase (Decrease)
| 2010 Compared to2009Increase (Decrease)
| ||||||
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | Volume | Rate | 2010 | Volume | Rate | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||||||
Interest income: | |||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks.................................. | $ 76 | $ (2 ) | $ 5 | $ 73 | $ 31 | $ (2 ) | $ 44 |
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements............................................................. | 57 | 1 | 18 | 38 | (13 ) | 6 | 45 |
Trading assets........................................................................ | 197 | 115 | (65 ) | 147 | 62 | (134 ) | 219 |
Securities................................................................................. | 1,263 | 282 | (199 ) | 1,180 | 396 | (210 ) | 994 |
Loans: | |||||||
Commercial......................................................................... | 903 | 24 | (27 ) | 906 | (106 ) | (107 ) | 1,119 |
Consumer: | |||||||
Residential mortgages................................................ | 637 | 11 | (52 ) | 678 | (142 ) | (64 ) | 884 |
Home equity mortgages............................................. | 118 | (14 ) | 3 | 129 | (16 ) | (2 ) | 147 |
Credit cards.................................................................. | 88 | (2 ) | (3 ) | 93 | 1 | (13 ) | 105 |
Auto finance................................................................ | - | (169 ) | - | 169 | (249 ) | (24 ) | 442 |
Other consumer........................................................... | 67 | (9 ) | 2 | 74 | (8 ) | (6 ) | 88 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer............................................................ | 910 | (183 ) | (50 ) | 1,143 | (414 ) | (109 ) | 1,666 |
Other interest.......................................................................... | 44 | (6 ) | 2 | 48 | (12 ) | 14 | 46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest income............................................................. | 3,450 | 231 | (316 ) | 3,535 | (56 ) | (542 ) | 4,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Interest expense: | |||||||
Deposits in domestic offices: | |||||||
Savings deposits.............................................................. | 272 | 26 | (133 ) | 379 | 65 | (270 ) | 584 |
Other time deposits.......................................................... | 136 | (9 ) | (29 ) | 174 | (40 ) | (136 ) | 350 |
Deposits in foreign offices: | |||||||
Foreign banks deposits................................................... | 4 | (2 ) | (6 ) | 12 | (4 ) | 2 | 14 |
Other time and savings.................................................... | 14 | - | (1 ) | 15 | 10 | (37 ) | 42 |
Deposits held for sale............................................................ | 16 | 16 | - | - | - | - | - |
Short-term borrowings.......................................................... | 43 | 1 | (36 ) | 78 | 39 | (22 ) | 61 |
Long-term debt....................................................................... | 645 | 90 | 8 | 547 | (96 ) | 45 | 598 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest expense........................................................... | 1,130 | 122 | (197 ) | 1,205 | (26 ) | (418 ) | 1,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Other........................................................................................ | 99 | 74 | 20 | 5 | 5 | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest expense........................................................... | 1,229 | 196 | (177 ) | 1,210 | (21 ) | (418 ) | 1,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net interest income - taxable equivalent basis................. | 2,221 | $ 35 | $ (139 ) | 2,325 | $ (35 ) | $ (124 ) | 2,484 |
|
|
|
| ||||
Less: tax equivalent adjustment........................................... | 20 | 18 | 22 | ||||
|
|
| |||||
Net interest income - non taxable equivalent basis......... | $ 2,201 | $ 2,307 | $ 2,462 | ||||
|
|
|
The significant components of net interest margin are summarized in the following table.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
Yield on total earning assets............................................................................................................... | 2.26% | 2.57% | 3.33% |
Rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.............................................................................................. | .90 | .91 | 1.35 |
|
|
| |
Interest rate spread............................................................................................................................... | 1.36 | 1.66 | 1.98 |
Benefit from net non-interest or paying funds................................................................................. | .09 | .03 | .02 |
|
|
| |
Net interest margin................................................................................................................................ | 1.45% | 1.69% | 2.00% |
|
|
|
Significant trends affecting the comparability of 2011, 2010 and 2009 net interest income and interest rate spread are summarized in the following table. Net interest income in the table is presented on a taxable equivalent basis.
2011
| 2010
| 2009
| ||||
Year Ended December 31, | Amount | Interest Rate Spread | Amount | Interest Rate Spread | Amount | Interest Rate Spread |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||
Net interest income/interest rate spread from prior year.......................................................... | $ 2,325 | 1.66% | $ 2,484 | 1.98% | $ 3,178 | 2.50% |
|
|
|
|
| ||
Increase (decrease) in net interest income associated with: | ||||||
Trading related activities............................... | 129 | (107 ) | (78 ) | |||
Balance sheet management activities(1)........ | (84 ) | (26 ) | (219 ) | |||
Credit card portfolio....................................... | (5 ) | (12 ) | 5 | |||
Commercial loans............................................ | (13 ) | (158 ) | 143 | |||
Deposits........................................................... | 96 | 117 | (216 ) | |||
Residential mortgage banking...................... | 18 | (28 ) | (6 ) | |||
Interest on estimated tax exposures............. | (94 ) | (5 ) | - | |||
Other activity................................................... | (151 ) | 60 | (323 ) | |||
|
|
| ||||
Net interest income/interest rate spread for current year................................................ | $ 2,221 | 1.36 % | $ 2,325 | 1.66% | $ 2,484 | 1.98% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Represents our activities to manage interest rate risk associated with the repricing characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate risk, and our approach to managing such risk, are described under the caption "Risk Management" in this Form 10-K.
Trading related activities Net interest income for trading related activities increased during 2011 primarily due to higher balances on interest earning trading securities, which was partially offset by lower rates earned on these assets. Net interest income for trading related activities decreased during 2010 and 2009 primarily due to lower balances on interest earning trading assets, such as trading bonds, which was partially offset by lower cost of funds.
Balance sheet management activities Lower net interest income from balance sheet management activities during 2011 reflects the sale of certain collateralized mortgage obligations which were sold for risk management purposes. Lower net interest income from balance sheet management activities during 2010 and 2009 was primarily due to the sale of securities in 2010 and the re-investment into lower margin securities, partially offset by positions taken in expectation of decreasing short-term rates including in 2010, additional purchases of U.S. Treasuries and Government National Mortgage Association mortgage-backed securities.
Credit card portfolio Net interest income on credit card receivables decreased during 2011 and 2010 primarily reflecting lower levels of loans at penalty pricing due to implementation of the CARD Act, partially offset by lower funding costs and the impact of repricing initiatives. Net interest income on credit card receivables increased in 2009 due to lower cost of funds, partially offset by lower average balances outstanding.
Commercial loans Net interest income on commercial loans was lower during 2011 due to lower average loan rates, partially offset by lower funding costs and higher average loan balances. Net interest income on commercial loans decreased during 2010 primarily due to lower average loan balances, partially offset by loan repricing, lower levels of nonperforming loans and lower funding costs. Net interest income on commercial loans was higher during 2009 due primarily to loan repricing and lower funding costs, partially offset by lower average balances.
Deposits Higher net interest income during 2011 and 2010 reflects improved spreads in the Retail Banking and Wealth Management ("RBWM") and Commercial Banking ("CMB") business segments as deposit pricing has been adjusted to reflect the on-going low interest rate environment. Both segments continue to be impacted however, relative to historical trends by the current rate environment and the growth in higher yielding deposit products such as Premier investor accounts. Lower net interest income during 2009 related to deposits is primarily due to spread compression on core banking activities in the RBWM and CMB business segments. These segments were affected by falling interest rates, growth in higher yielding deposit products and an overall competitive retail market.
Residential mortgage banking Higher net interest income during 2011 resulted from lower funding costs. Lower net interest income during 2010 and 2009 resulted from lower average residential loans outstanding partially offset by lower funding costs. Lower average residential loans outstanding resulted in part from the sale, in addition to normal sale activity, of approximately $4.5 billion of prime adjustable and fixed rate residential mortgages during 2009.
Interest on estimated tax exposures Lower net interest income in 2011 resulted from higher interest expense associated with tax reserves on estimated exposures.
Other activity Net interest income on other activity was lower during 2011, largely attributable to lower net interest income from the sale of auto finance receivables in August 2010. Net interest income on other activity was higher in 2010, largely driven by lower interest expense related to long-term debt and higher net interest income related to interest bearing deposits with banks, partially offset by lower net interest income on auto finance receivables. Net interest income was lower in 2009 due to lower break funding charges charged back to specific loan portfolios, which was partially offset by higher net interest income related to a portfolio of auto finance loans purchased in January 2009 and lower funding costs on non-earning assets.
Provision for Credit Losses The provision for credit losses associated with our various loan portfolios is summarized in the following table:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Commercial: | |||
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................................... | $ 11 | $ 101 | $ 177 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................... | (3 ) | 19 | 137 |
Global banking..................................................................................................................................................... | 31 | (163 ) | 215 |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................. | (28 ) | (35 ) | 93 |
|
|
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................. | $ 11 | $ (78 ) | $ 622 |
|
|
| |
Consumer: | |||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages.......................................................................... | 133 | (14 ) | 364 |
Home equity mortgages..................................................................................................................................... | 49 | 13 | 195 |
Credit card receivables....................................................................................................................................... | 46 | 68 | 100 |
Auto finance........................................................................................................................................................ | - | 35 | 104 |
Other consumer................................................................................................................................................... | 19 | 10 | 46 |
|
|
| |
Total consumer.................................................................................................................................................... | 247 | 112 | 809 |
|
|
| |
Total provision for credit losses............................................................................................................................ | $ 258 | $ 34 | $ 1,431 |
|
|
|
During 2011 and 2010, we decreased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was lower than net charge-offs by $63 million and $719 million, respectively. During 2009, we increased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was $574 million greater than net charge-offs. The decrease in 2011 largely reflects lower loss estimates in our commercial loan portfolio. The decrease in 2010 reflects lower loss estimates in our commercial and consumer loan portfolios while loss estimates in these portfolios in 2009 reflect deteriorating economic conditions which existed at that time. The provision as a percentage of average receivables was 0.51 percent in 2011, 0.07 percent in 2010 and 2.46 percent in 2009.
Our commercial loan loss provision increased in 2011, driven by specific provisions of $41 million associated with a corporate lending relationship and $45 million associated with the downgrade of an individual commercial real estate loan which was partially offset by lower commercial real estate and business banking charge-offs and reserve reductions on troubled debt restructures in commercial real estate and middle market enterprises. In addition, while our commercial loan provision in both 2011 and 2010 reflects managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and lower levels of criticized assets and in 2010 nonperforming loans, the impact on provision was much more pronounced in 2010. Given the nature of the factors driving the change in commercial loan provision during 2011, provision levels recognized in 2011 should not be considered indicative of provision levels in the future.
Commercial loan provision for credit losses decreased during 2010 as a result of lower loss estimates in all commercial portfolios due to lower outstanding balances including managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits. Lower loss estimates in 2010 also reflect lower levels of nonperforming loans and criticized assets. The combination of all these factors led to an overall net recovery in provision for commercial loans during 2010. These decreases were partially offset by a continued high level of provision relating to certain commercial real estate lending relationships.
The provision for credit losses on residential mortgages including home equity mortgages increased $183 million during 2011 as compared to a decrease of $560 million during 2010. While residential mortgage loan credit quality continues to improve as early stage delinquency and charge-off levels continue to decline, the prior year period reflects reserve releases due to an improving credit outlook which did not occur again in 2011. The decrease in 2010 was also attributable to lower receivable levels and improvements in residential mortgage loan credit quality as dollars of delinquency and charge-off declined as compared to the prior year as outstanding balances continued to fall and housing market volatility declined.
The provision for credit losses associated with credit card receivables decreased $22 million during 2011 reflecting improved economic and credit conditions, including lower dollars of delinquency, improvements in early stage delinquency roll rates and higher recovery rates. The provision for credit losses associated with credit card receivables decreased $32 million during 2010. The decrease in 2010 reflects lower receivable levels, improved economic and credit conditions, including lower dollars of delinquency, as well as an improved outlook on future loss estimates as the impact of the economic environment, including high unemployment rates, on losses was not as severe as previously anticipated due in part to improved customer payment behavior and the impact of tighter underwriting initiated in prior periods. Lower receivable levels reflect fewer active customer accounts, the impact of actions previously taken to reduce risk as well as an increased focus by consumers to pay down credit card debt.
Provision expense associated with our auto finance portfolio decreased during 2011 and 2010 as a result of the sale of the remaining auto loans purchased from HSBC Finance in August 2010 as previously discussed while prior to the sale, the portfolio continued to liquidate and used car prices continued to improve.
Our methodology and accounting policies related to the allowance for credit losses are presented in "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" in this MD&A and in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements" in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. See "Credit Quality" in this MD&A for additional discussion on the allowance for credit losses associated with our various loan portfolios.
Other Revenues (Losses) The components of other revenues are summarized in the following tables.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Credit card fees.................................................................................................................................................... | $ 129 | $ 125 | $ 118 |
Other fees and commissions............................................................................................................................. | 777 | 897 | 811 |
Trust income........................................................................................................................................................ | 105 | 102 | 125 |
Trading revenue.................................................................................................................................................. | 349 | 538 | 263 |
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses................................................................................................. | - | (79 ) | (124 ) |
Other securities gains, net................................................................................................................................. | 129 | 74 | 304 |
HSBC affiliate income: | |||
Fees and commissions.................................................................................................................................. | 108 | 97 | 129 |
Other affiliate income.................................................................................................................................... | 96 | 59 | 11 |
|
|
| |
Total HSBC affiliate income......................................................................................................................... | 204 | 156 | 140 |
Residential mortgage banking revenue(1)......................................................................................................... | 37 | (122 ) | 172 |
Gain on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives........................................................ | 471 | 294 | (253 ) |
Other income (loss): | |||
Valuation of loans held for sale................................................................................................................... | (27 ) | 47 | (250 ) |
Insurance........................................................................................................................................................ | 11 | 17 | 24 |
Earnings from equity investments.............................................................................................................. | 40 | 30 | 30 |
Miscellaneous income.................................................................................................................................. | 42 | 101 | 10 |
|
|
| |
Total other income (loss).............................................................................................................................. | 66 | 195 | (186 ) |
|
|
| |
Total other revenues (losses)........................................................................................................................... | $ 2,267 | $ 2,180 | $ 1,370 |
|
|
|
(1) Includes servicing fees received from HSBC Finance of $10 million, $8 million and $12 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Credit card fees Credit card fees remained relatively flat in 2011 and 2010 as higher interchange fees due to increased customer purchase volumes was offset by changes in customer behavior, improved delinquency levels and the implementation of certain provisions of the CARD Act subsequent to January 2010. The CARD Act has resulted in significant decreases in over limit fees as customers must now opt-in for such fees, restrictions on fees charged to process on-line and telephone payments and lower late fees due to limits on fees that can be assessed all of which are considered in determining the purchase price of the receivables purchased daily from HSBC Finance.
Other fees and commissions Other fee-based income decreased in 2011 due largely to lower refund anticipation loan fees as we did not offer these products during the 2011 tax season. Other fee-based income increased during 2010 driven by higher commercial loan fee accruals and higher refund anticipation loan fees. Beginning in 2010, we began to keep a portion of originated refund anticipation loans on our balance sheet. As a result, we earned fee income on these loans. The loans we kept were transferred to HSBC Finance at par only if they reached a certain defined delinquency status.
Trust income Trust income was increased in 2011 due to an increase in fee income associated with our management of fixed income assets, partially offset by reduced fee income associated with the continued decline in money market assets under management. Trust income declined in 2010 primarily due to lower domestic custody fees from lower assets under management and margin pressures as money market assets have shifted from higher fee asset classes to lower fee institutional class funds.
Trading revenue Trading revenue is generated by participation in the foreign exchange, rates, credit and precious metals markets. The following table presents trading related revenue (loss) by business. The data in the table includes net interest income earned on trading instruments, as well as an allocation of the funding benefit or cost associated with the trading positions. The trading related net interest income component is included in net interest income on the consolidated statement of income (loss). Trading revenues related to the mortgage banking business are included in residential mortgage banking revenue.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Trading revenue........................................................................................................................................................... | $ 349 | $ 538 | $ 263 |
Net interest income...................................................................................................................................................... | 78 | 33 | 165 |
|
|
| |
Trading related revenue.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 427 | $ 571 | $ 428 |
|
|
| |
Business: | |||
Derivatives(1)............................................................................................................................................................ | $ 184 | $ 250 | $ (362 ) |
Balance sheet management................................................................................................................................... | (64 ) | 75 | 100 |
Foreign exchange................................................................................................................................................... | 209 | 174 | 267 |
Precious metals....................................................................................................................................................... | 93 | 60 | 67 |
Global banking........................................................................................................................................................ | 2 | 11 | 386 |
Other trading........................................................................................................................................................... | 3 | 1 | (30 ) |
|
|
| |
Trading related revenue.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 427 | $ 571 | $ 428 |
|
|
|
(1) Includes derivative contracts related to credit default and cross-currency swaps, equities, interest rates and structured credit products.
2011 Compared to 2010 Trading revenue decreased during 2011 as weakness in the credit markets drove credit spreads wider which adversely affected the performance of derivatives trading revenue. Also contributing to the decrease was lower balance sheet management revenue. These decreases were partly offset by higher foreign exchange and precious metals revenue.
Trading revenue related to derivatives declined in 2011 as weakness in the credit markets led to an overall widening of credit spreads and trading losses on credit derivatives. These losses were partly offset by an increase in new deal activity for interest rate derivatives.
Trading revenue related to balance sheet management activities declined during 2011 primarily due to losses on instruments used to hedge non-trading assets and lower net interest income as holdings of certain collateralized mortgage obligations were sold for risk management purposes.
Foreign exchange trading revenue increased during 2011 due to increased trading volumes and improved margins.
Precious metals trading revenues increased during 2011 as customer demand for metals as a perceived safe haven investment continued to generate strong trading volumes throughout the year.
Global banking trading revenue in 2011 declined reflecting the sale of substantially all of its risk exposure during the fourth quarter of 2010.
2010 Compared to 2009 Trading revenue increased during 2010 as 2009 reflected reductions to revenue associated with credit derivative products due to the adverse market conditions which existed at that time. Improved market conditions in 2010 and continued reductions in counterparty exposure resulted in increases to trading revenues in 2010.
Trading revenue related to derivatives improved during 2010 largely due to the performance of structured credit products which reported total gains of $219 million during 2010 as compared to losses of $369 million during 2009. The performance of credit derivatives also improved during 2010 as credit spread volatility and the outlook for corporate defaults improved and exposures to several counterparties, including monoline insurers, were reduced as a result of the early termination of transactions. As a result, we recorded gains for monolines of $93 million during 2010 compared to losses of $152 million in 2009. Partly offsetting the improvement in credit derivatives revenue were reductions in other derivative products substantially due to lower deal activity as the demand in the marketplace for highly structured products declined.
Trading income related to balance sheet management activities declined in 2010 primarily due to lower net interest income as holdings of certain collateralized mortgage obligations were sold for risk management purposes.
Foreign exchange trading revenue declined in 2010 primarily due to narrower trading spreads as increased competition reduced trading margins.
Precious metals volumes increased in 2010 as a result of continued demand for metals as a perceived safe haven investment. Trading revenue declined compared to the prior year due to narrower trading spreads and higher funding costs associated with higher inventory levels required to support trading volumes.
Global banking trading revenue decreased significantly during 2010 due to the sale of high yield corporate debt securities sold in the early part of 2010 that appreciated during 2009.
Net other-than-temporary impairment (losses) recoveries During 2011, there were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized. During 2010, 39 debt securities, respectively, were determined to have either initial other-than-temporary impairment or changes to previous other-than-temporary impairment estimates with only the credit component of such other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings. The following table presents the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in consolidated statement ofincome (loss).............................................................................................................................................................. | $ - | $ (79 ) | $ (124 ) |
|
|
|
Other securities gains, net We maintain various securities portfolios as part of our balance sheet diversification and risk management strategies. The following table summarizes the net other securities gains (losses) resulting from various strategies.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Sale of MasterCard Class B Shares............................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ - | $ 48 |
Securities available-for-sale............................................................................................................................................ | 129 | 74 | 256 |
|
|
| |
Total securities gains (losses), net................................................................................................................................ | $ 129 | $ 74 | $ 304 |
|
|
|
Gross realized gains and losses from sales of securities are summarized in Note 7, "Securities," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
During 2011, we sold $21.4 billion of U.S. Treasury, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities as part of a strategy to adjust portfolio risk duration as well as to reduce risk-weighted asset levels and recognized gains of $276 million and losses of $147 million, which are included as a component of other security gains, net above. During 2010, we sold $14.1 billion of U.S. Treasury, municipal, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities as part of a strategy to adjust portfolio risk duration as well as to reduce risk-weighted asset levels and recognized gains of $177 million and losses of $103 million, which is included as a component of other security gains, net above.
HSBC affiliate income Affiliate income increased in 2011 due to higher fees and commissions earned from HSBC Finance affiliates driven by the transfer in July 2010 of certain real estate default servicing employees from HSBC Finance partially offset by lower fees on tax refund anticipation loans transferred to HSBC Finance as we did not offer this loan program during the 2011 tax season. Affiliate income was higher during 2010 due to higher fees and commissions earned from HSBC Finance affiliates as compared to the prior year driven by the transfer of certain real estate default servicing employees discussed above, partially offset by lower fees and commissions earned from HSBC Markets USA ("HMUS") and other HSBC affiliates and lower fees on tax refund anticipation loans as in 2010, we transferred only a portion of these loans to HSBC Finance upon origination as discussed above.
During the third quarter of 2010, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") announced it would stop providing information regarding certain unpaid obligations of a taxpayer (the "Debt Indicator"), which historically served as a significant part of our underwriting process for Taxpayer Financial Services ("TFS") tax refund products. It was determined that, without use of the Debt Indicator, we could no longer offer the product that has historically accounted for the substantial majority of our TFS loan production in a safe and sound manner and, therefore, we would no longer offer tax refund anticipation loans and other related products going forward beginning in 2011.
Residential mortgage banking revenue The following table presents the components of residential mortgage banking revenue. The net interest income component reflected in the table is included in net interest income in the consolidated statement of income (loss) and reflects actual interest earned, net of interest expense and corporate transfer pricing.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income.................................................................................................................................................... | $ 239 | $ 221 | $ 249 |
|
|
| |
Servicing related income: | |||
Servicing fee income............................................................................................................................................ | 109 | 121 | 129 |
Changes in fair value of MSRs due to: | |||
Changes in valuation, including inputs or assumptions.......................................................................... | (136 ) | (12 ) | 60 |
Realization of cash flows............................................................................................................................... | (77 ) | (92 ) | (56 ) |
Trading - Derivative instruments used to offset changes in value of MSRs....................................... | 173 | 115 | (31 ) |
|
|
| |
Total servicing related income........................................................................................................................... | 69 | 132 | 102 |
|
|
| |
Originations and sales related income: | |||
Gains (losses) on sales of residential mortgages............................................................................................ | 40 | 53 | 95 |
Provision for repurchase obligations................................................................................................................ | (92 ) | (341 ) | (65 ) |
Trading and hedging activity............................................................................................................................. | (11 ) | 4 | 18 |
|
|
| |
Total originations and sales related income..................................................................................................... | (63 ) | (284 ) | 48 |
|
|
| |
Other mortgage income............................................................................................................................................. | 31 | 30 | 22 |
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgage banking revenue included in other revenues (losses).......................................... | 37 | (122 ) | 172 |
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgage banking related revenue............................................................................................ | $ 276 | $ 99 | $ 421 |
|
|
|
Higher net interest income during 2011 reflects wider spreads on relatively flat average outstanding balances. We continue to sell the majority of new loan originations to government sponsored enterprises. Consistent with our Premier strategy, additions to the portfolio are comprised largely of Premier relationship products. Lower net interest income during 2010 reflects lower loan balances, partially offset by lower funding costs as well as reduced deferred cost amortization on lower average outstandings. Lower loan balances reflect, in addition to normal sale activity, the sale of approximately $4.5 billion in 2009 of prime adjustable and fixed rate residential mortgages for which we retained the servicing rights.
Total servicing related income decreased in 2011 due to lower servicing fee income as the average serviced loan portfolio declined with new originations sold more than offset by prepayments and the narrowing of the positive net hedged MSR performance. Changes in valuation are driven by updated market based assumptions such as interest rates, expected prepayments, primary-secondary spreads and cost of servicing. Due to the current economic environment, updates to these assumptions led to a lower MSR value in 2011. Total servicing related income increased in 2010 due to improved net hedged MSR performance, partially offset by increased realization of cash flows and lower servicing fee income as the average serviced loan portfolio declined as new originations sold were more than offset by prepayments.
Originations and sales related income (loss) improved in 2011, driven largely by lower loss provisions for loan repurchase obligations associated with loans previously sold. During 2011, we recorded a charge of $92 million with respect to changes in our estimated exposure associated with repurchase obligations on loans previously sold compared to a charge of $341 million recorded in 2010 for such exposure. Originations and sales related income decreased significantly in 2010 as higher gains from normal loan sales (excluding held mortgage asset sales) were more than offset by higher estimates of exposure on repurchase obligations associated with previously sold loans as during 2009, a charge of $65 million was recorded for this estimated exposure. Originations and sales related income in 2009 also reflects gains of $70 million related to held mortgage asset sales on sales of approximately $4.5 billion. There were no held mortgage asset sales during 2010.
Gain (loss) on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives We have elected to apply fair value option accounting to commercial leveraged acquisition finance loans, unfunded commitments, certain own fixed-rate debt issuances and all structured notes and structured deposits issued after January 1, 2006 that contain embedded derivatives. We also use derivatives to economically hedge the interest rate risk associated with certain financial instruments for which fair value has been elected. See Note 18, "Fair Value Option," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information including a breakout of these amounts by individual component.
Valuation of loans held for sale Included in 2010 is an $89 million settlement relating to certain whole loans previously purchased for re-sale from a third party. Excluding the impact of this item, valuation adjustments on loans held for sale improved during 2011 due to lower average balances and reduced volatility. Valuations on loans held for sale relate primarily to residential mortgage loans purchased from third parties and HSBC affiliates with the intent of securitization or sale. Included in this portfolio are subprime residential mortgage loans with a fair value of $181 million and $391 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of their aggregate cost or fair value, with adjustments to fair value being recorded as a valuation allowance. Valuations on residential mortgage loans held for sale that we originate are recorded as a component of residential mortgage banking revenue in the consolidated statement of income (loss). Valuation adjustments on loans held for sale improved during 2010 as compared with 2009 due to reduced volatility in the U.S. residential mortgage markets throughout much of 2010. We also recorded valuation adjustments on education loans held for sale of $17 million in 2009.
Other income (loss) Excluding the valuation of loans held for sale discussed above, other income (loss) decreased in 2011 due to lower miscellaneous income driven by lower income associated with fair value hedge ineffectiveness. Other income in 2011 includes gains of $53 million and $10 million respectively, relating to the sale of our equity interest in a joint venture and the sale of certain non-marketable securities. Other income in 2010 includes a gain of $66 million relating to the sale of our equity investment in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank ("WHTB"), a $9 million gain on the sale of auto finance loans to SC USA, as well as a $5 million gain associated with a final payment from a judgment related to our purchase of a community bank from CT Financial Services. Other income (loss) increased during 2010 due largely to higher miscellaneous income due to items discussed above partially offset by lower gains on a judgment as discussed below. Included in 2009 was an $85 million gain related to a judgment whose proceeds were used to redeem 100 preferred shares issued to CT Financial Services Inc. The obligation to redeem the preferred shares upon our receipt of the proceeds from the judgment represented a contractual arrangement established in connection with our purchase of a community bank from CT Financial Services Inc. in 1997 at which time this litigation remained outstanding.
Operating Expenses The components of operating expenses are summarized in the following table.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||
Salaries and employee benefits: | |||
Salaries...................................................................................................................................................... | $ 652 | $ 595 | $ 617 |
Employee benefits................................................................................................................................... | 462 | 466 | 496 |
|
|
| |
Total salary and employee benefits..................................................................................................... | 1,114 | 1,061 | 1,113 |
|
|
| |
Occupancy expense, net............................................................................................................................. | 279 | 267 | 280 |
|
|
| |
Support services from HSBC affiliates: | |||
Fees paid to HSBC Finance for loan servicing and other administrative....................................... support..................................................................................................................................................... | 36 | 101 | 100 |
Fees paid to HMUS................................................................................................................................ | 257 | 288 | 247 |
Fees paid to HTSU.................................................................................................................................. | 967 | 780 | 471 |
Fees paid to other HSBC affiliates........................................................................................................ | 195 | 117 | 144 |
|
|
| |
Total support services from HSBC affiliates....................................................................................... | 1,455 | 1,286 | 962 |
|
|
| |
Other expenses: | |||
Equipment and software........................................................................................................................ | 156 | 48 | 40 |
Marketing................................................................................................................................................. | 67 | 110 | 116 |
Outside services...................................................................................................................................... | 68 | 81 | 78 |
Professional fees..................................................................................................................................... | 152 | 74 | 89 |
Postage, printing and office supplies.................................................................................................. | 15 | 15 | 16 |
Off-balance sheet credit reserves......................................................................................................... | 15 | (29 ) | 20 |
FDIC assessment fee.............................................................................................................................. | 122 | 134 | 208 |
Insurance business................................................................................................................................. | - | (2 ) | 51 |
Miscellaneous......................................................................................................................................... | 318 | 269 | 215 |
|
|
| |
Total other expenses.............................................................................................................................. | 913 | 700 | 833 |
|
|
| |
Total operating expenses............................................................................................................................ | $ 3,761 | $ 3,314 | $ 3,188 |
|
|
| |
Personnel at year end.................................................................................................................................. | 8,992 | 9,914 | 9,452 |
Efficiency ratio.............................................................................................................................................. | 79.95% | 69.15% | 73.21% |
(1) Represents the entire amount of goodwill allocated to the residential mortgage banking reporting unit.
Salaries and employee benefits Total salaries and employee benefits expense increased in 2011 primarily due to the transfer in July 2010 of certain employees from HSBC Finance to the default mortgage loan servicing department of a subsidiary of HSBC Bank USA and, to a lesser extent, higher salaries expense related to expansion activities associated with certain businesses including commercial banking and higher severance costs. These increases were partially offset by the impact from continued cost management efforts. Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased in 2010 due to the transfer of additional support services employees to HTSU in 2010 as described below and continued cost management efforts partially offset by increased costs associated with the transfer of certain employees from HSBC Finance as discussed above.
Occupancy expense, net Occupancy expense during 2011 includes $21 million relating to the write-off of leasehold improvements and lease abandonment costs associated with the consolidation of certain retail branch offices as well as a charge of $5 million in the second quarter of 2011 associated with the closure of the Amherst Data Center. In addition, occupancy expense in 2010 includes $8 million in lease abandonment costs associated with the closure of several non-strategic branches. Excluding the impact of these items from both years, occupancy expense decreased in 2011 driven by lower depreciation and lower utilities costs. While occupancy expense in 2010 included certain lease abandonment costs as discussed above, occupancy expense in 2009 included a $20 million impairment of a data center building held for use. Excluding the impact of these items from both years, occupancy expense was flat in 2010 as higher costs associated with the expansion of the core banking network within the RBWM segment were offset by the transfer of additional shared services employees and their related workspace expenses to an affiliate, as discussed below. During 2010, we opened five new branches resulting in higher rental expenses, depreciation of leasehold improvements, utilities and other occupancy expenses.
Support services from HSBC affiliates includes technology and certain centralized support services, including human resources, corporate affairs and other shared services, and beginning in January 2010, legal, compliance, tax and finance charged to us by HTSU. Support services from HSBC affiliates also includes services charged to us by an HSBC affiliate located outside of the United States which provides operational support to our businesses, including among other areas, customer service, systems, risk management, collection and accounting functions as well as servicing fees paid to HSBC Finance for servicing nonconforming residential mortgage loans, credit card receivables and auto finance receivables until the auto finance portfolio was sold in August 2010.
Higher support services from HSBC affiliates in 2011 largely reflects the impact of higher compliance costs, including costs associated with our BSA/AML remediation activities and to a lesser extent foreclosure, partially offset by lower fees paid to HMUS and lower charges from HSBC Finance due to lower levels of receivables being serviced, including the impact of the sale in 2010 of all remaining auto loans purchased from HSBC Finance as well as lower expenses for servicing and assuming the credit risk associated with refund anticipation loans originated as we did not offer this loan program during the 2011 tax season. In addition, a significant majority of our compliance costs are also reflected in Support services and totaled $252 million in 2011, compared to $104 million which was incurred in 2010. Higher support services from HSBC affiliates during 2010 reflects the increased level of services provided, including higher compliance costs and higher fees paid to HSBC Finance for servicing and assuming the credit risk associated with refund anticipation loans originated and held on our balance sheet as a result of the change in the management of the refund anticipation loan program between HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance in 2010. These increases in 2010 were partially offset by lower levels of receivables being serviced. Support services from HSBC affiliates also increased in 2010 as a result from higher utilization of other HSBC affiliates in support of global resourcing initiatives, which has resulted in a corresponding reduction in salary and employee benefit expense.
Marketing expenses Lower marketing and promotional expenses in 2011 and 2010 resulted from continued optimization of marketing spend as a result of general cost saving initiatives.
Other expenses Other expenses (excluding marketing expenses) increased in 2011. Included in 2011 was a charge of $110 million included within equipment and software relating to the impairment of certain previously capitalized software development costs which are no longer realizable. Also included in 2011 was a provision for interchange litigation as well as estimated costs associated with penalties related to foreclosure delays involving loans serviced for the GSEs and other third parties and an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters which collectively totaled $123 million. Excluding these items, other expenses remained higher in 2011 due to increased professional fees associated with compliance activities and higher expense for off balance exposures partially offset by lower FDIC assessment fees. Other expenses (excluding marketing expenses) decreased during 2010 due to lower FDIC assessment fees as the prior year included an $82 million special assessment recorded in the second quarter of 2009 as well as improved estimates of off-balance sheet exposure and lower insurance costs during 2010. The decreases were partially offset by higher miscellaneous expenses, including higher legal costs, higher collection agency costs and higher outside services costs.
Efficiency ratio Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations was 79.95 percent in 2011 compared to 69.15 percent in 2010 and 73.21 percent in 2009. Our efficiency ratio during 2011 and 2010 was impacted by the change in the fair value of our debt for which we have elected fair value option accounting. Additionally, 2011 operating expenses were impacted by higher compliance costs and certain non-recurring items as previously discussed. The deterioration in the efficiency ratio in 2011 reflects higher operating expenses as discussed above, while revenues declined. The deterioration in 2010 reflects higher operating expenses while the total of net interest income and other revenues declined.
Segment Results - IFRS Basis
We have four distinct segments that are utilized for management reporting and analysis purposes. The segments, which are generally based upon customer groupings and global businesses, are described under Item 1, "Business" in this Form 10-K. During the first quarter of 2011, we completed a re-evaluation of the financial information used to manage our business including the scope and content of the financial data being reported to our management and Board of Directors and decided we would no longer manage and evaluate the performance of the receivables purchased from HSBC Finance as a separate operating segment. Rather, we would manage and evaluate the performance of these assets as a component of our Retail Banking and Wealth Management (formerly Personal Financial Services) operating segment, consistent with HSBC's globally defined business segments. As a result, beginning in the first quarter of 2011, our management reporting was changed to reflect this decision. Segment financial information for all periods presented reflect this new segmentation.
HSBC previously announced that with effect from March 1, 2011, Retail Banking and Wealth Management ("RBWM") would be managed as a single global business. This business is the historical Personal Financial Services with Asset Management moving from Global Banking and Markets to this new single business segment. Therefore, to coincide with the change in our management reporting effective beginning in the second quarter of 2011, we changed the name of our Personal Financial Services segment to RBWM and have included the results of Asset Management, which provides investment solutions to institutions, financial intermediaries and individual investors, in this segment for all periods presented. There have been no other changes in the basis of our segmentation or measurement of segment profit as compared with the presentation in our 2010 Form 10-K.
Our segment results are reported on a continuing operations basis. As previously discussed, we have agreed to sell our GM and UP credit card receivables as well as our private label credit card and closed-end receivables to Capital One. Because the credit card and private label receivables being sold have been classified as held for sale and the operations and cash flows from these receivables will be eliminated from our ongoing operations upon disposition without any significant continuing involvement, we have determined we have met the requirements to report the results of these credit card and private label card and closed-end receivables being sold, which were previously included in the Retail Banking and Wealth Management segment, as discontinued operations for all periods presented. As discussed in Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," our wholesale banknotes business ("Banknotes Business"), which was previously reported in our Global Banking and Markets segment, is also reported as discontinued operations and is not included in our segment presentation.
We report to our parent, HSBC, in accordance with its reporting basis, IFRSs. As a result, our segment results are presented on an IFRSs Basis (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure) as operating results are monitored and reviewed, trends are evaluated and decisions about allocating resources such as employees are made almost exclusively on an IFRSs basis. However, we continue to monitor capital adequacy, establish dividend policy and report to regulatory agencies on a U.S. GAAP basis. The significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results are summarized in Note 25, "Business Segments," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and under the caption "Basis of Reporting" in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.
Retail Banking and Wealth Management ("RBWM") Our RBWM segment provides banking and wealth products and services, including personal loans, credit cards, deposits, branch services, financial planning products and asset management services such as mutual funds, investments and insurance.
During 2011, we continue to direct resources towards the expansion of wealth services and HSBC Premier, HSBC's global banking service that offers customers a seamless international service. We remain focused on providing differentiated premium services to internationally minded mass affluent and upwardly mobile customers. In order to align our retail network to increase focus on our strategy of internationally minded markets and customers, we announced in August the sale of 195 branches in our non-strategic upstate New York region.
We continue to sell the majority of new residential mortgage loan originations to government sponsored enterprises. Consistent with our strategy, additions to our portfolio primarily consisted of Premier relationship products. In addition to normal sales activity, at times we have historically sold prime adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loan portfolios to third parties. During 2009, we sold approximately $4.5 billion of prime adjustable and fixed rate residential mortgage loans to third parties. No such sales occurred during 2011 or 2010. We retained the servicing rights in relation to the mortgages upon sale. As a result, average residential mortgage loans outstanding remained relatively flat during 2011 compared to 2010. Average residential mortgage loans outstanding declined during 2010, decreasing approximately 18 percent in 2010 as compared to average residential mortgage loans outstanding during 2009.
The following table summarizes the IFRSs Basis results for our RBWM segment:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income............................................................................................................................................. | $ 1,023 | $ 1,077 | $ 1,198 |
Other operating income...................................................................................................................................... | 409 | 277 | 254 |
|
|
| |
Total operating income...................................................................................................................................... | 1,432 | 1,354 | 1,452 |
Loan impairment charges................................................................................................................................... | 247 | 77 | 690 |
|
|
| |
1,185 | 1,277 | 762 | |
Operating expenses............................................................................................................................................ | 1,653 | 1,371 | 1,301 |
|
|
| |
Loss before tax.................................................................................................................................................... | $ (468 ) | $ (94 ) | $ (539 ) |
|
|
|
2011 loss before tax compared to 2010 Our RBWM segment reported a higher loss before tax during 2011, reflecting lower net interest income, higher operating expenses and higher loan impairment charges, partially offset by higher other operating income.
Net interest income was lower during 2011 driven by lower auto loan receivables as a result of the sale of the auto loan portfolio in August 2010. The decrease also reflected lower credit card yields due to the continued focus on originating to premium customers resulting in a lower proportion of revolving balances. In addition, the implementation of certain provisions of the CARD Act including periodic re-evaluation of rate increases has negatively impacted net interest income. Also contributing to the decrease in net interest income was higher interest charges on tax exposures. These decreases were partially offset by improvements in deposit spreads driven by customer rate reductions.
Other operating income increased in 2011 primarily due to a lower provision for mortgage loan repurchase obligations associated with previously sold loans, partially offset by lower positive net MSR hedging results. We also experienced higher fees earned from HSBC Finance due to the transfer in July 2010 of certain real estate default loan servicing employees which we bill back to HSBC Finance for services provided. Partially offsetting the increase are changes in the ability to charge overdraft fees on debit card transactions implemented on July 1, 2010, which resulted in lower deposit fee income as compared to the prior year period. In addition, there was also a reduction in debit card fee income in the fourth quarter as a result of the implementation of new legislation which caps fees paid by retailers to banks for debit card purchases.
Loan impairment charges increased in 2011, driven largely by residential mortgage reserve releases in 2010 due to an improving credit outlook which did not occur again in 2011 as we continue to experience weakness in the housing market including depressed property values. These factors were partially offset by improvements in credit card credit quality as dollars of delinquency continued to decline leading to continued improvements in our future loss estimates.
Operating expenses in 2011 include the impairment of previously capitalized software development costs, which resulted in a charge of $87 million, and charges of $86 million for costs associated with penalties related to foreclosure delays involving loans serviced for the GSEs and other third parties as well as an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters. In addition, 2010 includes a $48 million pension curtailment gain as a result of the decision in February 2010 to cease all future benefit accruals for legacy participants under the final average pay formula components of the HSBC North America defined benefit pension plan effective January 1, 2011. Excluding these amounts, operating expenses remained higher in 2011 due primarily to higher costs associated with our announced branch sale, as well as, compliance, mortgage foreclosure, litigation, asset management and the transfer of certain employees of HSBC Finance to our default loan servicing department in July 2010. Partially offsetting these items were decreases in expenses in our on-going retail banking business driven by several cost reduction initiatives including optimizing staffing in the branch network and administrative areas as well as and reduced marketing spend. In addition, there were lower FDIC assessments as beginning in the second quarter of 2011 assessments are based on assets rather then deposits.
2010 loss before tax compared to 2009 Our RBWM segment reported a loss before tax during 2010 which was lower than the loss before tax during the prior year. The improvement was driven by lower loan impairment charges as well as higher other operating income, which was partially offset by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses.
Net interest income decreased in 2010, driven by lower levels of mortgage loans outstanding in part due to mortgage loan sales as the portfolio continues to decline partially offset by a combination of customer deposit interest rate reductions and additional funding credits on deposits.
Other operating income increased in 2010 reflecting the impact of intersegment charges in 2009 from the Global Banking and Markets segment of $170 million relating to costs associated with early termination of the funding associated with residential mortgage loan sales, partially offset by net gains on the sales of these residential mortgage loans of $73 million. There were no similar transactions during 2010. Partially offsetting these 2009 items were increases in our estimate of exposure on repurchase obligations associated with previously sold loans which reduced other operating income in 2010 by $341 million as compared to $65 million in 2009. In addition, changes to the ability to charge overdraft fees implemented on July 1, 2010 reduced deposit fee income by $18 million.
Loan impairment charges declined in 2010, driven largely by improvements in residential mortgage loan credit quality as dollars of delinquency and loss severities in 2010 have moderated which, along with lower loan balances, has led to an improvement in our future loss estimates.
Operating expenses increased in 2010 driven by higher costs from shared services, including higher compliance and technology costs and from the expansion of our branch network. This was partially offset by lower FDIC assessment fees largely driven by the special assessment in the second quarter of 2009 and the impact of a $48 million pension curtailment gain recorded in the first quarter of 2010 as a result of the decision in February 2010 to cease all future benefit accruals for legacy participants under the final average pay formula components of the HSBC North America defined benefit pension plan effective January 1, 2011. In addition, we recorded a recovery of $16 million in 2010 related to the Visa legal accrual previously established in 2007 as compared to a recovery of $9 million in 2009.
Commercial Banking ("CMB") Our Commercial Banking segment serves three client groups, notably Middle Market Enterprises, Business Banking and Commercial Real Estate. CMB's business strategy is to be the leader in international banking in target markets. In the U.S., CMB strives to execute on that vision and strategy by proactively targeting the growing number of U.S. companies that are increasingly in need of international banking, financial products and services as well as foreign companies in need of U.S. products and services. The products and services provided to these client groups are offered through multiple delivery systems including the branch banking network. In 2011, we continued to focus on expanding our core proposition and proactively target companies with international banking requirements which increased the number of relationship managers in areas with strong international connectivity including the west coast, Texas and Florida.
During 2011, interest rate spreads continued to be pressured from a low interest rate environment while loan impairment charges improved. An increase in demand for loans which began towards the end of 2010 and continued during 2011 has resulted in a 33 percent increase in loans outstanding to middle-market customers since December 31, 2010. Expansion of the customer base has also led to significant increases in lending commitments as new approved credit facilities to middle-market customers in 2011 grew 35 percent since December 31, 2010. The business banking loan portfolio has seen a 5 percent decrease in loans outstanding since December 31, 2010 resulting from an increase in paydowns and a decline in the demand for new credit facilities. The commercial real estate business continues to focus on deal quality and portfolio management rather than volume, which resulted in a slight decline in outstanding receivables for this portfolio since December 31, 2010. Average customer deposit balances across all CMB business lines during 2011 increased 10 percent as compared to December 31, 2010 and average loans increased 9 percent as compared to December 31, 2010.
The following table summarizes the IFRSs Basis results for our CMB segment:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income............................................................................................................................................... | $ 711 | $ 704 | $ 725 |
Other operating income....................................................................................................................................... | 453 | 455 | 353 |
|
|
| |
Total operating income........................................................................................................................................ | 1,164 | 1,159 | 1,078 |
Loan impairment charges..................................................................................................................................... | 6 | 115 | 309 |
|
|
| |
1,158 | 1,044 | 769 | |
Operating expenses.............................................................................................................................................. | 741 | 681 | 634 |
|
|
| |
Profit before tax..................................................................................................................................................... | $ 417 | $ 363 | $ 135 |
|
|
|
2011 profit before tax compared to 2010 Our CMB segment reported higher profit before tax as higher net interest income and lower loan impairment charges, partially offset by lower other operating income and higher operating expenses.
Net interest income was higher in 2011 reflecting the favorable impact of higher loans balances partially offset by lower deposit spreads resulting from changing product mix.
Other operating income in 2011 reflects higher fee income and higher gains on the sale of certain commercial real estate assets which more than offset the non-recurrence of a $66 million gain recorded during the first quarter of 2010 on the sale of our equity investment in Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank.
Loan impairment charges decreased in 2011 largely driven by lower reserves required on troubled debt restructures in commercial real estate and middle market enterprises as well as lower charge-offs in business banking due to improved credit quality and lower delinquency levels partially offset by a $45 million specific provision associated with the downgrade of an individual commercial real estate loan.
Operating expense increased in 2011 due to higher expenses relating to staffing increases to support growth as well as infrastructure costs such as compliance, the impairment of previously capitalized software development costs which resulted in a charge of $18 million, and higher technology costs. Additionally, the first quarter of 2010 includes a $16 million pension curtailment gain as previously discussed.
2010 profit before tax compared to 2009 Our CMB segment reported a higher profit before tax during 2010 as higher other operating income and lower loan impairment charges were partially offset by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses.
Net interest income decreased in 2010 as lower loan balances offset growth in deposit balances and improved loan spreads from re-pricing activities in late 2009.
Other operating income increased during 2010 reflecting higher income from Agency sales, syndications, higher commercial loan fee accruals and gains on the sale of certain commercial real estate loans. The increase in 2010 also reflects a $66 million gain on the sale of our equity investment in WHTB.
Loan impairment charges decreased in 2010 as economic conditions improved and credit quality began to stabilize resulting in improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and fewer customer downgrades across all business lines. These improvements were partially offset by a specific provision on a single commercial real estate lending relationship.
Operating expenses increased during 2010 due to higher expenses relating to infrastructure costs such as compliance, higher retail network expenses and higher performance related compensation costs, which were partially offset by a $16 million pension curtailment gain recorded in the first quarter of 2010 as well as lower FDIC assessment fees due to a special FDIC assessment recorded during the second quarter of 2009.
Global Banking and Markets Our Global Banking and Markets business segment supports HSBC's global strategy to become the leading international bank for cross-border business. By leveraging HSBC's international network, driving connectivity between emerging and developed markets and utilizing the strength of our product expertise, we deliver wholesale banking solutions to major corporations and financial institutions.
There are three major lines of business within Global Banking and Markets: Global Banking, Global Markets and Balance Sheet Management. The Global Banking business provides corporate lending and investment banking services and also offers transaction services such as payments and cash management, securities services, trade finance and fund administration and custody services. This unit also manages client relationships across all Global Banking and Markets products. The Global Markets business services the requirements of central banks and financial institutions, corporate and middle market clients and institutional and Private Banking investors through our global trading platforms and distribution capabilities. Balance Sheet Management carries out our treasury functions, including management of liquidity and interest rate risk, funding for business operations and stewardship over surplus funds held in the investment portfolio.
In 2011 we continued to proactively target U.S. companies with international banking requirements and foreign companies with banking needs in the Americas. Furthermore, we have seen growth in revenue from the cross-sale of our products to CMB and RBWM customers consistent with our global strategy of cross-sale to other customer groups. Global Banking and Markets segment results during 2011 were adversely affected by weaker U.S. credit market conditions, which led to reduced income from structured credit products which we no longer offer. Our risk management efforts to improve the credit quality of our corporate lending relationships has resulted in carrying lower average loan balances and a tightening of the net interest margin compared to the year-ago periods. Partially offsetting these reductions were significantly higher revenues from foreign exchange and metals, rates and interest rate derivatives trading activity.
The following table summarizes IFRSs Basis results for the Global Banking and Markets segment.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 504 | $ 638 | $ 812 |
Other operating income...................................................................................................................................... | 969 | 1,010 | 486 |
|
|
| |
Total operating income....................................................................................................................................... | 1,473 | 1,648 | 1,298 |
Loan impairment charges (recoveries).............................................................................................................. | 5 | (180 ) | 591 |
|
|
| |
1,468 | 1,828 | 707 | |
Operating expenses............................................................................................................................................. | 986 | 724 | 721 |
|
|
| |
Profit (loss) before tax......................................................................................................................................... | $ 482 | $ 1,104 | $ (14 ) |
|
|
|
2011 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2010 Our Global Banking and Markets segment reported a lower profit before tax during 2011 driven by lower net interest income, lower other operating income, lower recoveries of loan impairment charges and higher operating expenses.
Net interest income decreased during 2011 due to lower corporate loan balances and lower average yields as the business continues to manage down high risk credit exposures. Also contributing to lower net interest income was higher funding costs that resulted from senior debt issuances during 2011.
Other operating income decreased in 2011 as credit market conditions deteriorated during the second half of 2011 which led to a decline in the value of certain structured credit exposures. Partially offsetting these declines was an increase in revenues in foreign exchange and metals, which benefited from price volatility and strong customer demand, as well as from higher revenue from interest rate derivatives due to an increase in new deal activity. In addition, 2010 included a one-time gain of $89 million associated with a settlement relating to certain loans previously purchased for resale from a third party recognized in the first quarter of 2010.
Other operating income reflects gains on structured credit products of $83 million during 2011 compared to gains of $130 million during 2010 including gains from exposures to monocline insurance companies of $15 million during 2011 and $93 million during 2010. Valuation losses of $24 million during 2011 were recorded against the fair values of subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale as compared to valuation losses of $59 million during 2010.
Loan impairment charges were higher in 2011 as the benefit from reductions in higher risk rated loan balances and stabilization of credit downgrades was mostly offset by a $41 million specific provision associated with a corporate lending relationship.
Operating expenses increased during 2011 driven by higher staff costs, higher compliance costs associated with our AML/BSA remediation activities, higher legal and professional fees, and higher FDIC assessments. The increase in FDIC assessments was due to a methodology change by the FDIC from a deposit driven to an asset driven assessment base, effective at the beginning of the second quarter of 2011. Also included in 2010 was a $7 million pension curtailment gain.
2010 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2009 Our Global Banking and Markets segment performance improved significantly during 2010 due primarily to higher other operating income and lower loan impairment charges, partially offset by lower net interest income.
Net interest income decreased during 2010 as a result of sales of higher yielding assets in our available-for-sale securities portfolio since March 2009 which were made for risk management purposes and lower margins on deposit balances.
Other operating income increased in 2010 due to improved performance of credit derivatives, subprime mortgage loans held for sale and precious metals. Partially offsetting these improvements were reductions in foreign exchange trading and lower intersegment income.
Other operating income increased in 2010 reflecting gains on structured credit products of $130 million during 2010 as compared to losses of $395 million during the prior year as the credit markets stabilized beginning in the second half of 2009 resulting in fewer losses from hedging activity and counterparty exposures. Also contributing to the increase in other operating income were lower valuation losses on subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale as compared to the prior year and improved precious metals revenue as higher vault storage fees more than offset lower trading revenue, partially offset by a decline in foreign exchange trading revenue due to narrower spreads as increased competition reduced trading margins. Other operating income in 2010 also includes a gain of $89 million associated with a settlement relating to certain loans previously purchased for resale from a third party. During 2009, other operating income includes intersegment income of $170 million from RBWM relating to the fee charged for the early termination of funding associated with the sale of residential mortgage loans. There was no similar transaction during 2010.
Exposure to insurance monolines continued to impact revenues but deterioration abated in 2010, resulting in gains of $93 million during 2010 compared to losses of $152 million during the prior year. Valuation losses of $59 million were recorded during 2010 against the fair values of subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale as compared to valuation losses of $233 million during the prior year.
Loan impairment charges decreased in 2010 due to an improved credit environment combined with active risk mitigation efforts. This resulted in a decrease in higher risk rated loan balances and stabilization of credit downgrades which led to an overall release in loss reserves. In addition, 2009 impairments included a charge of $208 million on securities determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired compared to no similar impairments in the current year.
Operating expenses remained flat in 2010 compared to 2009 as an increase in compensation costs and higher compliance costs was offset by a decrease in legal and professional costs due to the curtailment of the subprime residential mortgage securitization and structured credit product activities and lower FDIC assessment fees as the year-ago year-to-date period included a special FDIC assessment recorded in the second quarter of 2009.
The following table summarizes on an IFRSs Basis, the impact of key activities on total operating income of the Global Banking and Markets segment.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Foreign exchange and metals............................................................................................................................................ | $ 417 | $ 317 |
Credit(1).................................................................................................................................................................................. | 69 | 251 |
Rates..................................................................................................................................................................................... | 165 | 100 |
Equities................................................................................................................................................................................. | 14 | 21 |
Other Global Markets......................................................................................................................................................... | (51 ) | (18 ) |
|
| |
Total Global Markets............................................................................................................................................................... | 614 | 671 |
|
| |
Financing............................................................................................................................................................................. | 159 | 218 |
Payments and cash management..................................................................................................................................... | 304 | 302 |
Other transaction services................................................................................................................................................ | 110 | 188 |
|
| |
Total Global Banking............................................................................................................................................................... | 573 | 708 |
|
| |
Balance sheet management.................................................................................................................................................... | 291 | 351 |
|
| |
Other.......................................................................................................................................................................................... | (5 ) | (82 ) |
|
| |
Total operating income........................................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,473 | $ 1,648 |
|
|
(1) Credit includes $78 million and $272 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, of structured credit products which we no longer offer.
Private Banking ("PB") As part of HSBC's global network, the PB segment offers integrated domestic and international services to high net worth individuals, their families and their businesses. These services address both resident and non-resident financial needs. During 2011, we continued to dedicate resources to strengthen product and service leadership in the wealth management market. Areas of focus are banking and cash management, investment advice including discretionary portfolio management, investment and structured products, residential mortgages, as well as wealth planning for trusts and estates.
Average client deposit levels increased 5 percent compared to the December 31, 2010 as withdrawals in deposits from Latin America core clients was offset by increased deposits from other international and domestic clients. Total average loans increased 2 percent compared to December 31, 2010 from growth in the tailored mortgage product partially offset by pay offs and reductions of commercial loan borrowings. Overall client assets were higher by $3.6 billion compared to December 31, 2010 mainly due to increases in deposits, highly liquid assets and different wealth management investment products oriented to high net worth clients.
The following table summarizes IFRSs Basis results for the PB segment.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income...................................................................................................................................................... | $ 180 | $ 184 | $ 172 |
Other operating income............................................................................................................................................... | 184 | 132 | 106 |
|
|
| |
Total operating income................................................................................................................................................ | 364 | 316 | 278 |
Loan impairment charges (recoveries)...................................................................................................................... | (30 ) | (38 ) | 98 |
|
|
| |
394 | 354 | 180 | |
Operating expenses...................................................................................................................................................... | 261 | 242 | 232 |
|
|
| |
Profit (loss) before tax.................................................................................................................................................. | $ 133 | $ 112 | $ (52 ) |
|
|
|
2011 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2010 Our PB segment reported higher profit before tax during 2011 driven by higher other operating income, including a gain on the sale of an equity interest in a joint venture, partially offset by lower net interest income, lower recoveries of loan impairment charges and higher operating expenses.
Net interest income was lower during 2011 due to lower funding credits partially offset by improvements of lending and banking spreads and higher income driven by the increase in loan balances.
Other operating income was higher in 2011 reflecting a gain of $57 million relating to the sale of our equity interest in the Guernsey joint venture and higher fees on managed and structured investment products, funds and insurance.
Recoveries on loan impairment charges were lower in 2011, as continued improved credit conditions and client credit ratings resulted in higher overall net recoveries in 2010.
Operating expenses increased during 2011 due to higher costs for shared services such as compliance. Additionally, the prior year period reflects a $5 million pension curtailment gain as previously discussed.
2010 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2009 Our PB segment reported a higher profit before tax during 2010 due to lower loan impairment charges, higher net interest income and higher other operating income, partially offset by higher operating expenses.
Net interest income increased in 2010 primarily due to improved interest spreads on loans and deposits.
Other operating income increased in 2010 primarily due to higher fees on managed products, structured products and recurring fund fees.
Loan impairment charges were lower in 2010 due to lower reserves required relating to certain exposures due to improved credit conditions and improvements in client credit ratings as well as a partial recovery related to a single client relationship which led to an overall release in loss reserves. During 2009 we recorded a large specific provision relating to this client relationship.
Operating expenses increased in 2010 as higher technology costs and higher performance related pay was partially offset by lower FDIC assessment fees due to a special FDIC assessment recorded during the second quarter of 2009 and a $5 million pension curtailment gain recorded in 2010 as discussed above.
Other The other segment primarily includes adjustments made at the corporate level for fair value option accounting related to certain debt issued, the offset to funding credits provided to CMB for holding certain investments, income and expense associated with certain affiliate transactions, adjustments to the fair value on HSBC shares held for stock plans, interest expense associated with certain tax exposures in 2011 and in 2010, gains on the sale of certain owned properties, the impact of the resolution of a lawsuit as discussed below and in 2009, the earnings on an equity investment in HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) S.A which was sold in March 2009 for a gain.
The following table summarizes IFRSs Basis results for the Other segment.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income..................................................................................................................................................... | $ (83 ) | $ (11 ) | $ 17 |
Gain (loss) on own debt designated at fair value and related derivatives......................................................... | 401 | 162 | (565 ) |
Other operating income.............................................................................................................................................. | (65 ) | 31 | 50 |
|
|
| |
Total operating income.............................................................................................................................................. | 253 | 182 | (498 ) |
Loan impairment charges........................................................................................................................................... | - | - | - |
|
|
| |
253 | 182 | (498 ) | |
Operating expenses.................................................................................................................................................... | 65 | 70 | 87 |
|
|
| |
Profit (loss) before tax................................................................................................................................................ | $ 188 | $ 112 | $ (585 ) |
|
|
|
2011 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2010 Profit (loss) before tax increased $76 million in 2011, driven largely by credit and interest rate related changes in the fair value of certain of our own debt for which fair value option was elected, partially offset by lower net interest income due to increased interest expense associated with changes in estimated tax exposure. In addition, other operating income during 2010 also includes a $56 million gain on the sale of our 452 Fifth Avenue property in New York City, including the 1 W. 39th Street building.
Operating expenses were lower during 2011 due largely to reduced real estate related expenses, partially offset by a $5 million charge associated with the sale of a data center.
2010 profit (loss) before tax compared to 2009 Profit (loss) before tax in 2010 was impacted by credit and interest rate related changes in the fair value of certain own debt instruments to which fair value option was elected. Along with the related fair value option derivatives, we recorded total gains relating to these instruments of $162 million during 2010 compared to losses of $565 million in the prior year.
Other operating income declined in 2010, as lower income from support services from affiliates due to the transfer of additional support functions to HTSU, lower net gains related to the resolution of a lawsuit whose proceeds in 2009 were used to redeem preferred stock issued to CT Financial Services Inc. and lower equity income due to the sale of our investment in Private Bank (Suisse S.A. in March 2009 (which also resulted in a $43 million gain), was partially offset by a $56 million gain on sale of our 452 Fifth Avenue property in New York City (including the 1 W. 39th Street building) and a $4 million gain on the sale of a branch located in Brooklyn, New York in 2010.
Operating expenses declined in 2010 largely reflecting lower closure costs as 2009 includes higher expenses relating to the closure of a data center.
Reconciliation of Segment Results As previously discussed, segment results are reported on an IFRS Basis. See Note 25, "Business Segments," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the differences between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. For segment reporting purposes, intersegment transactions have not been eliminated. We generally account for transactions between segments as if they were with third parties. Also see Note 25, "Business Segments," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our IFRS Basis segment results to U.S. GAAP consolidated totals.
Credit Quality
In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of transactions that involve both on and off-balance sheet credit risk. Principal among these activities is lending to various commercial, institutional, governmental and individual customers. We participate in lending activity throughout the U.S. and, on a limited basis, internationally.
Allowance for Credit Losses For a substantial majority of commercial loans, we conduct a periodic assessment on a loan-by-loan basis of losses we believe to be inherent in the loan portfolio. When it is deemed probable based upon known facts and circumstances that full contractual interest and principal on an individual loan will not be collected in accordance with its contractual terms, the loan is considered impaired. An impairment reserve is established based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Updated appraisals for collateral dependent loans are generally obtained only when such loans are considered troubled and the frequency of such updates are generally based on management judgment under the specific circumstances on a case-by-case basis. Problem commercial loans are assigned various obligor grades under the allowance for credit losses methodology. Each credit grade has a probability of default estimate.
Our credit grades align with U.S. regulatory risk ratings and are mapped to our probability of default master scale. These probability of default estimates are validated on an annual basis using back-testing of actual default rates and benchmarking of the internal ratings with external rating agency data like Standard and Poor's ratings and default rates. Substantially all appraisals in connection with commercial real estate loans are ordered by the independent real estate appraisal unit at HSBC. The appraisal must be reviewed and accepted by this unit. For loans greater than $250,000, an appraisal is generally ordered when the loan is classified as Substandard as defined by the OCC. On average, it is approximately four weeks from the time the appraisal is ordered until it is completed and the values accepted by HSBC's independent appraisal review unit. Subsequent provisions or charge-offs are completed shortly thereafter, generally within the quarter in which the appraisal is received.
In situations where an external appraisal is not used to determine the fair value the underlying collateral of impaired loans, current information such as rent rolls and operating statements of the subject property are reviewed and presented in a standardized format. Operating results such as net operating income and cash flows before and after debt service are established and reported with relevant ratios. Third-party market data is gathered and reviewed for relevance to the subject collateral. Data is also collected from similar properties within the portfolio. Actual sales levels of condominiums, operating income and expense figures and rental data on a square foot basis are derived from existing loans and, when appropriate, used as comparables for the subject property. Property specific data, augmented by market data research, is used to project a stabilized year of income and expense to create a 10-year cash flow model to be discounted at appropriate rates into present value. These valuations are then used to determine if any impairment on the underlying loans exists and an appropriate allowance is recorded when warranted.
Probable losses for pools of homogeneous consumer loans are generally estimated using a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency, or buckets, and ultimately charge off. This analysis considers delinquency status, loss experience and severity and takes into account whether loans have filed for bankruptcy, have been re-aged or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, hardship, modification, extension or deferment. The allowance for credit losses on consumer receivables also takes into consideration the loss severity expected based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan in the event of default based on historical and recent trends.
The roll rate methodology is a migration analysis based on contractual delinquency and rolling average historical loss experience which captures the increased likelihood of an account migrating to charge-off as the past due status of such account increases. The roll rate models used were developed by tracking the movement of delinquencies by age of delinquency by month (bucket) over a specified time period. Each "bucket" represents a period of delinquency in 30-day increments. The roll from the last delinquency bucket results in charge-off. Contractual delinquency is a method for determining aging of past due accounts based on the status of payments under the loan. The roll percentages are converted to reserve requirements for each delinquency period (i.e., 30 days, 60 days, etc.). Average roll rates are developed to avoid temporary aberrations caused by seasonal trends in delinquency experienced by some product types. We have determined that a 12-month average roll rate balances the desire to avoid temporary aberrations, while at the same time analyzing recent historical data. The calculations are performed monthly and are done consistently from period to period. In addition, loss reserves on consumer receivables are maintained to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation.
Our allowance for credit losses methodology and our accounting policies related to the allowance for credit losses are presented in further detail under the caption "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates" in this MD&A and in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Our approach toward credit risk management is summarized under the caption "Risk Management" in this MD&A.
The following table sets forth the allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Allowance for credit losses............................................................ | $ 743 | $ 852 | $ 1,602 | $ 1,027 | $ 448 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Ratio of Allowance for credit losses to: | |||||
Loans:(1) | |||||
Commercial........................................................................................ | 1.31% | 1.74% | 3.02% | 1.45% | 0.82% |
Consumer: | |||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equitymortgages............................................................................... | 1.36 | 1.22 | 2.53 | 1.15 | 0.19 |
Home equity mortgages............................................................. | 2.03 | 2.02 | 4.44 | 3.67 | 0.80 |
Credit card receivables............................................................... | 4.71 | 4.64 | 6.28 | 6.13 | 1.67 |
Auto finance................................................................................ | - | - | 2.12 | 3.25 | 2.47 |
Other consumer loans................................................................ | 2.52 | 2.60 | 3.96 | 2.81 | 3.64 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer loans................................................................. | 1.65 | 1.66 | 3.15 | 1.95 | 0.42 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total................................................................................................... | 1.43% | 1.71% | 3.08% | 1.65% | 0.63% |
|
|
|
|
| |
Net charge-offs(1): | |||||
Commercial................................................................................... | 669.78% | 169.81.% | 359.92% | 466.96% | 389.61% |
Consumer..................................................................................... | 118.04 | 73.93 | 114.88 | 155.56 | 63.40 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total................................................................................................... | 231.48% | 113.15% | 186.93% | 238.84% | 143.91% |
|
|
|
|
| |
Nonperforming loans(1): | |||||
Commercial................................................................................... | 52.69% | 52.99% | 63.96% | 137.34% | 214.29% |
Consumer..................................................................................... | 22.80 | 31.36 | 36.56 | 102.06 | 37.72 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total................................................................................................... | 34.42% | 41.85% | 48.27% | 114.93% | 83.93% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Ratios exclude loans held for sale as these loans are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses by general loan categories for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are summarized in the following table:
Commercial
| Consumer
| |||||||||
Construction and Other Real Estate | Business Banking and Middle Market Enterprises | GlobalBanking | Other Comm'l | Residential Mortgage, Excl Home Equity Mortgages | Home Equity Mortgages | Credit Card | Auto Finance | Other Consumer | Total | |
(in millions) | ||||||||||
Year Ended December 31, 2011: | ||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses - beginning of period.............. | $ 243 | $ 132 | $ 116 | $ 32 | $ 167 | $ 77 | $ 58 | $ - | $ 27 | $ 852 |
Provision charged to income....... | 11 | (3 ) | 31 | (28 ) | 133 | 49 | 46 | - | 19 | 258 |
Charge offs............................... | (51 ) | (53 ) | - | (6 ) | (106 ) | (70 ) | (71 ) | - | (29 ) | (386 ) |
Recoveries............................... | 9 | 12 | - | 23 | 5 | - | 12 | - | 4 | 65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net charge offs.......................... | (42 ) | (41 ) | - | 17 | (101 ) | (70 ) | (59 ) | - | (25 ) | (321 ) |
Allowance on loans transferred to held for sale........................ | - | (10 ) | (16 ) | - | (7 ) | (4 ) | (6 ) | - | (3 ) | (46 ) |
Other...................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Allowance for credit losses - end of period............................ | $ 212 | $ 78 | $ 131 | $ 21 | $ 192 | $ 52 | $ 39 | $ - | $ 18 | $ 743 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Year Ended December 31, 2010: | ||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses - beginning of period.............. | $ 303 | $ 184 | $ 301 | $ 119 | $ 347 | $ 185 | $ 80 | $ 36 | $ 47 | $ 1,602 |
Provision charged to income....... | 101 | 19 | (163 ) | (35 ) | (14 ) | 13 | 68 | 35 | 10 | 34 |
Charge offs............................... | (173 ) | (88 ) | (24 ) | (59 ) | (170 ) | (121 ) | (98 ) | (37 ) | (36 ) | (806 ) |
Recoveries............................... | 12 | 17 | 2 | 5 | 4 | - | 8 | (1 ) | 6 | 53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net charge offs.......................... | (161 ) | (71 ) | (22 ) | (54 ) | (166 ) | (121 ) | (90 ) | (38 ) | (30 ) | (753 ) |
Allowance on loans transferred to held for sale........................ | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (33 ) | - | (33 ) |
Other...................................... | - | - | - | 2 | - | - | - | - | - | 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Allowance for credit losses - end of period............................ | $ 243 | $ 132 | $ 116 | $ 32 | $ 167 | $ 77 | $ 58 | $ - | $ 27 | $ 852 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Year Ended December 31, 2009: | ||||||||||
Allowance for credit losses - beginning of period.............. | $ 186 | $ 189 | $ 131 | $ 31 | $ 207 | $ 167 | $ 74 | $ 5 | $ 37 | $ 1,027 |
Provision charged to income....... | 177 | 137 | 215 | 93 | 364 | 195 | 100 | 104 | 46 | 1,431 |
Charge offs............................... | (64 ) | (158 ) | (45 ) | (8 ) | (235 ) | (189 ) | (100 ) | (92 ) | (42 ) | (933 ) |
Recoveries............................... | 4 | 16 | - | 3 | 11 | 12 | 6 | 18 | 6 | 76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net charge offs.......................... | (60 ) | (142 ) | (45 ) | (5 ) | (224 ) | (177 ) | (94 ) | (74 ) | (36 ) | (857 ) |
Allowance on loans transferred to held for sale........................ | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | (12 ) | - | (12 ) |
Other...................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 13 | - | 13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Allowance for credit losses - end of period............................ | $ 303 | $ 184 | $ 301 | $ 119 | $ 347 | $ 185 | $ 80 | $ 36 | $ 47 | $ 1,602 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) For consumer loans, these amounts represent TDR Loans for which we evaluate reserves using a discounted cash flow methodology. Each loan is individually identified as a TDR Loan and then grouped together with other TDR Loans with similar characteristics. The discounted cash flow analysis is then applied to these groups of TDR Loans.
The allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2011 decreased $109 million, or 13 percent as compared to December 31, 2010, driven by lower loss estimates in our commercial loan portfolio and, to a lesser extent, in our home equity mortgage and credit card loan portfolios, partially offset by higher loss estimates in our residential mortgage portfolio excluding home equity loans. Reserve requirements in our commercial loan portfolio have declined since December 31, 2010 due to pay-offs, including managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and lower levels of criticized assets. The lower allowance on our credit card portfolio was due to lower receivable levels including the transfer of certain receivables to held for sale and lower dollars of delinquency and charge-off. Our allowance for our residential mortgage loan portfolio, excluding home equity loans, increased largely due to higher troubled debt restructures and higher loss severities. Reserve levels for all consumer loan categories however remain elevated due to ongoing weakness in the U.S. economy, including elevated unemployment rates and as it relates to residential mortgage loans, continued weakness in the housing market.
The allowance for credit losses at December 31, 2010 decreased $750 million, or 47 percent, as compared to December 31, 2009 reflecting lower loss estimates in all of our consumer and commercial loan portfolios. The lower delinquency levels resulted from continued improvement in delinquency including early stage delinquency roll rates as economic conditions improved. The decrease in the allowance for our residential mortgage loan portfolio and home equity loan portfolios reflects lower receivable levels and dollars of delinquency, moderation in loss severities and an improved outlook for incurred future losses. The lower allowance in our credit card portfolio was due to lower receivable levels as a result of actions previously taken to reduce risk which has led to improved credit quality including lower delinquency levels as well as an increased focus by consumers to reduce outstanding credit card debt. The decline in the allowance for credit losses relating to auto finance loans reflects the sale of all remaining auto loans previously purchased from HSBC Finance to SC USA in August 2010. Reserve levels for all consumer loan categories however remained elevated due to continued weakness in the U.S. economy, including elevated unemployment rates. Reserve requirements in our commercial loan portfolio have also declined due to run-off, including managed reductions in certain exposures and improvements in the financial circumstances of several customer relationships which led to credit upgrades on certain problem credits and lower levels of nonperforming loans and criticized assets.
The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans at December 31, 2011 decreased as compared to December 31, 2010 for the reasons discussed above. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans at December 31, 2010 decreased as compared to December 31, 2009 for the reasons discussed above. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans at December 31, 2009 increased as compared to December 31, 2008 reflecting a higher allowance percentage on our residential mortgage loan and commercial loan portfolios and lower outstanding balances in these portfolios.
The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of net charge-offs improved in 2011 as the decline in dollars of net charge-off outpaced the decline in the allowance. Net charge-off levels continued to decline in 2011 due to improved economic conditions as the decline in overall delinquency levels being experienced are resulting in lower charge-off. The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of net charge-offs decreased in 2010 as the decline in reserve levels discussed above outpaced the decline in dollars of net charge-off as charge-off is a lagging indicator of credit quality and did not reflect improved credit performance. While net charge-off levels continued to decline in 2010 due to improved economic conditions and lower outstanding receivable balances, delinquency levels, including early stage delinquency roll rates and future loss estimates also continued to improve.
The allowance for credit losses by major loan categories, excluding loans held for sale, is presented in the following table:
Amount | % of Loans to Total Loans(1) | Amount | % of Loans to Total Loans(1) | Amount | % of Loans to Total Loans(1) | |
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||
Commercial(2)................................................................................ | $ 442 | 64.88% | $ 523 | 60.24% | $ 907 | 57.65% |
Consumer: | ||||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages......................................................................... | 192 | 27.21 | 167 | 27.50 | 347 | 26.35 |
Home equity mortgages....................................................... | 52 | 4.94 | 77 | 7.67 | 185 | 8.00 |
Credit card receivables......................................................... | 39 | 1.60 | 58 | 2.51 | 80 | 2.45 |
Auto finance.......................................................................... | - | - | - | - | 36 | 3.27 |
Other consumer..................................................................... | 18 | 1.37 | 27 | 2.08 | 47 | 2.28 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer..................................................................... | 301 | 35.12 | 329 | 39.76 | 695 | 42.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total............................................................................................. | $ 743 | 100.00% | $ 852 | 100.00% | $ 1,602 | 100.00% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Excluding loans held for sale.
(2) Components of the commercial allowance for credit losses, including exposure relating to off-balance sheet credit risk, and the movements in comparison with prior years, are summarized in the following table:
| ||||||||
| At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||
(in millions) |
| |||||||
| On-balance sheet commercial allowance: | |||||||
| Specific....................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 213 | $ 178 | $ 326 | ||||
| Collective.................................................................................................................................................................... | 207 | 322 | 518 | ||||
| Unallocated.................................................................................................................................................................. | 22 | 23 | 63 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
| Total on-balance sheet commercial allowance..................................................................................................................... | 442 | 523 | 907 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
| Off-balance sheet commercial allowance............................................................................................................................. | 155 | 94 | 188 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
| Total commercial allowances........................................................................................................................................... | $ 597 | $ 617 | $ 1,095 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
While our allowance for credit loss is available to absorb losses in the entire portfolio, we specifically consider the credit quality and other risk factors for each of our products in establishing the allowance for credit loss.
Delinquency The following table summarizes dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency and two-months-and-over contractual delinquency as a percent of total loans and loans held for sale ("delinquency ratio"):
2011
| 2010
| |||||||
Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||||
Dollars of delinquency: | ||||||||
Commercial............................................. | $ 460 | $ 533 | $ 542 | $ 631 | $ 737 | $ 929 | $ 624 | $ 688 |
Consumer: | ||||||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages(2)........... | 1,101 | 1,055 | 983 | 967 | 1,084 | 1,081 | 1,147 | 1,426 |
Home equity mortgages.................. | 99 | 101 | 93 | 92 | 109 | 97 | 106 | 125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total residentialmortgages(1).................................. | 1,200 | 1,156 | 1,076 | 1,059 | 1,193 | 1,178 | 1,253 | 1,551 |
Credit card receivables.................... | 28 | 25 | 25 | 29 | 34 | 35 | 40 | 42 |
Auto finance..................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - | 27 | 33 |
Other consumer................................ | 30 | 33 | 31 | 33 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer................................. | 1,258 | 1,214 | 1,132 | 1,121 | 1,259 | 1,246 | 1,354 | 1,663 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total continuing operations................ | 1,718 | 1,747 | 1,674 | 1,752 | 1,996 | 2,175 | 1,978 | 2,351 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations................................ | 514 | 510 | 493 | 591 | 726 | 813 | 910 | 1,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total........................................................ | $ 2,232 | $ 2,257 | $ 2,167 | $ 2,343 | $ 2,722 | $ 2,988 | $ 2,888 | $ 3,362 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Delinquency ratio: | ||||||||
Commercial............................................. | 1.33% | 1.64% | 1.78% | 1.99 % | 2.35% | 2.96% | 2.03% | 2.23% |
Consumer: | ||||||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages............. | 7.19 | 7.05 | 6.72 | 6.61 | 7.40 | 7.45 | 7.88 | 9.74 |
Home equity mortgages.................. | 2.89 | 2.87 | 2.58 | 2.50 | 2.85 | 2.49 | 2.67 | 3.09 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total residentialmortgages(1).................................. | 6.41 | 6.26 | 5.90 | 5.78 | 6.46 | 6.40 | 6.76 | 8.30 |
Credit card receivables.................... | 2.25 | 2.08 | 2.09 | 2.44 | 2.70 | 2.90 | 3.30 | 3.50 |
Auto finance..................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - | 2.11 | 2.27 |
Other consumer................................ | 3.17 | 3.36 | 3.10 | 3.11 | 2.86 | 2.86 | 2.93 | 3.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer................................. | 6.01 | 5.88 | 5.54 | 5.45 | 6.04 | 6.00 | 6.11 | 7.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total continuing operations................ | 3.09 | 3.28 | 3.28 | 3.36 | 3.82 | 4.17 | 3.74 | 4.41 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations................................ | 2.43 | 2.55 | 2.50 | 2.93 | 3.31 | 3.88 | 3.91 | 4.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total........................................................ | 2.91% | 3.08% | 3.07% | 3.24% | 3.67% | 4.09% | 3.79 % | 4.32% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) The following reflects dollars of contractual delinquency and delinquency ratios for interest-only loans and ARM loans:
| ||||||||||||
2011
| 2010
|
| ||||||||||
| Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | ||||
(dollars are in millions) |
| |||||||||||
| Dollars of delinquency: | |||||||||||
| Interest-only loans................................... | $ 133 | $ 127 | $ 114 | $ 127 | $ 169 | $ 153 | $ 164 | $ 214 | |||
| ARM loans............................................ | 452 | 443 | 407 | 407 | 471 | 486 | 535 | 634 | |||
| Delinquency ratio: | |||||||||||
| Interest-only loans................................... | 3.25 % | 3.12 % | 4.10 % | 4.56 % | 4.52 % | 5.48 % | 5.79 % | 7.26 % | |||
| ARM loans............................................ | 5.08 | 5.10 | 4.93 | 5.03 | 5.73 | 6.06 | 6.71 | 7.94 | |||
(2) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, residential mortgage loan delinquency includes $ 803 million and $852 million, respectively, of loans that are carried at the lower of amortized cost or net realizable value.
While our total two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio on a continuing operations basis decreased 19 basis points as compared to September 30, 2011, our two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio for consumer loans on a continuing operations basis increased to 6.01 percent at December 31, 2011 as compared to 5.88 percent at September 30, 2011, driven by higher delinquencies in our residential mortgage portfolio due to seasonality and our decision in late 2010 to suspend new foreclosure proceedings which has resulted in loans which would otherwise have been foreclosed and transferred to REO remaining in loan account. Dollars of delinquency in our credit card receivable portfolio increased slightly due to seasonality. Overall delinquency levels continue to be impacted by elevated unemployment levels and, as it relates to residential mortgages, continued weakness in the housing market. Compared to December 31, 2010, our two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio for consumer loans decreased 3 basis points driven largely by higher receivable balances in our residential mortgage portfolio, while delinquency dollars remained relatively flat.
Our commercial two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio decreased 31 basis points since September 30, 2011 driven by lower dollars of commercial real estate delinquency and higher overall outstanding loan balances. Compared to December 31, 2010, our delinquency ratio decreased 102 basis points at December 31, 2011, largely due to lower dollars of delinquency and improved economic and credit conditions.
Our two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratio for our discontinued credit card and private label operations decreased compared to September 30, 2011 due to higher receivable balances and as compared to December 31, 2010, lower dollars of delinquency and improved economic and credit conditions.
Net Charge-offs of Loans The following table summarizes net charge-off dollars as a percentage of average loans, excluding loans held for sale, ("net charge-off ratio") for both continuing and discontinued operations:
2011
| 2010
| 2009Full Year
| |||||||||||
FullYear
| Quarter Ended
| FullYear
| Quarter Ended
| ||||||||||
Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | Mar. 31 | ||||||
(dollars are in millions) | |||||||||||||
Net Charge-off Dollars: | |||||||||||||
Continuing operations: | |||||||||||||
Commercial: | |||||||||||||
Construction and other real estate............................ | $ 42 | $ 5 | $ 2 | $ 37 | $ (2 ) | $ 161 | $ 76 | $ 29 | $ 42 | $ 14 | $ 60 | ||
Business banking and middle market enterprises........... | 41 | 6 | 8 | 15 | 12 | 71 | 13 | 19 | 18 | 21 | 142 | ||
Global banking.................... | - | - | - | - | - | 22 | - | 6 | 12 | 4 | 45 | ||
Other commercial................. | (17 ) | 2 | (20 ) | 2 | (1 ) | 54 | 3 | 1 | - | 50 | 5 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total commercial................. | 66 | 13 | (10 ) | 54 | 9 | 308 | 92 | 55 | 72 | 89 | 252 | ||
Consumer: | |||||||||||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages..................... | 101 | 27 | 23 | 26 | 25 | 166 | 27 | 45 | 46 | 48 | 224 | ||
Home equity mortgages........ | 70 | 17 | 15 | 18 | 20 | 121 | 23 | 32 | 30 | 36 | 177 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total residential mortgages.... | 171 | 44 | 38 | 44 | 45 | 287 | 50 | 77 | 76 | 84 | 401 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Credit card receivables.......... | 59 | 12 | 13 | 16 | 18 | 90 | 21 | 24 | 21 | 24 | 94 | ||
Auto finance........................ | - | - | - | - | - | 38 | - | - | 14 | 24 | 74 | ||
Other consumer................... | 25 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 7 | 30 | 5 | 8 | 8 | 9 | 36 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total consumer................... | 255 | 63 | 57 | 65 | 70 | 445 | 76 | 109 | 119 | 141 | 605 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total continuing operations........ | 321 | 76 | 47 | 119 | 79 | 753 | 168 | 164 | 191 | 230 | 857 | ||
Total discontinued credit card and private label operations......... | 801 | - | 151 | 284 | 366 | 2,047 | 396 | 486 | 543 | 622 | 2,251 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total...................................... | $ 1,122 | $ 76 | $ 198 | $ 403 | $ 445 | $ 2,800 | $ 564 | $ 650 | $ 734 | $ 852 | $ 3,108 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Net Charge-off Ratio: | |||||||||||||
Continuing operations: | |||||||||||||
Commercial: | |||||||||||||
Construction and other real estate............................ | .52 % | .26 % | .10 % | 1.81 % | (.10 )% | 1.87 % | 3.60 % | 1.35 % | 1.93 % | .64 % | .68 % | ||
Business banking and middle market enterprises........... | .46 | .24 | .35 | .71 | .61 | .96 | .66 | 1.01 | 1.03 | 1.17 | 1.58 | ||
Global banking.................... | - | - | - | - | - | .20 | - | .23 | .44 | .14 | .36 | ||
Other commercial................. | (.53 ) | .25 | (2.76 ) | .29 | (.15 ) | 1.91 | .47 | .16 | - | 5.79 | .15 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total commercial................. | .21 | .16 | (.13 ) | .70 | .14 | 1.04 | 1.23 | .75 | .98 | 1.17 | .75 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Consumer: | |||||||||||||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages..................... | .72 | .77 | .65 | .74 | .73 | 1.22 | .78 | 1.32 | 1.36 | 1.43 | 1.46 | ||
Home equity mortgages........ | 2.13 | 2.59 | 1.88 | 1.98 | 2.16 | 3.05 | 2.37 | 3.23 | 2.99 | 3.56 | 3.98 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total residential mortgages.... | .99 | 1.06 | .88 | 1.00 | 1.04 | 1.63 | 1.13 | 1.74 | 1.74 | 1.92 | 2.03 | ||
Credit card receivables.......... | 6.10 | 5.96 | 7.59 | 5.42 | 6.06 | 7.34 | 6.83 | 7.78 | 6.90 | 7.75 | 7.76 | ||
Auto finance........................ | - | - | - | - | - | 4.12 | - | - | 4.10 | 6.11 | 3.25 | ||
Other consumer................... | 2.76 | 3.47 | 2.83 | 2.08 | 2.77 | 2.63 | 1.79 | 2.82 | 2.79 | 3.19 | 2.88 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total consumer................... | 1.33 | 1.38 | 1.20 | 1.32 | 1.44 | 2.13 | 1.52 | 2.09 | 2.24 | 2.63 | 2.47 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total continuing operations........ | .64 | .60 | .37 | .95 | .64 | 1.49 | 1.35 | 1.31 | 1.51 | 1.78 | 1.47 | ||
Total discontinued credit card and private label operations......... | 3.80 | - | 2.93 | 5.44 | 6.70 | 8.56 | 6.95 | 8.38 | 9.05 | 9.69 | 7.94 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total...................................... | .45 % | .42 % | .27 % | .67 % | .44 % | 1.01 % | .93 % | .89 % | 1.02 % | 1.19 % | .99 % | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Our net charge-off ratio as a percentage of average loans on a continuing operations basis decreased 85 basis points for the full year of 2011 compared to the full year of 2010 primarily due to lower commercial and to a lesser extent residential mortgage charge-offs driven by improved credit quality, partially offset in the case of residential mortgage loans by the impact from continued high unemployment levels and continued weakness in the housing markets.
Commercial charge-off dollars and ratios decreased significantly for the full year of 2011 compared to the full year of 2010 driven by lower charge-offs in construction and other real estate as well as business banking and middle market enterprises and a partial recovery of a loan to an individual customer relationship that had been charged-off in 2010.
Charge-off dollars and ratios in the residential mortgage loan portfolio for the full year of 2011 improved compared to the full year of 2010 reflecting the impact of the lower delinquency levels we first began to experience in the second quarter of 2010. Charge-off dollars and ratios for credit card receivables also declined for the full year of 2011 compared to the full year of 2010 due to lower delinquency levels as a result of improved credit quality and a continued focus by consumers to paydown debt, lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings and higher recoveries, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels.
Our charge-off dollars and ratios also improved for our discontinued credit card and private label operations for the full year of 2011 compared to the full year of 2010 largely due to the classification of loans held for sale in August 2011, which resulted in charge-offs no longer being recognized for these loans. Prior to the held for sale classification, the charge-off dollars and ratios improved in 2011 due to lower delinquency levels driven by improved credit quality and a continued focus by consumers to paydown debt, lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings and higher recoveries, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels.
Our net charge-off ratio as a percentage of average loans on a continuing operations basis increased slightly for the full year of 2010 as compared to the full year of 2009, driven by higher commercial loan charge-offs largely due to commercial real estate loans as the higher levels of nonperforming loans reported in the prior year migrated to charge-off. These increases were largely offset by lower residential mortgage charge-offs due to lower receivable levels and improved credit quality. The trends also reflect the impact from continued high unemployment levels.
Charge-off dollars and ratios in the residential mortgage loan portfolio decreased during 2010 reflecting lower outstanding loan balances and continued moderation in real estate loss severities. Charge-off dollars and ratios for credit card receivables declined compared to the prior year due to an increased focus by customers to paydown debt as well as improving credit quality resulting from actions previously taken to reduce risk in the portfolio. Charge-off dollars and ratios in the auto finance portfolio reflect the transfer of these loans to held for sale in July 2010 and subsequent sale of these loans which was completed in August 2010.
Commercial charge-off dollars and ratios increased compared to 2009 largely due to higher commercial real estate loan charge-offs and a charge-off associated with a single private banking relationship which was partially offset by lower charge-off levels in business banking as well as in middle market and large corporate clients due to improving trends in credit quality.
Our charge-off ratio for our discontinued credit card and private label operations for the full year of 2010 increased compared to the full year of 2009, driven by higher credit card charge-offs as charge-off levels in 2009 were positively impacted by the purchase of the GM and UP portfolios, a portion of which was recorded at fair value net of future anticipated losses at the time of acquisition. The increase was partially offset by lower charge-off dollars and ratios for private label card receivables due to lower receivable balances, including increased focus by customers to paydown debt as well as improving credit quality resulting from actions previously taken to reduce risk in the portfolio.
Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming assets are summarized in the following table for both continuing and discontinued operations.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||
Nonaccrual loans: | |||
Continuing operations: | |||
Commercial: | |||
Real Estate: | |||
Construction and land loans........................................................................................................... | $ 103 | $ 70 | $ 154 |
Other real estate................................................................................................................................ | 512 | 529 | 490 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises............................................................................. | 58 | 116 | 123 |
Global banking........................................................................................................................................ | 137 | 74 | 344 |
Other commercial.................................................................................................................................... | 15 | 12 | 159 |
|
|
| |
Total commercial..................................................................................................................................... | 825 | 801 | 1,270 |
|
|
| |
Consumer: | |||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages.............................................................. | 815 | 900 | 818 |
Home equity mortgages........................................................................................................................ | 89 | 93 | 107 |
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgages(2)........................................................................................................... | 904 | 993 | 925 |
Auto finance........................................................................................................................................... | - | - | 40 |
Others....................................................................................................................................................... | 8 | 9 | 9 |
|
|
| |
Total consumer loans............................................................................................................................ | 912 | 1,002 | 974 |
|
|
| |
Nonaccrual loans held for sale.................................................................................................................. | 88 | 186 | 446 |
|
|
| |
Total continuing operations...................................................................................................................... | 1,825 | 1,989 | 2,690 |
Total discontinued credit card and private label operations................................................................ | - | - | - |
|
|
| |
Total nonaccruing loans............................................................................................................................ | 1,825 | 1,989 | 2,690 |
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more: | |||
Continuing operations: | |||
Commercial: | |||
Real Estate: | |||
Construction and land loans........................................................................................................... | $ - | $ - | $ - |
Other real estate................................................................................................................................ | 1 | 137 | 51 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises............................................................................. | 11 | 47 | 95 |
Global banking........................................................................................................................................ | - | - | - |
Other commercial.................................................................................................................................... | 2 | 2 | 2 |
|
|
| |
Total commercial..................................................................................................................................... | 14 | 186 | 148 |
|
|
| |
Consumer: | |||
Credit card receivables.......................................................................................................................... | 20 | 24 | 31 |
Other consumer...................................................................................................................................... | 27 | 23 | 27 |
|
|
| |
Total consumer loans............................................................................................................................ | 47 | 47 | 58 |
|
|
| |
Total continuing operations...................................................................................................................... | 61 | 233 | 206 |
Total discontinued credit card and private label operations................................................................ | 361 | 533 | 869 |
|
|
| |
Total accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more............................................................ | 422 | 766 | 1,075 |
|
|
| |
Total nonperforming loans........................................................................................................................ | 2,247 | 2,755 | 3,765 |
Other real estate owned.............................................................................................................................. | 81 | 159 | 72 |
|
|
| |
Total nonperforming assets...................................................................................................................... | $ 2,328 | $ 2,914 | $ 3,837 |
|
|
| |
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans(1): | |||
Commercial.............................................................................................................................................. | 52.69 % | 52.99 % | 63.96 % |
Consumer................................................................................................................................................. | 22.80 | 31.36 | 36.56 |
(1) Represents our commercial or consumer allowance for credit losses, as appropriate divided by the corresponding outstanding balance of total nonperforming loans held for investment. Nonperforming loans include accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more. Ratio excludes nonperforming loans associated with loan portfolios which are considered held for sale as these loans are carried at the lower of amortized cost or market.
(2) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, residential mortgage loan nonaccrual balances include $774 million and $826 million, respectively, of loans that are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell.
Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011 decreased as compared to December 31, 2010 driven largely by lower levels of residential mortgage non-accrual loans and lower levels of nonaccrual loans held for sale due to sales of subprime mortgage loans, partially offset by slightly higher levels of commercial nonaccrual loans. The decline in nonaccrual residential mortgage loans has been tempered by our temporary suspension of foreclosure activity, which results in loans which would otherwise have been transferred into REO remaining in loan account as discussed above. Commercial non-accrual loans increased in 2011 due to credit risk rating downgrades outpacing credit risk rating upgrades, payments and charge-offs within commercial real estate as this business continues to exhibit stressed conditions in many markets. Additionally, global banking experienced two large credits being placed on nonaccrual in the second half of 2011. These increases were partially offset by declines within other commercial market sectors as credit quality continues to improve. Decreases in accruing loans past due 90 days or more since December 31, 2010 were driven by commercial loan and credit card receivables reflecting improvements in credit quality including lower dollars of delinquency at December 31, 2011.
Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010 decreased significantly as compared to December 31, 2009 reflecting lower levels of commercial nonaccrual loans due to reductions in certain exposures and improved of credit quality in certain components of the book. Decreases in accruing loans past due 90 days or more since December 31, 2009 were driven by discontinued credit card and private label operations reflecting lower outstanding balances and improvements in credit quality including lower dollars of delinquency in 2010. These decreases were partially offset by modest increases in commercial real estate loans accruing past due 90 days or more. During 2010, we also experienced a significant decline in nonaccrual loans held for sale largely due to the sale of $276 million of non-accrual subprime mortgage loans during the second and third quarters of 2010.
Our policies and practices for problem loan management and placing loans on nonaccrual status are summarized in Note 2, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Accrued but unpaid interest on loans placed on nonaccrual status generally is reversed and reduces current income at the time loans are so categorized. Interest income on these loans may be recognized to the extent of cash payments received. In those instances where there is doubt as to collectability of principal, any cash interest payments received are applied as reductions of principal. Loans are not reclassified as accruing until interest and principal payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Impaired Commercial Loans A commercial loan is considered to be impaired when it is deemed probable that all principal and interest amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, will not be collected. Probable losses from impaired loans are quantified and recorded as a component of the overall allowance for credit losses. Generally, impaired commercial loans include loans in nonaccrual status, loans that have been assigned a specific allowance for credit losses, loans that have been partially charged off and loans that have been designated as troubled debt restructurings. Impaired commercial loan statistics are summarized in the following table:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Impaired commercial loans: | |||
Balance at end of period...................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,087 | $ 1,127 | $ 1,533 |
Amount with impairment reserve....................................................................................................................... | 597 | 620 | 1,127 |
Impairment reserve............................................................................................................................................... | 216 | 188 | 336 |
Criticized Loan Criticized loan classifications are based on the risk rating standards of our primary regulator. Problem loans are assigned various criticized facility grades under our allowance for credit losses methodology. The following facility grades are deemed to be criticized.
• Special Mention - generally includes loans that are protected by collateral and/or the credit worthiness of the customer, but are potentially weak based upon economic or market circumstances which, if not checked or corrected, could weaken our credit position at some future date.
• Substandard - includes loans that are inadequately protected by the underlying collateral and/or general credit worthiness of the customer. These loans present a distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. This category also includes certain non-investment grade securities, as required by our principal regulator.
• Doubtful - includes loans that have all the weaknesses exhibited by substandard loans, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full of the recorded loan highly improbable. However, although the possibility of loss is extremely high, certain factors exist which may strengthen the credit at some future date, and therefore the decision to charge off the loan is deferred. Loans graded as doubtful are required to be placed in nonaccruing status.
Criticized loans are summarized in the following table.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Special mention: | |||
Commercial loans............................................................................................................................................. | $ 1,598 | $ 2,284 | $ 3,009 |
Substandard: | |||
Commercial loans............................................................................................................................................. | 1,759 | 2,260 | 3,523 |
Consumer loans............................................................................................................................................... | 1,356 | 1,695 | 2,109 |
|
|
| |
Total substandard........................................................................................................................................... | 3,115 | 3,955 | 5,632 |
Doubtful: | |||
Commercial loans............................................................................................................................................. | 307 | 202 | 504 |
|
|
| |
Total........................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 5,020 | $ 6,441 | $ 9,145 |
|
|
|
The overall decreases in criticized commercial loans in 2011 and 2010 resulted primarily from changes in the financial condition of certain customers, some of which were upgraded during the period as well as paydowns and charge-off related to certain exposures as well as general improvement in market conditions.
Reserves for Off-Balance Sheet Credit Risk We also maintain a separate reserve for credit risk associated with certain off-balance sheet exposures, including letters of credit, unused commitments to extend credit and financial guarantees. This reserve, included in other liabilities, was $155 million and $94 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The related provision is recorded as a component of other expense within operating expenses. The increase in off-balance sheet reserves December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010 largely reflects the deconsolidation of the Bryant Park commercial paper conduit in the first quarter of 2011 which resulted in the establishment of a $94 million liability for our credit exposure related to our commitments to this entity, partially offset by reduced outstanding exposure. The decrease in off-balance sheet reserves at December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009 reflects improved credit conditions and lower outstanding exposure as well as the consolidation of the Bryant Park commercial paper VIE as of January 1, 2010 which resulted in the reclassification of this reserve on our balance sheet. Off-balance sheet exposures are summarized under the caption "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Credit Derivatives and Other Contractual Obligations" in this MD&A.
Our commercial credit exposure is diversified across a broad range of industries. Commercial loans outstanding and unused commercial commitments by industry are presented in the table below.
Commercial Utilized
| Unused CommercialCommitments
| |||
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||||
Real estate and related............................................................................................................ | $ 7,317 | $ 7,208 | $ 2,175 | $ 1,480 |
Banks and depository institutions....................................................................................... | 2,361 | 1,560 | 704 | 784 |
Petro/gas and related.............................................................................................................. | 1,814 | 951 | 3,137 | 2,724 |
Health, child care and education........................................................................................... | 1,814 | 1,130 | 4,865 | 4,029 |
Non bank holding companies................................................................................................ | 1,717 | 1,992 | 2,198 | 1,838 |
Recreational industry.............................................................................................................. | 1,549 | 1,489 | 1,271 | 1,439 |
Electronic and electrical equipment...................................................................................... | 1,423 | 1,794 | 6,526 | 5,000 |
Ferrous and non ferrous mining............................................................................................ | 1,270 | 1,444 | 2,332 | 1,985 |
Business and professional services..................................................................................... | 1,209 | 883 | 3,035 | 2,269 |
Food and kindred products................................................................................................... | 1,100 | 859 | 2,973 | 2,975 |
Textile, apparel and leather goods........................................................................................ | 963 | 871 | 983 | 677 |
Chemicals, plastics and rubber.............................................................................................. | 690 | 1,708 | 2,374 | 2,424 |
Insurance business................................................................................................................. | 681 | 492 | 2,459 | 2,215 |
Industrial machinery and equipment.................................................................................... | 480 | 335 | 2,003 | 975 |
Security brokers and dealers................................................................................................. | 453 | 1,439 | 1,727 | 1,277 |
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial credit exposure in top 15 industries based on utilization................... | 24,841 | 24,155 | 38,762 | 32,091 |
All other industries................................................................................................................. | 8,808 | 5,848 | 16,006 | 13,520 |
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial credit exposure by industry.................................................................... | $ 33,649 | $ 30,003 | $ 54,768 | $ 45,611 |
|
|
|
|
Exposures to Certain Countries in the Eurozone Global markets in 2011 have been dominated by the continuing eurozone debt crisis. During 2011, a number of eurozone countries have come under severe financial pressure and their ability to raise, refinance and service their debt was put in question by markets as shown in the record high spreads during most of the year. During 2011, Portugal and Spain joined Greece and Ireland in the list of eurozone countries requiring rescue packages to remain solvent and fear of contagion to other eurozone countries has forced governments to reduce debt levels.
The tables below summarize our exposures to selected eurozone countries, including:
• governments and central banks of selected Eurozone countries along with near/quasi government agencies;
• banks; and
• other financial institutions and other corporates.
Exposures to banks, other financial institutions and other corporates are based on the country of domicile of the counterparty. The countries of Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain were selected because during 2011 they exhibited levels of market volatility which exceeded other eurozone countries and demonstrated fiscal or political uncertainty. Certain of these countries also have high sovereign debt to GDP ratios and short to medium-term maturity concentration of those liabilities. In addition, the eurozone disclosure also includes information about our exposures to France, Germany and the Netherlands, which are disclosed in aggregate below, as these countries are seen to have considerable exposure to the sovereign debt of the peripheral eurozone countries.
Off-balance sheet exposures primarily relate to commitments to lend and the amount shown in the tables represent the maximum amount that could be drawn down by the counterparty.
Exposures to select eurozone countries - sovereign and agencies | Greece | Ireland | Italy | Portugal | Spain | Total |
(in millions) | ||||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures...................................................................... | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - |
Off-balance sheet exposures............................................................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total exposures..................................................................................................... | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
CDS asset positions............................................................................................. | $ 1 | $ 2 | $ 4 | $ 1 | $ 6 | $ 14 |
CDS liability positions.......................................................................................... | - | 3 | 2 | - | 3 | 8 |
CDS asset notionals............................................................................................. | 2 | 7 | 35 | 5 | 58 | 107 |
CDS liability notionals.......................................................................................... | - | 19 | 11 | - | 28 | 58 |
Summary exposures of non-distressed eurozone countries - sovereign and agencies | France | Germany | Netherlands | Total |
(in millions) | ||||
On-balance sheet exposures................................................................................................... | $ 957 | $ 268 | $ - | $ 1,225 |
Off-balance sheet exposures................................................................................................... | - | - | - | - |
Eurozone Banks
As a direct result of the eurozone sovereign debt crisis, economic slowdown, uncertain property market and low credit growth, banks in the eurozone area continued to face severe stress and there were numerous calls for the re-capitalization of the European banks. During 2011, banks with direct exposure to eurozone sovereigns saw their costs and access to funding deteriorate. Market volatility and funding issues were further impacted by the downgrades of numerous European banks by the major credit rating agencies, citing concerns on their ability to absorb losses due to possible sovereign debt default, reliance on volatile wholesale funding markets and a weakening of perceived government support.
We expect challenging market conditions for eurozone banks to persist for most of 2012. As can be seen in the tables above, our overall exposure within the eurozone is largely to the banks of stronger countries. We continue to closely monitor and manage eurozone bank exposures in the weaker countries and are cautious in lending to this sector. We regularly update our assessment of higher-risk eurozone banks and adjust our risk appetite accordingly.
Exposures to select eurozone countries - banks | Greece | Ireland | Italy | Portugal | Spain | Total |
(in millions) | ||||||
Loans(1)................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 33 | $ 3 | $ - | $ 187 | $ 223 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Gross derivative assets....................................................................................... | - | 46 | 30 | - | 224 | 300 |
Collateral and derivative liabilities(2 )................................................................. | - | 46 | 6 | - | 197 | 249 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Derivatives....................................................................................................... | - | - | 24 | - | 27 | 51 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total on-balance sheet exposures..................................................................... | - | 33 | 27 | - | 214 | 274 |
Off-balance sheet exposures.............................................................................. | 1 | - | - | 13 | - | 14 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total exposures.................................................................................................... | $ 1 | $ 33 | $ 27 | $ 13 | $ 214 | $ 288 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
CDS asset positions............................................................................................. | $ - | $ - | $ 11 | $ 4 | $ 4 | $ 19 |
CDS liability positions......................................................................................... | - | - | 6 | 1 | 2 | 9 |
CDS asset notionals............................................................................................. | - | - | 80 | 20 | 42 | 142 |
CDS liability notionals......................................................................................... | - | - | 64 | 7 | 33 | 104 |
Summary exposures of non-distressed eurozone countries - banks | France | Germany | Netherlands | Total |
(in millions) | ||||
On-balance sheet exposures....................................................................................................... | $ 156 | $ - | $ - | $ 156 |
Off-balance sheet exposures...................................................................................................... | - | - | - | - |
(1) Allowance for loan loss is not significant.
(2) Includes collateral as well as offsets of derivative liabilities as allowed in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Other financial institutions and corporates
The credit quality of other financial institutions and other corporate portfolios remains strong with no significant impairments recognized. The portfolios largely comprise large multinational corporates and other financial institutions with significant operations outside these countries that mitigate the risk.
Exposures to select eurozone countries - other financialinstitutions and corporates | Greece | Ireland | Italy | Portugal | Spain | Total |
(in millions) | ||||||
Gross derivative assets...................................................................................... | $ - | $ 33 | $ - | $ - | $ 17 | $ 50 |
Collateral and derivative liabilities(1)................................................................. | - | 33 | - | - | - | 33 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Derivatives..................................................................................................... | - | - | - | - | 17 | 17 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total on-balance sheet exposures................................................................... | - | - | - | - | 17 | 17 |
Off-balance sheet exposures............................................................................. | - | 176 | 88 | - | 2 | 266 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total exposures................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 176 | $ 88 | $ - | $ 19 | $ 283 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
CDS asset positions........................................................................................... | $ - | $ - | $ 8 | $ 2 | $ 3 | $ 13 |
CDS liability positions....................................................................................... | - | - | 4 | 4 | 2 | 10 |
CDS asset notionals........................................................................................... | - | - | 187 | 12 | 43 | 242 |
CDS liability notionals....................................................................................... | - | 7 | 69 | 33 | 80 | 189 |
Summary exposures of non-distressed eurozone countries - other financial institutions and corporates | France | Germany | Netherlands | Total |
(in millions) | ||||
On-balance sheet exposures................................................................................................... | $ 139 | $ 87 | $ 926 | $ 1,152 |
Off-balance sheet exposures................................................................................................... | 16 | 16 | 417 | 449 |
(1) Includes collateral as well as offsets of derivative liabilities as allowed in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Cross-Border Net Outstandings Cross-border net outstandings are amounts payable by residents of foreign countries regardless of the currency of claim and local country claims in excess of local country obligations. Cross- border net outstandings, as calculated in accordance with Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council ("FFIEC") guidelines, include deposits placed with other banks, loans, acceptances, securities available-for-sale, trading securities, revaluation gains on foreign exchange and derivative contracts and accrued interest receivable. Excluded from cross-border net outstandings are, among other things, the following: local country claims funded by non-local country obligations (U.S. dollar or other non-local currencies), principally certificates of deposit issued by a foreign branch, where the providers of funds agree that, in the event of the occurrence of a sovereign default or the imposition of currency exchange restrictions in a given country, they will not be paid until such default is cured or currency restrictions lifted or, in certain circumstances, they may accept payment in local currency or assets denominated in local currency (hereinafter referred to as constraint certificates of deposit); and cross-border claims that are guaranteed by cash or other external liquid collateral. Cross-border net outstandings that exceed .75 percent of total assets at year-end are summarized in the following table.
Banks and Other Financial Institutions | Commercial and Industrial | Total | |
(in millions) | |||
December 31, 2011: | |||
Japan............................................................................................................................................. | $ 82 | $ 2,526 | $ 2,608 |
Canada.......................................................................................................................................... | 663 | 3,444 | 4,107 |
Mexico.......................................................................................................................................... | 1,079 | 4,043 | 5,122 |
Brazil............................................................................................................................................. | 1,067 | 2,075 | 3,142 |
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 2,891 | $ 12,088 | $ 14,979 |
|
|
| |
December 31, 2010: | |||
France........................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,274 | $ 1,503 | $ 2,777 |
Canada.......................................................................................................................................... | 926 | 1,448 | 2,374 |
Mexico.......................................................................................................................................... | 533 | 2,153 | 2,686 |
United Kingdom.......................................................................................................................... | 2,240 | 832 | 3,072 |
Brazil............................................................................................................................................. | 723 | 1,209 | 1,932 |
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 5,696 | $ 7,145 | $ 12,841 |
|
|
| |
December 31, 2009: | |||
France........................................................................................................................................... | $ 303 | $ 1,189 | $ 1,492 |
Canada.......................................................................................................................................... | 892 | 494 | 1,386 |
United Kingdom.......................................................................................................................... | 2,874 | 803 | 3,677 |
Brazil............................................................................................................................................. | 1,275 | 12 | 1,287 |
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 5,344 | $ 2,498 | $ 7,842 |
|
|
|
Cross-border net outstandings related to Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain totaled .30 percent of total assets and did not individually exceed .19 percent of total assets.
Credit and Market Risks Associated with Derivative Contracts Credit risk associated with derivatives is measured as the net replacement cost in the event the counterparties with contracts in a gain position to us fail to perform under the terms of those contracts. In managing derivative credit risk, both the current exposure, which is the replacement cost of contracts on the measurement date, as well as an estimate of the potential change in value of contracts over their remaining lives are considered. Counterparties to our derivative activities include financial institutions, foreign and domestic government agencies, corporations, funds (mutual funds, hedge funds, etc.), insurance companies and private clients as well as other HSBC entities. These counterparties are subject to regular credit review by the credit risk management department. To minimize credit risk, we enter into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon occurrence of certain events. In addition, we reduce credit risk by obtaining collateral from counterparties. The determination of the need for and the levels of collateral will vary based on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty.
The total risk in a derivative contract is a function of a number of variables, such as:
• volatility of interest rates, currencies, equity or corporate reference entity used as the basis for determining contract payments;
• current market events or trends;
• country risk;
• maturity and liquidity of contracts;
• credit worthiness of the counterparties in the transaction;
• the existence of a master netting agreement among the counterparties; and
• existence and value of collateral received from counterparties to secure exposures.
The table below presents total credit risk exposure measured using rules contained in the risk-based capital guidelines published by U.S. banking regulatory agencies. Risk-based capital guidelines recognize that bilateral netting agreements reduce credit risk and, therefore, allow for reductions of risk-weighted assets when netting requirements have been met. As a result, risk-weighted amounts for regulatory capital purposes are a portion of the original gross exposures.
The risk exposure calculated in accordance with the risk-based capital guidelines potentially overstates actual credit exposure because: the risk-based capital guidelines ignore collateral that may have been received from counterparties to secure exposures; and the risk-based capital guidelines compute exposures over the life of derivative contracts. However, many contracts contain provisions that allow us to close out the transaction if the counterparty fails to post required collateral. In addition, many contracts give us the right to break the transactions earlier than the final maturity date. As a result, these contracts have potential future exposures that are often much smaller than the future exposures derived from the risk-based capital guidelines.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Risk associated with derivative contracts: | ||
Total credit risk exposure.................................................................................................................................................... | $ 43,923 | $ 39,652 |
Less: collateral held against exposure............................................................................................................................... | 6,459 | 4,577 |
|
| |
Net credit risk exposure....................................................................................................................................................... | $ 37,464 | $ 35,075 |
|
|
The table below summarizes the risk profile of the counterparties of off-balance sheet exposure to derivative contracts, net of cash and other highly liquid collateral. The ratings presented in the table below are equivalent ratings based on our internal credit rating system.
Percent of CurrentCredit Risk Exposure,Net of Collateral
| ||
Rating equivalent at December 31 | 2011 | 2010 |
AAA to AA-................................................................................................................................................................. | 44 % | 39 % |
A+ to A-......................................................................................................................................................................... | 36 | 32 |
BBB+ to BBB-................................................................................................................................................................ | 12 | 19 |
BB+ to B-........................................................................................................................................................................ | 7 | 9 |
CCC+ and below............................................................................................................................................................ | 1 | 1 |
Unrated............................................................................................................................................................................ | - | - |
|
| |
Total................................................................................................................................................................................. | 100 % | 100 % |
|
|
Our principal exposure to monoline insurance companies is through a number of OTC derivative transactions, primarily credit default swaps ("CDS"). We have entered into CDS to purchase credit protection against securities held within the available for sale and trading portfolios. Due to downgrades in the internal credit ratings of monoline insurers, fair value adjustments have been recorded due to counterparty credit exposures. The table below sets out the mark-to-market value of the derivative contracts at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The "Credit Risk Adjustment" column indicates the valuation adjustment taken against the mark-to-market exposures and reflects the deterioration in creditworthiness of the monoline insurers. The exposure relating to monoline insurance companies that are rated CCC+ and below were fully written down as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. These adjustments have been charged to the consolidated statement of income (loss).
Net Exposure before Credit Risk Adjustment(1) | Credit Risk Adjustment(2) | Net Exposure After Credit Risk Adjustment | |
(in millions) | |||
December 31, 2011 | |||
Derivative contracts with monoline counterparties: | |||
Monoline - investment grade............................................................................................. | $ 617 | $ (62 ) | $ 555 |
Monoline - below investment grade.................................................................................. | 254 | (101 ) | 153 |
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 871 | $ (163 ) | $ 708 |
|
|
| |
December 31, 2010: | |||
Derivative contracts with monoline counterparties: | |||
Monoline - investment grade............................................................................................. | $ 628 | $ (63 ) | $ 565 |
Monoline - below investment grade.................................................................................. | 514 | (298 ) | 216 |
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 1,142 | $ (361 ) | $ 781 |
|
|
|
(1) Net exposure after legal netting and any other relevant credit mitigation prior to deduction of credit risk adjustment.
(2) Fair value adjustment recorded against the over-the-counter derivative counterparty exposures to reflect the credit worthiness of the counterparty.
Market risk is the adverse effect that a change in market liquidity, interest rates, currency or implied volatility rates has on the value of a financial instrument. We manage the market risk associated with interest rate and foreign exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring limits as to the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. We also manage the market risk associated with trading derivatives through hedging strategies that correlate the rates, price and spread movements. This risk is measured daily by using Value at Risk and other methodologies. See the caption "Risk Management" in this MD&A for additional information regarding the use of Value at Risk analysis to monitor and manage interest rate and other market risks.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Effective liquidity management is defined as making sure we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, we have guidelines that require sufficient liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. Guidelines are set for the consolidated balance sheet of HSBC USA to ensure that it is a source of strength for our regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiary, as well as to address the more limited sources of liquidity available to it as a holding company. Similar guidelines are set for the balance sheet of HSBC Bank USA to ensure that it can meet its liquidity needs in various stress scenarios. Cash flow analysis, including stress testing scenarios, forms the basis for liquidity management and contingency funding plans.
During 2011, marketplace liquidity continued to remain available for most sources of funding except mortgage securitization and companies in the financial sector continue to be able to issue debt, although credit spreads continue to be impacted by the European sovereign debt crisis and the current budgetary and economic environment in the United States. The prolonged period of low Federal funds rates continues to put pressure on spreads earned on our deposit base.
Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks totaled $25.5 billion and $8.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Balances will fluctuate from year to year depending upon our liquidity position at the time and our strategy for deploying such liquidity. The balances increased during 2011, particularly at the Federal Reserve, as we redeployed surplus liquidity, driven by higher deposit levels.
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell totaled $3.1 billion and $8.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Balances will fluctuate from year to year depending upon our liquidity position at the time and our strategy for deploying such liquidity.
Short-Term Borrowings totaled $16.0 billion and $15.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See "Balance Sheet Review" in this MD&A for further analysis and discussion on short-term borrowing trends.
Deposits totaled $139.7 billion and $120.6 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See "Balance Sheet Review" in this MD&A for further analysis and discussion on deposit trends.
Long-Term Debt decreased to $16.7 billion at December 31, 2011 from $17.1 billion at December 31, 2010. The following table summarizes issuances and retirements of long-term debt during 2011 and 2010:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Long-term debt issued...................................................................................................................................................... | $ 6,271 | $ 4,631 (1) |
Long-term debt retired....................................................................................................................................................... | (6,297 ) | (2,498 ) |
|
| |
Net long-term debt issued (retired)................................................................................................................................. | $ (26 ) | $ 2,133 |
|
|
(1) Includes $309 million of long-term debt issued as part of the sale-leaseback of the 452 Fifth Avenue property.
Issuances of long-term debt during 2011 included $6.3 billion of medium term notes which includes $618 million issued by HSBC Bank USA and $3 billion of senior notes issued to HSBC North America Holdings, Inc.
Under our shelf registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we may issue debt securities or preferred stock. The shelf has no dollar limit, but the ability to issue debt is limited by the issuance authority granted by the Board of Directors. At December 31, 2011, we were authorized to issue up to $21 billion, of which $6.4 billion was available. HSBC Bank USA also has a $40 billion Global Bank Note Program of which $17.3 billion was available at December 31, 2011.
As a member of the New York Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB"), we have a secured borrowing facility which is collateralized by real estate loans and investment securities. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, long-term debt included $1.0 billion under this facility. The facility also allows access to further borrowings of up to $4.3 billion based upon the amount pledged as collateral with the FHLB.
At December 31, 2011, we had a $2.5 billion unused line of credit with HSBC France to support issuances of commercial paper.
During the third quarter of 2011, we notified the holders of our outstanding Putable Capital Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $129 million (the "Notes") that, pursuant to the terms of the Notes, we had elected to revoke the obligation to exchange capital securities for the Notes and would redeem the Notes in full. The Notes were redeemed in January, 2012.
Preferred Equity See Note 20, "Preferred Stock," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for information regarding all outstanding preferred share issues.
Common Equity During 2011 and 2010, we did not receive any cash capital contributions from HNAI. During 2011 and 2010, we contributed $208 million and $60 million of capital, respectively, to our subsidiary, HSBC Bank USA.
Selected Capital Ratios Capital amounts and ratios are calculated in accordance with current banking regulations. In managing capital, we develop targets for Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets, Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets, Total capital to risk weighted assets and Tier 1 capital to average assets. Our targets may change from time to time to accommodate changes in the operating environment or other considerations such as those listed above. Selected capital ratios are summarized in the following table:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets................................................................................................................................. | 12.74 % | 11.80 % |
Tier 1 common equity to risk weighted assets................................................................................................................. | 10.72 | 9.82 |
Total capital to risk weighted assets.................................................................................................................................. | 18.39 | 18.14 |
Tier 1 capital to average assets........................................................................................................................................... | 7.43 | 7.87 |
Total equity to total assets.................................................................................................................................................. | 8.80 | 9.10 |
HSBC USA manages capital in accordance with the HSBC Group policy. HSBC North America and HSBC USA have each approved an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process ("ICAAP") that works in conjunction with the HSBC Group's ICAAP. The ICAAP evaluates regulatory capital adequacy, economic capital adequacy, rating agency requirements and capital adequacy under various stress scenarios. Our initial approach is to meet our capital needs for these stress scenarios locally through activities which reduce risk. To the extent that local alternatives are insufficient or unavailable, we will rely on capital support from our parent in accordance with HSBC's capital management policy. HSBC has indicated that they are fully committed and have the capacity to provide capital as needed to run operations, maintain sufficient regulatory capital ratios and fund certain tax planning strategies.
HSBC North America is required to implement Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. While HSBC USA will not report separately under the new rules, HSBC Bank USA will report under the new rules on a stand-alone basis. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel II final rule requirements. We are uncertain as to when we will receive approval to adopt Basel II from the Federal Reserve Board, our primary regulator. We have integrated Basel II metrics into our management reporting and decision making process. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.
U.S. regulators have issued proposed regulations on stress testing and regulations on capital planning for bank holding companies. Under the proposed regulations, from January 1, 2012, U.S. bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets would need to obtain approval of their annual capital plans prior to making capital distributions. Additionally, there are certain circumstances in which a bank holding company would be required to provide prior notice for approval of capital distributions, even if included in an approved plan.
HSBC Bank USA is subject to restrictions that limit the transfer of funds to its affiliates, including HSBC USA, and its nonbank subsidiaries in so-called "covered transactions." In general, covered transactions include loans and other extensions of credit, investments and asset purchases, as well as certain other transactions involving the transfer of value from a subsidiary bank to an affiliate or for the benefit of an affiliate. Unless an exemption applies, covered transactions by a subsidiary bank with a single affiliate are limited to 10 percent of the subsidiary bank's capital and surplus and, with respect to all covered transactions with affiliates in the aggregate, to 20 percent of the subsidiary bank's capital and surplus. Also, loans and extensions of credit and certain other exposures to affiliates generally are required to be secured in specified amounts. Where cash collateral is provided for an extension of credit to an affiliate, that loan is excluded from the 10 and 20 percent limitations. A bank's transactions with its nonbank affiliates are also required to be on arm's length terms.
We and HSBC Bank USA are required to meet minimum capital requirements by our principal regulators. Risk-based capital amounts and ratios are presented in Note 26, "Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
HSBC USA Inc. We are an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc and the parent company of HSBC Bank USA and other subsidiaries through which we offer personal and commercial banking products and related financial services including derivatives, payments and cash management, trade finance and investment solutions. Our main source of funds is cash received from operations and subsidiaries in the form of dividends. In addition, we receive cash from third parties and affiliates by issuing preferred stock and debt and from our parent by receiving capital contributions when necessary.
We received cash dividends from our subsidiaries of $3 million and $7 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.
We have a number of obligations to meet with our available cash. We must be able to service our debt and meet the capital needs of our subsidiaries. We also must pay dividends on our preferred stock and may pay dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid on preferred stock totaled $73 million in 2011 and $74 million in 2010. No dividends were paid to HNAI, our immediate parent company, on our common stock during either 2011 or 2010. We may pay dividends to HNAI in the future, but will maintain our capital at levels that we perceive to be consistent with our current ratings either by limiting the dividends to, or through capital contributions from, our parent.
At various times, we will make capital contributions to our subsidiaries to comply with regulatory guidance, support receivable growth, maintain acceptable investment grade ratings at the subsidiary level, or provide funding for long-term facilities and technology improvements. We made capital contributions to certain subsidiaries of $208 million in 2011 and $60 million in 2010.
In 2011, HSBC Bank USA had the ability to pay dividends under bank regulatory guidelines, as cumulative net profits for 2009 through 2011 exceed dividends attributable to this period. In June 2011, HSBC Bank USA paid a $200 million dividend to HSBC USA Inc.
Subsidiaries At December 31, 2011, we had one major subsidiary, HSBC Bank USA. We manage substantially all of our operations through HSBC Bank USA, which funds our businesses primarily through receiving deposits from customers; the collection of receivable balances; issuing short-term, medium-term and long-term debt and selling residential mortgage receivables. The vast majority of our domestic medium-term notes and long-term debt is marketed through subsidiaries of HSBC. Intermediate and long-term debt may also be marketed through unaffiliated investment banks.
As part of the regulatory approvals with respect to the credit card and auto finance receivable purchases completed in January 2009, we and our ultimate parent, HSBC, committed that HSBC Bank USA will maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 7.62 percent, a total capital ratio of at least 11.55 percent and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 6.45 percent for one year following the date of transfer. In addition, we and HSBC made certain additional capital commitments to ensure that HSBC Bank USA holds sufficient capital with respect to the purchased receivables that are or become "low-quality assets," as defined by the Federal Reserve Act. Capital ratios and amounts reported above at December 31, 2011 and 2010 reflect this revised regulatory reporting.
During 2011, HSBC Bank USA sold low-quality credit card receivables with a net book value of approximately $266 million to a non-bank subsidiary of HSBC USA Inc. to reduce the capital requirement associated with these assets. These receivables will be sold to Capital One as part of the previously discussed sale which is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012. During 2010, HSBC Bank USA sold low-quality auto finance loans with a net book value of approximately $178 million to a non-bank subsidiary of HSBC USA Inc. to reduce the capital requirement associated with these assets. These loans were subsequently sold to SC USA in August 2010. Capital ratios and amounts at December 31, 2011 and 2010 in the table above reflect this reporting. At December 31, 2011, the remaining purchased receivables subject to this requirement totaled $1.5 billion of which $2 million held by HSBC Bank USA are considered to be low-quality assets. As discussed above, we have established an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process. Under ICAAP, capital adequacy is evaluated through the examination of regulatory capital ratios (measured under current and Basel II rules), economic capital and stress testing. The results of the ICAAP are forwarded to HSBC and, to the extent that this evaluation identifies potential capital needs, incorporated into the HSBC capital management process. HSBC has provided capital support in the past and has indicated its commitment and capacity to fund the needs of the business in the future, if necessary.
2012 Funding Strategy Our current estimate for funding needs and sources for 2012 are summarized in the following table.
(in billions) | |
Funding needs: | |
Deposits assumed in branch sale, net.............................................................................................................................................. | $ 14 |
Net loan growth................................................................................................................................................................................... | 5 |
Reduction in core deposits................................................................................................................................................................ | 2 |
Net change in short-term investments............................................................................................................................................. | 7 |
Long-term debt maturities.................................................................................................................................................................. | 2 |
| |
Total funding needs................................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 30 |
| |
Funding sources: | |
Asset sales........................................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 24 |
Long-term debt issuance.................................................................................................................................................................... | 6 |
| |
Total funding sources.............................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 30 |
|
The above table reflects a long-term funding strategy. Daily balances fluctuate as we accommodate customer needs, while ensuring that we have liquidity in place to support the balance sheet maturity funding profile. Should market conditions deteriorate, we have contingency plans to generate additional liquidity through the sales of assets or financing transactions. Our prospects for growth are dependent upon our ability to attract and retain deposits and, to a lesser extent, access to the global capital markets. We remain confident in our ability to access the market for long-term debt funding needs in the current market environment. We continue to seek well-priced and stable customer deposits as customers move funds to larger, well-capitalized institutions.
We will continue to sell a majority of new mortgage loan originations to government sponsored enterprises and private investors.
For further discussion relating to our sources of liquidity and contingency funding plan, see the caption "Risk Management" in this MD&A.
Capital Expenditures We made capital expenditures of $57 million and $96 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition to these amounts, during 2011 and 2010, we capitalized $18 million and $72 million, respectively, relating to the building of several new retail banking platforms as part of an initiative to build common platforms across HSBC. During 2011, we decided to cancel certain projects that were developing software for these new platforms and pursue alternative information technology platforms. Also during 2011, HSBC completed a comprehensive strategic review of all platforms under development which resulted in additional projects being cancelled. As a result, we collectively recorded $110 million of impairment charges in 2011 relating to the impairment of certain previously capitalized software development costs which we determined were no longer realizable. The impairment charges were recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income and are included in the results of our segments, principally in RBWM and CMB.
Commitments See "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Credit Derivatives and Other Contractual Obligations" below for further information on our various commitments.
Contractual Cash Obligations The following table summarizes our long-term contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2011 by period due.
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | Thereafter | Total | |
(in millions) | |||||||
Subordinated long-term debt and perpetual capital notes(1)....................................................................... | $ 128 | $ - | $ 1,164 | $ - | $ - | $ 6,230 | $ 7,522 |
Other long-term debt, including capital lease obligations(1)............................................................. | 2,265 | 1,640 | 1,300 | 1,225 | 1,236 | 1,521 | 9,187 |
Other postretirement benefit obligations(2)............... | 7 | 7 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 27 | 59 |
Obligation to the HSBC North America Pension Plan(3)......................................................................... | 43 | 33 | 10 | - | - | - | 86 |
Minimum future rental commitments on operating leases(4)...................................................................... | 154 | 150 | 145 | 128 | 105 | 339 | 1,021 |
Purchase obligations(5)................................................. | 27 | 7 | 7 | 5 | 5 | - | 51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total............................................................................... | $ 2,624 | $ 1,837 | $ 2,632 | $ 1,364 | $ 1,352 | $ 8,117 | $ 17,926 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Represents future principal payments related to debt instruments included in Note 16, "Long-Term Debt," of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(2) Represents estimated future employee benefits expected to be paid over the next ten years based on assumptions used to measure our benefit obligation at December 31, 2011. See Note 23, "Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(3) Our contractual cash obligation to the HSBC North America Pension Plan included in the table above is based on the Pension Funding Policy which was revised during the fourth quarter of 2011 and establishes required annual contributions by HSBC North America through 2014. The amounts included in the table above, reflect an estimate of our portion of those annual contributions based on plan participants at December 31, 2011. See Note 23, "Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information about the HSBC North America Pension Plan.
(4) Represents expected minimum lease payments, net of minimum sublease income under noncancellable operating leases for premises and equipment included in Note 30, "Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
(5) Represents binding agreements for facilities management and maintenance contracts, custodial account processing services, internet banking services, consulting services, real estate services and other services.
These cash obligations could be funded primarily through cash collections on receivables and from the issuance of new unsecured debt or receipt of deposits.
Our purchase obligations for goods and services at December 31, 2011 were not significant.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Credit Derivatives and Other Contractual Obligations
As part of our normal operations, we enter into credit derivatives and various off-balance sheet arrangements with affiliates and third parties. These arrangements arise principally in connection with our lending and client intermediation activities and involve primarily extensions of credit and, in certain cases, guarantees.
As a financial services provider, we routinely extend credit through loan commitments and lines and letters of credit and provide financial guarantees, including derivative transactions having characteristics of a guarantee. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent our maximum possible credit exposure in the event that a counterparty draws down the full commitment amount or we are required to fulfill our maximum obligation under a guarantee.
The following table provides maturity information related to our credit derivatives and off-balance sheet arrangements. Many of these commitments and guarantees expire unused or without default. As a result, we believe that the contractual amount is not representative of the actual future credit exposure or funding requirements.
Balance atDecember 31,
| ||||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | Thereafter | 2011 | 2010 | |
(in billions) | ||||||||
Standby letters of credit, net of participations(1)................................ | $ 5.7 | $ .8 | $ .4 | $ .4 | $ .4 | $ .1 | $ 7.8 | $ 7.2 |
Commercial letters of credit................ | 1.3 | - | - | - | - | - | 1.3 | .8 |
Credit derivatives(2).............................. | 91.6 | 75.3 | 53.1 | 32.9 | 42.4 | 35.1 | 330.4 | 354.8 |
Other commitments to extend credit: | ||||||||
Commercial...................................... | 16.3 | 5.1 | 5.0 | 6.1 | 19.3 | 2.9 | 54.7 | 45.6 |
Consumer........................................ | 9.3 | - | - | - | - | - | 9.3 | 9.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total...................................................... | $ 124.2 | $ 81.2 | $ 58.5 | $ 39.4 | $ 62.1 | $ 38.1 | $ 403.5 | $ 417.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes $707 million and $486 million issued for the benefit of HSBC affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) Includes $45.1 billion and $49.4 billion issued for the benefit of HSBC affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Letters of Credit A letter of credit may be issued for the benefit of a customer, authorizing a third party to draw on the letter for specified amounts under certain terms and conditions. The issuance of a letter of credit is subject to our credit approval process and collateral requirements. We issue commercial and standby letters of credit.
• A commercial letter of credit is drawn down on the occurrence of an expected underlying transaction, such as the delivery of goods. Upon the occurrence of the transaction, the amount drawn under the commercial letter of credit is recorded as a receivable from the customer in other assets and as a liability to the vendor in other liabilities until settled.
• A standby letter of credit is issued to third parties for the benefit of a customer and is essentially a guarantee that the customer will perform, or satisfy some obligation, under a contract. It irrevocably obligates us to pay a third party beneficiary when a customer either: (1) in the case of a performance standby letter of credit, fails to perform some contractual non-financial obligation, or (2) in the case of a financial standby letter of credit, fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.
Fees are charged for issuing letters of credit commensurate with the customer's credit evaluation and the nature of any collateral. Included in other liabilities are deferred fees on standby letters of credit, representing the fair value of our "stand ready obligation to perform" under these arrangements, amounting to $44 million and $47 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Fees are recognized ratably over the term of the standby letter of credit. Also included in other liabilities is a credit loss reserve on unfunded standby letters of credit of $22 million and $26 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. See Note 28, "Guarantee Arrangements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion on off-balance sheet guarantee arrangements.
Credit Derivatives Credit derivative contracts are entered into both for our own benefit and to satisfy the needs of our customers. Credit derivatives are arrangements that provide for one party (the "beneficiary") to transfer the credit risk of a "reference asset" to another party (the "guarantor"). Under this arrangement the guarantor assumes the credit risk associated with the reference asset without directly purchasing it. The beneficiary agrees to pay to the guarantor a specified fee. In return, the guarantor agrees to pay the beneficiary an agreed upon amount if there is a default during the term of the contract.
In accordance with our policy, we offset most of the market risk we assume in selling credit guarantees through a credit derivative contract with another counterparty. Credit derivatives, although having characteristics of a guarantee, are accounted for as derivative instruments and are carried at fair value. The commitment amount included in the table above is the maximum amount that we could be required to pay, without consideration of the approximately equal amount receivable from third parties and any associated collateral. See Note 28, "Guarantee Arrangements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion on off-balance sheet guarantee arrangements.
Other Commitments to Extend Credit Other commitments to extend credit include arrangements whereby we are contractually obligated to extend credit in the form of loans, participations in loans, lease financing receivables, or similar transactions. Consumer commitments are comprised of certain unused MasterCard/Visa credit card lines and commitments to extend credit secured by residential properties. We have the right to change or terminate any terms or conditions of a customer's credit card or home equity line of credit account, for cause, upon notification to the customer. Commercial commitments comprise primarily those related to secured and unsecured loans and lines of credit and certain asset purchase commitments. In connection with our commercial lending activities, we provide liquidity support to a number of multi-seller and single-seller asset backed commercial paper conduits ("ABCP conduits") sponsored by affiliates and third parties. See Note 27, "Variable Interest Entities," in the accompanying the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding these ABCP conduits and our variable interests in them.
Liquidity support is provided to certain ABCP conduits in the form of liquidity loan agreements and liquidity asset purchase agreements. Liquidity facilities provided to multi-seller conduits support transactions associated with a specific seller of assets to the conduit and we would only be expected to provide support in the event the multi-seller conduit is unable to issue or rollover maturing commercial paper because of a commercial paper market disruption or the supported transaction has breached certain triggers. Liquidity facilities provided to single-seller conduits are not identified with specific transactions or assets and we would be required to provide support upon the occurrence of a commercial paper market disruption or the breach of certain triggers that affect the single-seller conduit's ability to issue or rollover maturing commercial paper. Our obligations have generally the same terms as those of other institutions that also provide liquidity support to the same conduit or for the same transactions. We do not provide any program-wide credit enhancements to ABCP conduits.
Under the terms of these liquidity agreements, the ABCP conduits may call upon us to lend money or to purchase certain assets in the event the ABCP conduits are unable to issue or rollover maturing commercial paper because of a commercial paper market disruption or the supported transaction has breached certain triggers. These trigger events are generally limited to performance tests on the underlying portfolios of collateral securing the conduits' interests. With regard to a multi-seller liquidity facility, the maximum amount that we could be required to advance upon the occurrence of a trigger event is generally limited to the lesser of the amount of outstanding commercial paper related to the supported transaction and the balance of the assets underlying that transaction adjusted by a funding formula that excludes defaulted and impaired assets. Under a single-seller liquidity facility, the maximum amount that we and other liquidity providers could be required to advance is also generally limited to each provider's pro-rata share of the lesser of the amount of outstanding commercial paper and the balance of unimpaired performing assets held by the conduit. As a result, the maximum amount that we would be required to fund may be significantly less than the maximum contractual amount specified by the liquidity agreement.
The tables below present information on our liquidity facilities with ABCP conduits at December 31, 2011. The maximum exposure to loss presented in the first table represents the maximum contractual amount of loans and asset purchases we could be required to make under the liquidity agreements. This amount does not reflect the funding limits discussed above and also assumes that we suffer a total loss on all amounts advanced and all assets purchased from the ABCP conduits. As such, we believe that this measure significantly overstates our expected loss exposure.
Conduit Type | Maximum Exposure to Loss | Conduit Assets(1) Total Assets | Weighted Average Life (Months) | Conduit Funding(1) Commercial Paper | Weighted Average Life (Days) |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
HSBC affiliate sponsored (multi-seller).................................. | $ 123 | $ 121 | 25 | $ 121 | 17 |
Third-party sponsored: | |||||
Single-seller.......................................................................... | 554 | 7,155 | 44 | 6,835 | 66 |
|
|
| |||
Total............................................................................................ | $ 677 | $ 7,276 | $ 6,956 | ||
|
|
|
(1) For multi-seller conduits, the amounts presented represent only the specific assets and related funding supported by our liquidity facilities. For single-seller conduits, the amounts presented represent the total assets and funding of the conduit.
Average Asset Mix
| Average Credit Quality(1)
| |||||
Asset Class | AAA | AA+/AA | A | A- | BB/BB- | |
Multi-seller conduits | ||||||
Debt securities backed by: | ||||||
Auto loans and leases..................................................... | 100 % | - % | - % | 100 % | - % | - % |
Single-seller conduits | ||||||
Debt securities backed by: | ||||||
Auto loans and leases..................................................... | 100 % | 95 % | 5 % | - % | - % | - % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Credit quality is based on Standard and Poor's ratings at December 31, 2011 except for loans and trade receivables held by single-seller conduits, which are based on our internal ratings. For the single-seller conduits, external ratings are not available; however, our internal credit ratings were developed using similar methodologies and rating scales equivalent to the external credit ratings.
We receive fees for providing these liquidity facilities. Credit risk on these obligations is managed by subjecting them to our normal underwriting and risk management processes.
During 2011, U.S. asset-backed commercial paper volumes continued to be stable as most major bank conduit sponsors continue to extend new financing to clients but at a slow pace. Credit spreads in the multi-seller conduit market generally trended higher in the second half of the year following a pattern that was prevalent across the U.S. credit markets. The low supply of ABCP has led to continued investor demand for the ABCP issued by large bank-sponsored ABCP programs. The improved demand for higher quality ABCP programs has led to less volatility in issuance spreads.
The preceding tables do not include information on liquidity facilities that we previously provided to certain Canadian multi-seller ABCP conduits that have been subject to restructuring agreements. As a result of specific difficulties in the Canadian asset backed commercial paper markets, we entered into various agreements during 2007 modifying obligations with respect to these facilities. Under one of these agreements, known as the Montreal Accord, a restructuring proposal to convert outstanding commercial paper into longer term securities was approved by ABCP noteholders and endorsed by the Canadian justice system in 2008. The restructuring plan was formally executed during the first quarter of 2009. As part of the enhanced collateral pool established for the restructuring, we have provided a $392 million Margin Funding Facility to new Master Conduit Vehicles, which is currently undrawn. HSBC Bank USA derivatives transactions with the previous conduit vehicles have been assigned to the new Master Conduit Vehicles. Under the restructuring, collateral provided to us to mitigate the derivatives exposures is significantly higher than it was prior to the restructuring.
Also in Canada but separately from the Montreal Accord, as part of an ABCP conduit restructuring executed in 2008, we agreed to hold long-term securities of CAD $300 million and provide a CAD $100 million credit facility. As of December 31, 2011 this credit facility was undrawn and approximately $294 million of long-term securities were held. As of December 31, 2010 this credit facility was undrawn and approximately $301 million of long-term securities were held.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, other than the facilities referred to above, we no longer have outstanding liquidity facilities to Canadian ABCP conduits subject to the Montreal Accord or other agreements. However, we hold $10 million of long-term securities that were converted from a liquidity drawing which fell under the Montreal Accord restructuring agreement.
We have established and manage a number of constant net asset value ("CNAV") money market funds that invest in shorter-dated highly-rated money market securities to provide investors with a highly liquid and secure investment. These funds price the assets in their portfolio on an amortized cost basis, which enables them to create and liquidate shares at a constant price. The funds, however, are not permitted to price their portfolios at amortized cost if that amount varies by more than 50 basis points from the portfolio's market value. In that case, the fund would be required to price its portfolio at market value and consequently would no longer be able to create or liquidate shares at a constant price. We do not consolidate the CNAV funds as they are not VIEs and we do not hold a majority voting interest.
Fair Value
Fair value measurement accounting principles require a reporting entity to take into consideration its own credit risk in determining the fair value of financial liabilities. The incorporation of our own credit risk accounted for a decrease of $489 million in the fair value of financial liabilities during 2011 compared to a decrease of $103 million during 2010.
Net income volatility arising from changes in either interest rate or credit components of the mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives affects the comparability of reported results between periods. Accordingly, the gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives during 2011 should not be considered indicative of the results for any future period.
Control Over Valuation Process and Procedures A control framework has been established which is designed to ensure that fair values are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To that end, the ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values rests with Finance. Finance establishes policies and procedures to ensure appropriate valuations. For fair values determined by reference to external quotations on the identical or similar assets or liabilities, an independent price validation process is utilized. For price validation purposes, quotations from at least two independent pricing sources are obtained for each financial instrument, where possible. We consider the following factors in determining fair values:
• similarities between the asset or the liability under consideration and the asset or liability for which quotation is received;
• consistency among different pricing sources;
• the valuation approach and the methodologies used by the independent pricing sources in determining fair value;
• the elapsed time between the date to which the market data relates and the measurement date; and
• the source of the fair value information.
Greater weight is given to quotations of instruments with recent market transactions, pricing quotes from dealers who stand ready to transact, quotations provided by market-makers who originally structured such instruments, and market consensus pricing based on inputs from a large number of participants. Any significant discrepancies among the external quotations are reviewed by management and adjustments to fair values are recorded where appropriate.
For fair values determined by using internal valuation techniques, valuation models and inputs are developed by the business and are reviewed, validated and approved by the Quantitative Risk and Valuation Group ("QRVG") or other independent valuation control teams within Finance. Any subsequent material changes are reviewed and approved by the Valuation Committee which is comprised of representatives from the business and various control groups. Where available, we also participate in pricing surveys administered by external pricing services to validate our valuation models and the model inputs. The fair values of the majority of financial assets and liabilities are determined using well developed valuation models based on observable market inputs. The fair value measurements of these assets and liabilities require less judgment. However, certain assets and liabilities are valued based on proprietary valuation models that use one or more significant unobservable inputs and judgment is required to determine the appropriate level of adjustments to the fair value to address, among other things, model and input uncertainty. Any material adjustments to the fair values are reported to management.
Fair Value Hierarchy Fair value measurement accounting principles establish a fair value hierarchy structure that prioritizes the inputs to determine the fair value of an asset or liability (the "Fair Value Framework"). The Fair Value Framework distinguishes between inputs that are based on observed market data and unobservable inputs that reflect market participants' assumptions. It emphasizes the use of valuation methodologies that maximize observable market inputs. For financial instruments carried at fair value, the best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market (Level 1). Where the market for a financial instrument is not active, valuation techniques are used. The majority of our valuation techniques use market inputs that are either observable or indirectly derived from and corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the financial instrument (Level 2). Because Level 1 and Level 2 instruments are determined by observable inputs, less judgment is applied in determining their fair values. In the absence of observable market inputs, the financial instrument is valued based on valuation techniques that feature one or more significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The determination of the level of fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement of an asset or a liability is classified often requires judgment and may change over time as market conditions evolve. We consider the following factors in developing the fair value hierarchy:
• whether the asset or liability is transacted in an active market with a quoted market price;
• the level of bid-ask spreads;
• a lack of pricing transparency due to, among other things, complexity of the product and market liquidity;
• whether only a few transactions are observed over a significant period of time;
• whether the pricing quotations vary substantially among independent pricing services;
• whether inputs to the valuation techniques can be derived from or corroborated with market data; and
• whether significant adjustments are made to the observed pricing information or model output to determine the fair value.
Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that the reporting entity has the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. A financial instrument is classified as a Level 1 measurement if it is listed on an exchange or is an instrument actively traded in the over-the-counter ("OTC") market where transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume. We regard financial instruments such as equity securities and derivative contracts listed on the primary exchanges of a country to be actively traded. Non-exchange-traded instruments classified as Level 1 assets include securities issued by the U.S. Treasury or by other foreign governments, to-be-announced ("TBA") securities and non-callable securities issued by U.S. government sponsored entities.
Level 2 inputs are inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly but do not qualify as Level 1 inputs. We classify mortgage pass-through securities, agency and certain non-agency mortgage collateralized obligations, certain derivative contracts, asset-backed securities, corporate debt, preferred securities and leveraged loans as Level 2 measurements. Where possible, at least two quotations from independent sources are obtained based on transactions involving comparable assets and liabilities to validate the fair value of these instruments. Where significant differences arise among the independent pricing quotes and the internally determined fair value, we investigate and reconcile the differences. If the investigation results in a significant adjustment to the fair value, the instrument will be classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. In general, we have observed that there is a correlation between the credit standing and the market liquidity of a non-derivative instrument.
Level 2 derivative instruments are generally valued based on discounted future cash flows or an option pricing model adjusted for counterparty credit risk and market liquidity. The fair value of certain structured derivative products is determined using valuation techniques based on inputs derived from observable benchmark index tranches traded in the OTC market. Appropriate control processes and procedures have been applied to ensure that the derived inputs are applied to value only those instruments that share similar risks to the relevant benchmark indices and therefore demonstrate a similar response to market factors. In addition, a validation process has been established, which includes participation in peer group consensus pricing surveys, to ensure that valuation inputs incorporate market participants' risk expectations and risk premium.
Level 3 inputs are unobservable estimates that management expects market participants would use to determine the fair value of the asset or liability. That is, Level 3 inputs incorporate market participants' assumptions about risk and the risk premium required by market participants in order to bear that risk. We develop Level 3 inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our Level 3 instruments included the following: collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs") and collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") for which there is a lack of pricing transparency due to market illiquidity, certain structured deposits as well as certain structured credit and structured equity derivatives where significant inputs (e.g., volatility or default correlations) are not observable, credit default swaps with certain monoline insurers where the deterioration in the creditworthiness of the counterparty has resulted in significant adjustments to fair value, U.S. subprime mortgage loans and subprime related asset-backed securities, mortgage servicing rights, and derivatives referenced to illiquid assets of less desirable credit quality.
Transfers between leveling categories are recognized at the end of each reporting period.
Material Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 Measurements During 2011 and 2010, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 measurements.
Level 3 Measurements The following table provides information about Level 3 assets/liabilities in relation to total assets/liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(dollars are in millions) | ||
Level 3 assets(1)(2)...................................................................................................................................................... | $ 6,071 | $ 5,776 |
Total assets measured at fair value(3).................................................................................................................... | 179,497 | 139,139 |
Level 3 liabilities....................................................................................................................................................... | 4,197 | 5,197 |
Total liabilities measured at fair value(1)................................................................................................................ | 117,170 | 83,444 |
Level 3 assets as a percent of total assets measured at fair value................................................................... | 3.4 % | 4.2 % |
Level 3 liabilities as a percent of total liabilities measured at fair value.......................................................... | 3.6 % | 6.2 % |
(1) Presented without netting which allow the offsetting of amounts relating to certain contracts if certain conditions are met.
(2) Includes $5.4 billion of recurring Level 3 assets and $670 million of non-recurring Level 3 assets at December 31, 2011 and $4.8 billion of recurring Level 3 assets and $992 million of non-recurring Level 3 assets at December 31, 2010.
(3) Includes $178.7 billion of assets measured on a recurring basis and $768 million of assets measured on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2011. Includes $137.6 billion of assets measured on a recurring basis and $1.5 billion of assets measured on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2010.
Material Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Derivative Assets and Counterparty Credit Risk We have entered into credit default swaps with monoline insurers to hedge our credit exposure in certain asset-backed securities and synthetic CDOs. Beginning in the second half of 2009 and continuing through 2011, the credit condition of some insurers began to improve. As a result, we made $15 million and $93 million positive credit risk adjustments to the fair value of our credit default swap contracts during 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is reflected in trading revenue. We have recorded a cumulative credit adjustment reserve of $163 million and $361 million against our monoline exposure at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair value of our monoline exposure net of cumulative credit adjustment reserves equaled $708 million and $781 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in 2011 reflects both reductions in our outstanding positions and improvements in exposure estimates.
Loans As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we have classified $181 million and $413 million, respectively, of mortgage whole loans held for sale as a non-recurring Level 3 financial asset. These mortgage loans are accounted for on a lower of amortized cost or fair value basis. Based on our assessment, we recorded losses of $22 million during 2011 compared to a gain of $50 million during 2010. The changes in fair value are recorded as other revenues in the consolidated statement of income.
Material Additions to and Transfers Into (Out of) Level 3 Measurements During 2011, we transferred $62 million, of credit derivatives from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of a qualitative analysis of the foreign exchange and credit correlation attributes of our model used for certain credit default swaps. We transferred $2.7 billion of deposits in domestic offices, which we have elected to carry at fair value, and $554 million of long-term debt, which we have elected to carry at fair value, from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the embedded derivative no longer being unobservable as the derivative option is closer in maturity and there is more observability in short term volatility.
During 2010, we transferred $238 million of mortgage and other asset-backed securities from Level 2 to Level 3 as the availability of observable inputs declined and the discrepancy in valuation per independent pricing services increased. In addition, we transferred $157 million of credit derivatives from Level 2 to Level 3 as a result of a qualitative analysis of the foreign exchange and credit correlation attributes of our model used for certain credit default swaps.
In addition during 2010, we transferred $666 million of mortgage and other asset-backed securities and $184 million of corporate bonds from Level 3 to Level 2 due to the availability of observable inputs in the market including broker and independent pricing service valuations. We transferred $366 million of long-term debt from Level 3 to Level 2. The long-term debt relates to medium term debt issuances where the embedded equity derivative is no longer unobservable as the derivative option is closer to maturity and there is more observability in short term volatility.
See Note 29, "Fair Value Measurements," in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for information on additions to and transfers into (out of) Level 3 measurements during 2011 and 2010 as well as for further details including the classification hierarchy associated with assets and liabilities measured at fair value.
Credit Quality of Assets Underlying Asset-backed Securities The following tables summarize the types and credit quality of the assets underlying our asset-backed securities as well as certain collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations held as of December 31, 2011:
Asset-backed securities backed by consumer finance collateral:
Credit Quality of Collateral:
CommercialMortgages
| Prime
| Alt-A
| Subprime
| |||||||
Year of Issuance: | Total | Prior to 2006 | 2006 to Present | Prior to2006 | 2006 to Present | Prior to2006 | 2006 to Present | Prior to 2006 | 2006 to Present | |
(in millions) | ||||||||||
Rating of securities: | Collateral type: | |||||||||
AAA | Home equity loans | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - | $ - |
Student loans | 4 | - | - | - | - | 4 | - | - | - | |
Residential mortgages | 349 | - | - | 3 | - | 217 | - | 129 | - | |
Commercial mortgages | 439 | 53 | 386 | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
Other | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total AAA | 792 | 53 | 386 | 3 | - | 221 | - | 129 | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
AA | Home equity loans | 114 | - | - | - | - | - | 114 | - | - |
Residential mortgages | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
Student loans | 10 | - | - | - | - | 10 | - | - | - | |
Other | 35 | - | - | - | - | 35 | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total AA | 159 | - | - | - | - | 45 | 114 | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
A | Home equity loans | 1 | - | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - |
Residential mortgages | 64 | - | - | - | - | 5 | - | 59 | - | |
Commercial mortgages | 12 | - | 12 | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
Other | 45 | - | - | - | - | 45 | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total A | 122 | - | 12 | - | - | 51 | - | 59 | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
BBB | Home equity loans | 86 | - | - | - | - | - | 86 | - | - |
Residential mortgages | 22 | - | - | - | - | 22 | - | - | - | |
Other | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total BBB | 108 | - | - | - | - | 22 | 86 | - | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
BB | Home equity loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Residential mortgages | 1 | - | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total BB | 1 | - | - | - | - | 1 | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
B | Home equity loans | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 1 | - |
Auto loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
Residential mortgages | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total B | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 1 | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
CCC | Home equity loans | 69 | - | - | - | - | - | 69 | - | - |
Residential mortgages | 4 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 4 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total CCC | 73 | - | - | - | - | - | 69 | - | 4 | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
CC | Residential mortgages | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
D | Home equity loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Residential mortgages | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total D | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Unrated | Home equity loans | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Residential mortgages | 13 | - | - | - | - | 13 | - | - | - | |
Other | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
Total Unrated | 13 | - | - | - | - | 13 | - | - | - | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
$ 1,269 | $ 53 | $ 398 | $ 3 | $ - | $ 353 | $ 269 | $ 189 | $ 4 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO) and collateralized loan obligations (CLO):
Credit quality of collateral: | Total | A or Higher | BBB | BB/B | CCC | Unrated | ||
(in millions) | ||||||||
Rating of securities: | Collateral type: | |||||||
Corporate loans | $ 344 | $ - | $ - | $ 344 | $ - | $ - | ||
Residential mortgages | - | - | - | - | - | |||
Commercial mortgages | 223 | - | - | 152 | 71 | - | ||
Trust preferred | 136 | - | 136 | - | - | - | ||
Aircraft leasing | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||
Others | 52 | - | - | - | - | 52 | ||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
755 | $ - | $ 136 | $ 496 | $ 71 | $ 52 | |||
|
|
|
|
|
| |||
Total asset-backed securities | $ 2,024 | |||||||
| ||||||||
Effect of Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs The fair value of certain financial instruments is measured using valuation techniques that incorporate pricing assumptions not supported by, derived from or corroborated by observable market data. The resultant fair value measurements are dependent on unobservable input parameters which can be selected from a range of estimates and may be interdependent. Changes in one or more of the significant unobservable input parameters may change the fair value measurements of these financial instruments. For the purpose of preparing the financial statements, the final valuation inputs selected are based on management's best judgment that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing similar assets or liabilities.
The unobservable input parameters selected are subject to the internal valuation control processes and procedures. When we perform a test of all the significant input parameters to the extreme values within the range at the same time, it could result in an increase of the overall fair value measurement of approximately $149 million or a decrease of the overall fair value measurement of approximately $199 million as of December 31, 2011. The effect of changes in significant unobservable input parameters are primarily driven by mortgage whole loans held for sale or securitization, certain asset-backed securities including CDOs, and the uncertainty in determining the fair value of credit derivatives executed against monoline insurers.
Risk Management
Overview Some degree of risk is inherent in virtually all of our activities. Accordingly, we have comprehensive risk management policies and practices in place to address potential risks, which include the following:
• Credit risk is the potential that a borrower or counterparty will default on a credit obligation, as well as the impact on the value of credit instruments due to changes in the probability of borrower default; Credit risk includes risk associated with cross-border exposures.
• Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due or fund its customers because of inadequate cash flow or the inability to liquidate assets or obtain funding itself;
• Interest rate risk is the potential impairment of net interest income due to mismatched pricing between assets and liabilities as well as losses in value due to rate movements;
• Market risk is the potential for losses in daily mark-to-market positions (mostly trading) due to adverse movements in money, foreign exchange, equity or other markets and includes both interest rate risk and trading risk;
• Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, or systems, or from external events (including legal risk but excluding strategic and reputational risk);
• Compliance risk is the risk arising from failure to comply with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements governing the conduct of specific businesses;
• Fiduciary risk is the risk of breaching fiduciary duties where we act in a fiduciary capacity as Trustee, Investment Manager or as mandated by law or regulation, including Regulation 12 CFR 9, Fiduciary Activity of National Banks;
• Reputational risk is the risk arising from a failure to safeguard our reputation by maintaining the highest standards of conduct at all times and by being aware of issues, activities and associations that might pose a threat to the reputation of HSBC, locally, regionally or internationally; and
• Strategic risk is the risk that the business will fail to identify, execute, and react appropriately to opportunities and/or threats arising from changes in the market, some of which may emerge over a number of years such as changing economic and political circumstances, customer requirements, demographic trends, regulatory developments or competitor action.
The objective of our risk management system is to identify, measure, monitor and manage risks so that:
• potential costs can be weighed against the expected rewards from taking the risks;
• appropriate disclosures can be made to all concerned parties;
• adequate protections, capital and other resources can be put in place to weather all significant risks; and
• compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements is ensured through staff education, adequate processes and controls, and ongoing monitoring efforts.
Our risk management policies are designed to identify and analyze these risks, to set appropriate limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and limits continually by means of reliable and up-to-date administrative and information systems. We continually modify and enhance our risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets and products and to better align overall risk management processes. Training, individual responsibility and accountability, together with a disciplined, conservative and constructive culture of control, lie at the heart of our management of risk.
Senior managers within an independent, central risk organization under the leadership of the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer ensure risks are appropriately identified, measured, reported and managed. For all risk types, there are independent risk specialists that set standards, develop new risk methodologies, maintain central risk databases and conduct reviews and analysis. For instance, the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer provide day-to-day oversight of these types of risk management activities within their respective areas and work closely with internal audit and other senior risk specialists at HSBC North America and HSBC. Market risk is managed by the HSBC North America Head of Market Risk. Operational risk is the responsibility of each business and support unit to manage under the direction of the HSBC North America Head of Operational Risk and a centralized team. Fiduciary Risk is a component of the Operational Risk framework and expertise is maintained to oversee and provide advice on fiduciary risk matters. The Fiduciary Risk specialists partner with the Compliance organization which, in this capacity, advises on local regulatory compliance (in the US - Regulation 9). Compliance risk is managed through an effective enterprise-wide compliance risk management program to prevent, detect and deter compliance issues, including money laundering and terrorist financing activities. Our risk management policies assign primary responsibility and accountability for the management of compliance risk in the lines of business to business line management. Under the oversight of the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and senior management, the HSBC North America Chief Compliance Officer oversees the design, execution and administration of the enterprise-wide compliance program.
Historically, our approach toward risk management has emphasized a culture of business line responsibility combined with central requirements for diversification of customers and businesses. Our risk management policies are primarily carried out in accordance with practice and limits set by the HSBC Group Management Board, which consists of senior executives throughout the HSBC organization. As such, extensive centrally determined requirements for controls, limits, reporting and the escalation of issues have been detailed in our policies and procedures.
In the course of our regular risk management activities, we use simulation models to help quantify the risk we are taking. The output from some of these models is included in this section of our filing. By their nature, models are based on various assumptions and relationships. We believe that the assumptions used in these models are reasonable, but events may unfold differently than what is assumed in the models. In actual stressed market conditions, these assumptions and relationships may no longer hold, causing actual experience to differ significantly from the results predicted in the model. Consequently, model results may be considered reasonable estimates, with the understanding that actual results may vary significantly from model projections. Interest rate risk and liquidity metrics have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the pending sale of certain retail branches to First Niagara and the sale of certain credit card receivables to Capital One. The risk metrics reflect current assumed transaction dates, with balances reduced at projected sale date and the associated impact of that reduction is included in both base and shock scenarios.
Risk management oversight begins with our Board of Directors and its various committees, principally the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committees. Management oversight is provided by corporate and business unit risk management committees with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer or her staff. An HSBC USA Risk Management Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, focuses on governance, emerging issues and risk management strategies.
The HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer also serves as the HUSI Chief Risk Officer and leads a distinct, cross-disciplinary risk organization and integrated risk function. Additionally, an HSBC North America Anti-Money Laundering ("AML") Director serves as the designated Anti-Money Laundering Director and Bank Secrecy Act Compliance Officer for HUSI. Specific oversight of various risk management processes is provided by the Risk Management Committee, with the assistance of the following principal HSBC USA subcommittees:
• the Asset and Liability Policy Committee ("ALCO");
• the Fiduciary Risk Management Committee; and
• the Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee ("ORIC").
Risk oversight and governance is also provided within a number of specialized cross-functional North America risk management subcommittees, including the HSBC North America ORIC, Credit Risk Analytics Oversight Committee, Capital Management Review Meeting, the HSBC North America Risk Executive Committee, Risk Appetite Committee and Stress Testing and Scenario Oversight Committee.
While the charters of the Risk Management Committee and each sub-committee are tailored to reflect the roles and responsibilities of each committee, they all have the following common themes:
• defining and measuring risk and establishing policies, limits and thresholds;
• monitoring and assessing exposures, trends and the effectiveness of the risk management framework; and
• reporting through the Chief Risk Officer to the Board of Directors.
HSBC North America's Risk Appetite framework describes through its Risk Appetite Statement and its Risk Appetite Limits the quantum and types of risk that it is prepared to take in executing its strategy. It develops and maintains the linkages between strategy, capital, risk management processes and HSBC Group Strategy and directs HSBC North America's businesses to be targeted along strategic and risk priorities and in line with the forward view of available capital under stress.
Oversight of all liquidity, interest rate and market risk is provided by ALCO which is chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Financial Officer. Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors and HSBC, ALCO sets the limits of acceptable risk, monitors the adequacy of the tools used to measure risk and assesses the adequacy of reporting. In managing these risks, we seek to protect both our income stream and the value of our assets. ALCO also conducts contingency planning with regard to liquidity.
Regulatory capital requirements are based on the amount of capital required to be held, as defined by regulations, and the amount of risk weighted assets, also calculated based on regulatory definitions. Economic Capital is a proprietary measure of capital required to support the risks to which we are exposed at a confidence level consistent with HSBC USA's target rating of "AA". Quarterly, Economic Capital is compared to a calculation of available capital resources to assess capital adequacy as part of the ICAAP. In addition, Risk Adjusted Return On Economic Capital (RAROC) is computed for our businesses on a quarterly basis to allow for a comparison of return on risk.
In December 2007, U.S. regulators published a final rule regarding Risk-Based Capital Standards. This final rule represents the U.S. adoption of the Basel II International Capital Accord. While HSBC USA will not report separately under the new rules, HSBC Bank USA will report under the new rules on a stand-alone basis. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC Bank USA with the Basel II final rule requirements. We are uncertain as to when we will receive approval to adopt Basel II from our primary regulator. We have integrated Basel II metrics into our management reporting and decision making process. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.
In December 2010, the U.S. regulators published their updated Market Risk Amendment Notice of Proposed Rulemaking aligned closely with the Basel publications (known in the industry as "Basel 2.5"). The rule includes changes to the existing regulatory capital approaches which may become official after the comment period and normal regulatory review. In December 2011, U.S. regulators published a further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in respect of market risk, setting out the proposals for alternatives to credit ratings for debt and securitization positions, as required by Dodd-Frank. If adopted as proposed, we will experience a significant increase to capital requirements even in the absence of any change to our current risk profile, and we continue to consider strategies to mitigate this impact. The U.S. regulators have also indicated they intend to propose similar revisions to the Basel I and Basel II rules to eliminate the use of external credit ratings to determine the risk weights applicable to securitization and certain corporate exposures under these regulations.
In addition, we continue to support the HSBC Group Basel II framework, as adopted by the Financial Services Authority ("FSA"). Data regarding credit risk, operational risk, and market risk is supplied to support the Group's regulatory capital and risk weighted asset calculations.
In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board published its Proposed Rule regarding the Enhanced Prudential Standards and Early Remediation Requirements to implement section 165 of Dodd-Frank (the "Proposed Enhanced Prudential Standards"). The proposed rule includes the stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies, such as HSBC North America, for an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve Board, as well as semi-annual bank holding company-run stress tests. The rule is in line with the requirements of the Capital Plan Rules published by the Federal Reserve Board in November 2011. HSBC North America already conducts semi-annual stress testing as part of its risk management and capital planning procedures, and in conjunction with wider HSBC procedures and to meet the requirements of the FSA. HSBC North America will continue to build on its stress testing capabilities to enhance its risk management and capital planning procedures and to meet all regulatory requirements.
Credit Risk Management Credit risk is the potential that a borrower or counterparty will default on a credit obligation, as well as the impact on the value of credit instruments due to changes in the probability of borrower default. Credit risk includes risk associated with cross-border exposures.
Credit risk is inherent in various on- and off-balance sheet instruments and arrangements, such as:
• loan portfolios;
• investment portfolios;
• unfunded commitments such as letters of credit and lines of credit that customers can draw upon; and
• treasury instruments, such as interest rate swaps which, if more valuable today than when originally contracted, may represent an exposure to the counterparty to the contract.
While credit risk exists widely in our operations, diversification among various commercial and consumer portfolios helps to lessen risk exposure. Day-to-day management of credit and market risk is performed by the Chief Credit Officer / Head of Wholesale Credit and Market Risk North America and the HSBC North America Chief Retail Credit Officer, who report directly to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer and maintain independent risk functions. The credit risk associated with commercial portfolios is managed by the Chief Credit Officer, while credit risk associated with retail consumer loan portfolios, such as credit cards, installment loans and residential mortgages, is managed by the HSBC North America Chief Retail Credit Officer. Further discussion of credit risk can be found under the "Credit Quality" caption in this MD&A.
Our credit risk management procedures are designed for all stages of economic and financial cycles, including the current protracted and challenging period of market volatility and economic uncertainty. The credit risk function continues to refine "early warning" indicators and reporting, including stress testing scenarios on the basis of current experience. These risk management tools are embedded within our business planning process. Action has been taken, where necessary, to improve our resilience to risks associated with the current market conditions by selectively discontinuing business lines or products, tightening underwriting criteria and investing in improved fraud prevention technologies.
The responsibilities of the credit risk function include:
• Formulating credit risk policies - Our policies are designed to ensure that various retail and commercial business units operate within clear standards of acceptable credit risk. Our policies ensure that the HSBC standards are consistently implemented across all businesses and that all regulatory requirements are also considered. Credit policies are reviewed and approved annually by the Audit and Risk Committee.
• Approving new credit exposures and independently assessing large exposures annually - The Chief Credit Officer delegates limited credit authority to our various lending units. However, most large credits are reviewed and approved centrally through a dedicated Credit Approval Unit that reports directly to the Chief Credit Officer. In addition, the Chief Credit Officer coordinates the approval of material credits with HSBC Group Credit Risk which, subject to certain agreed-upon limits, will review and concur on material new and renewal transactions.
• Overseeing retail credit risk - The HSBC North America Chief Retail Credit Officer manages the credit risk associated with retail portfolios and is supported by expertise from a dedicated advanced risk analytics unit.
• Maintaining and developing the governance and operation of the commercial risk rating system - A two-dimensional credit risk rating system is utilized in order to categorize exposures meaningfully and enable focused management of the risks involved. This ratings system is comprised of a 23 category Customer Risk Rating, which considers the probability of default of an obligor and a separate assessment of a transaction's potential loss given default. Each credit grade has a probability of default estimate. Rating methodologies are based upon a wide range of analytics and market data-based tools, which are core inputs to the assessment of counterparty risk. Although automated risk rating processes are increasingly used, for larger facilities the ultimate responsibility for setting risk grades rests in each case with the final approving executive. Risk grades are reviewed frequently and amendments, where necessary, are implemented promptly.
• Measuring portfolio credit risk - Over the past few years, the advanced credit ratings system has been used to implement a credit economic capital risk measurement system to measure the risk in our credit portfolios, using the measure in certain internal and Board of Directors reporting. Simulation models are used to determine the amount of unexpected losses, beyond expected losses, that we must be prepared to support with capital given our targeted debt rating. Quarterly credit economic capital reports are generated and reviewed with management and the business units. Efforts continue to refine both the inputs and assumptions used in the credit economic capital model to increase its usefulness in pricing and the evaluation of large and small commercial and retail customer portfolio products and business unit return on risk.
• Monitoring portfolio performance - A credit data warehouse has been implemented to centralize the reporting of credit risk, support the analysis of risk using tools such as Economic Capital, and to calculate credit loss reserves. This data warehouse also supports HSBC's wider effort to meet the requirements of Basel II and to generate credit reports for management and the Board of Directors.
• Establishing counterparty and portfolio limits - We monitor and limit our exposure to individual counterparties and to the combined exposure of related counterparties. In addition, selected industry portfolios, such as real estate, are subject to caps that are established by the Chief Credit Officer and reviewed where appropriate by management committees and the Board of Directors. Counterparty credit exposure related to derivative activities is also managed under approved limits. Since the exposure related to derivatives is variable and uncertain, internal risk management methodologies are used to calculate the 95% worst-case potential future exposure for each customer. These methodologies take into consideration, among other factors, cross-product close-out netting, collateral received from customers under Collateral Support Annexes (CSAs), termination clauses, and off-setting positions within the portfolio.
• Managing problem commercial loans - Special attention is paid to problem loans. When appropriate, our commercial Special Credits Unit and retail Default Services teams provide customers with intensive management and control support in order to help them avoid default wherever possible and maximize recoveries.
• Establishing allowances for credit losses - The Chief Credit Officer and the HSBC North America Chief Retail Credit Officer share responsibility with the Chief Financial Officer for establishing appropriate levels of allowances for credit losses inherent in various loan portfolios.
A Credit Review and Risk Identification ("CRRI") function is also in place in HSBC North America to identify and assess credit risk. The CRRI function consists of a Wholesale and Retail Credit Review function as well as functions responsible for the independent assessment of Wholesale and Retail models. The CRRI function provides an ongoing independent assessment of credit risk, the quality of credit risk management and, in the case of wholesale credit risk, the accuracy of individual credit risk ratings. The functions independently and holistically assess the business units and risk management functions to ensure the business is operating in a manner that is consistent with HSBC Group strategy and appropriate local and HSBC Group credit policies, procedures and applicable regulatory guidelines. The Credit Risk Review functions examine asset quality, credit processes and procedures, as well as the risk management infra-structures in each commercial and retail lending unit. Selective capital markets based functions are included within this scope. CRRI also independently assesses the retail and wholesale credit risk models, operational risk models, and Economic Capital models to determine if they are fit for purpose and consistent with regulatory requirements and HSBC Group Policy.
Liquidity Risk Management Liquidity risk is the risk that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due or fund its customers because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding. We continuously monitor the impact of market events on our liquidity positions. In general terms, the strains due to the credit crisis have been concentrated in the wholesale market as opposed to the retail market (the latter being the market from which we source core demand and time deposit accounts). Financial institutions with less reliance on the wholesale markets were in many respects less affected by the recent conditions. Core deposits comprise 75 percent of our total deposit base, providing more stable balances, less sensitivity to market events or changes in interest rates. Our limited dependence upon the wholesale markets for funding has been a significant competitive advantage through the recent period of financial market turmoil. We will continue to adapt the liquidity framework described below as we assimilate further knowledge from the recent disruptions in the marketplace.
Liquidity is managed to provide the ability to generate cash to meet lending, deposit withdrawal and other commitments at a reasonable cost in a reasonable amount of time while maintaining routine operations and market confidence. Market funding is planned in conjunction with HSBC, as the markets increasingly view debt issuances from the separate companies within the context of their common parent company. Liquidity management is performed at both HSBC USA and HSBC Bank USA. Each entity is required to have sufficient liquidity for a crisis situation. ALCO is responsible for the development and implementation of related policies and procedures to ensure that the minimum liquidity ratios and a strong overall liquidity position are maintained.
In carrying out this responsibility, ALCO projects cash flow requirements and determines the level of liquid assets and available funding sources to have at our disposal, with consideration given to anticipated deposit and balance sheet growth, contingent liabilities, and the ability to access wholesale funding markets. In addition to base case projections, multiple stress scenarios are generated to simulate crisis conditions, including:
• run-off of non-core deposits;
• inability to renew maturing interbank fundings;
• draw downs of committed loan facilities;
• four-notch rating downgrade of HSBC Bank USA; and
• increased discount on security values for repos or disposals.
ALCO monitors the overall mix of deposit and funding concentrations to avoid undue reliance on individual funding sources and large deposit relationships. In addition, ALCO analyzes changes in the uses of liquidity, establishes policy on balance sheet usage, and sets limits on and monitors the ratio of Advances to Core Funding ("ACF"). This ratio measures what percentage of our stable sources of long-term funding (generally customer deposits deemed to be "core" in accordance with HSBC policy and debt with at least 12 months until maturity), are utilized in providing loans to customers. Currently our ACF ratio stands at 86 percent. ALCO must also maintain a liquidity management and contingency funding plan, which identifies certain potential early indicators of liquidity problems, and actions that can be taken both initially and in the event of a liquidity crisis, to minimize the long-term impact on our businesses and customer relationships. We recognize a liquidity crisis can either be specific to us, relating to our ability to meet our obligations in a timely manner, or market-wide, caused by a macro risk event in the broader financial system. A range of indicators are monitored to attain an early warning of any liquidity issues. These include widening of key spreads or indices used to track market volatility, material reductions or extreme volatility in customer deposit balances, increased utilization of credit lines, widening of our credit spreads and higher borrowing costs. In the event of a cash flow crisis, our objective is to fund cash requirements without access to the wholesale unsecured funding market for at least one year. Contingency funding needs will be satisfied primarily through the sale of the investment portfolio and liquidation of the residential mortgage portfolio. Securities may be sold or used as collateral in a repurchase agreement depending on the scenario. Portions of the mortgage portfolio may be sold, securitized, or used for collateral at the FHLB to increase borrowings. We maintain a Liquid Asset Buffer consisting of cash, short-term liquid assets and unencumbered government and other highly rated investment securities as a source of funding. Further, collateral is maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and the FHLB, providing additional secured borrowing capacity in a liquidity crisis.
Given our overall liquidity position, during 2011, we have continued to manage down low-margin commercial and institutional deposits in order to maximize profitability.
We continue to evaluate the Basel III framework for liquidity risk management. The Basel Committee has issued some preliminary guidance, but we are still awaiting formal instructions as to how the ratios are calculated. The proposals include both a Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") designed to insure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario lasting 30 days and a Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") with a time horizon of one year to ensure a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. For both ratios, banks are expected to achieve a ratio of 100%. The observation period for the ratios begins in 2012 with LCR introduced by 2015 and NSFR by 2018. We anticipate meeting these requirements well in advance of their formal introduction. We will also be subject to the liquidity provision of the Federal Reserve Board's Enhanced Prudential Standards Rule once it is finalized.
Our ability to regularly attract wholesale funds at a competitive cost is enhanced by strong ratings from the major credit ratings agencies. At December 31, 2011, we and HSBC Bank USA maintained the following long and short-term debt ratings:
Moody's | S&P | Fitch | DBRS(1) | |
HSBC USA Inc.: | ||||
Short-term borrowings........................................................................................................... | P-1 | A-1 | F1+ | R-1 |
Long-term/senior debt........................................................................................................... | A1 | A+ | AA | AA |
HSBC Bank USA: | ||||
Short-term borrowings........................................................................................................... | P-1 | A-1+ | F1+ | R-1 |
Long-term/senior debt........................................................................................................... | Aa3 | AA- | AA | AA |
(1) Dominion Bond Rating Service.
As of December 31, 2011, there were no pending actions in terms of changes to ratings on the debt of HSBC USA Inc. or HSBC Bank USA from any of the rating agencies.
In December 2011, Fitch finalized a revised global criteria for assessing the credit ratings of non-common equity securities which qualify for treatment as bank regulatory capital. While ratings of certain of our subordinated, trust preferred or preferred securities may be reduced as Fitch implements the criteria in the first quarter of 2012, we are unable to predict the likelihood or extent of such action.
On February 15, 2012, Moody's announced rating actions affecting 114 financial institutions in 16 European countries, including the ratings of HSBC. The rating action follows Moody's publications on January 19, 2012 where Moody's announced that they expect to place a number of bank ratings under review for downgrade during the first quarter of 2012 in order to assess the overall negative impact of the adverse trends affecting banks in advanced countries and notably in Europe. On February 22, 2012, Moody's put HSBC USA's long-term and short-term ratings and HSBC Bank USA's long-term rating on negative credit watch. We believe there is the potential for a downgrade of up to 2 notches on the long-term ratings and 1 notch on HSBC USA's short-term rating. Moody's review is expected to take up to 90 days.
Numerous factors, internal and external, may impact access to and costs associated with issuing debt in the global capital markets. These factors include our debt ratings, overall economic conditions, overall capital markets volatility and the effectiveness of the management of credit risks inherent in our customer base.
Cash resources, short-term investments and a trading asset portfolio are available to provide highly liquid funding for us. Additional liquidity is provided by available for sale debt securities. Approximately $2.3 billion of debt securities in this portfolio at December 31, 2011 are expected to mature in 2012. The remaining $50.1 billion of debt securities not expected to mature in 2012 are available to provide liquidity by serving as collateral for secured borrowings, or if needed, by being sold. Further liquidity is available through our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets through loan sales and securitizations. In 2011, we did not sell any residential mortgage loan portfolios other than normal loan sales to government sponsored enterprises.
It is the policy of HSBC Bank USA to maintain both primary and secondary collateral in order to ensure precautionary borrowing availability from the Federal Reserve. Primary collateral is collateral that is physically maintained at the Federal Reserve, and serves as a safety net against any unexpected funding shortfalls that may occur. Secondary collateral is collateral that is acceptable to the Federal Reserve, but is not maintained there. If unutilized borrowing capacity were to be low, secondary collateral would be identified and maintained as necessary. Further liquidity is available from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. As of December 31, 2011, we had outstanding advances of $1.0 billion. We have access to further borrowings based on the amount of mortgages and securities pledged as collateral to the FHLB.
As of December 31, 2011, any significant dividend from HSBC Bank USA to us would require the approval of the OCC. See Note 26, "Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements," of the consolidated financial statements for further details. In determining the extent of dividends to pay, HSBC Bank USA must also consider the effect of dividend payments on applicable risk-based capital and leverage ratio requirements, as well as policy statements of federal regulatory agencies that indicate that banking organizations should generally pay dividends out of current operating earnings.
Under a shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we may issue debt securities or preferred stock, either separately or represented by depositary shares, warrants, purchase contracts and units. We satisfy the eligibility requirements for designation as a "well-known seasoned issuer," which allows us to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. The ability to issue debt under the registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. We are currently authorized to issue up to $21.0 billion, of which $6.4 billion is available. During 2011, we issued $2.6 billion of senior debt from this shelf.
HSBC Bank USA has a $40.0 billion Global Bank Note Program, which provides for issuance of subordinated and senior notes. Borrowings from the Global Bank Note Program totaled $4.9 billion in 2011. There is approximately $17.3 billion of borrowing availability.
At December 31, 2010, we also had a $2.5 billion back-up credit facility with HSBC Bank plc for issuances of commercial paper.
Interest Rate Risk Management Interest rate risk is the potential impairment of net interest income due to mismatched pricing between assets and liabilities. We are subject to interest rate risk associated with the repricing characteristics of our balance sheet assets and liabilities. Specifically, as interest rates change, amounts of interest earning assets and liabilities fluctuate, and interest earning assets reprice at intervals that do not correspond to the maturities or repricing patterns of interest bearing liabilities. This mismatch between assets and liabilities in repricing sensitivity results in shifts in net interest income as interest rates move. To help manage the risks associated with changes in interest rates, and to manage net interest income within ranges of interest rate risk that management considers acceptable, we use derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps, options, futures and forwards as hedges to modify the repricing characteristics of specific assets, liabilities, forecasted transactions or firm commitments. Day-to-day management of interest rate risk is centralized principally under the Treasurer.
We have substantial, but historically well controlled, interest rate risk in large part as a result of our portfolio of residential mortgages and mortgage backed securities, which consumers can prepay without penalty, and our large base of demand and savings deposits. These deposits can be withdrawn by consumers at will, but historically they have been a stable source of relatively low cost funds. Market risk exists principally in treasury businesses and to a lesser extent in the residential mortgage business where mortgage servicing rights and the pipeline of forward mortgage sales are hedged. We have little foreign currency exposure from investments in overseas operations, which are limited in scope. Total equity investments, excluding stock owned in the Federal Reserve and New York Federal Home Loan Bank, represent less than one percent of total available-for-sale securities.
The following table shows the repricing structure of assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011. For assets and liabilities whose cash flows are subject to change due to movements in interest rates, such as the sensitivity of mortgage loans to prepayments, data is reported based on the earlier of expected repricing or maturity and reflects anticipated prepayments based on the current rate environment. The resulting "gaps" are reviewed to assess the potential sensitivity to earnings with respect to the direction, magnitude and timing of changes in market interest rates. Data shown is as of year end, and one-day figures can be distorted by temporary swings in assets or liabilities.
December 31, 2011 | Within One Year | After One But Within Five Years | After Five But Within Ten Years | After Ten Years | Total |
(in millions) | |||||
Commercial loans.......................................................................... | $ 32,653 | $ 1,345 | $ 519 | $ 66 | $ 34,583 |
Residential mortgages................................................................. | 13,464 | 3,595 | 1,099 | 576 | 18,734 |
Credit card receivables................................................................ | 1,275 | - | - | - | 1,275 |
Other consumer loans.................................................................. | 461 | 344 | 107 | 33 | 945 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans(1)............................................................................. | 47,853 | 5,284 | 1,725 | 675 | 55,537 |
Securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity..................................................................................... | 17,352 | 20,914 | 9,140 | 7,910 | 55,316 |
Other assets.................................................................................. | 94,160 | 4,601 | 680 | - | 99,441 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total assets.............................................................................. | 159,365 | 30,799 | 11,545 | 8,585 | 210,294 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Domestic deposits(2): | |||||
Savings and demand.............................................................. | 57,864 | 15,336 | 8,227 | - | 81,427 |
Certificates of deposit............................................................ | 11,963 | 649 | 27 | - | 12,639 |
Long-term debt............................................................................. | 9,929 | 1,275 | 2,805 | 2,700 | 16,709 |
Other liabilities/equity................................................................. | 87,145 | 11,850 | - | 524 | 99,519 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total liabilities and equity..................................................... | 166,901 | 29,110 | 11,059 | 3,224 | 210,294 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total balance sheet gap......................................................... | (7,536 ) | 1,689 | 486 | 5,361 | - |
|
|
|
|
| |
Effect of derivative contracts..................................................... | 8,266 | (2,332 ) | (3,841 ) | (2,093 ) | - |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total gap position................................................................... | $ 730 | $ (643 ) | $ (3,355 ) | $ 3,268 | $ - |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) Does not include purchased or wholesale deposits. For purposes of this table purchased and wholesale deposits are reflected in "Other liabilities/equity".
Various techniques are utilized to quantify and monitor risks associated with the repricing characteristics of our assets, liabilities and derivative contracts.
In the course of managing interest rate risk, a present value of a basis point ("PVBP") analysis is utilized in conjunction with a combination of other risk assessment techniques, including economic value of equity, dynamic simulation modeling, capital risk and Value at Risk ("VAR") analyses. The combination of these tools enables management to identify and assess the potential impact of interest rate movements and take appropriate action. This combination of techniques, with some focusing on the impact of interest rate movements on the value of the balance sheet (PVBP, economic value of equity, VAR) and others focusing on the impact of interest rate movements on earnings (dynamic simulation modeling) allows for comprehensive analyses from different perspectives. Discussion of the use of VAR analyses to monitor and manage interest rate and other market risks is included in the discussion of market risk management below.
A key element of managing interest rate risk is the management of the convexity of the balance sheet, largely resulting from the mortgage related products on the balance sheet. Convexity risk arises as mortgage loan consumers change their behavior significantly in response to large movements in market rates, but do not change behavior appreciably for smaller changes in market rates. Certain of the interest rate management tools described below, such as dynamic simulation modeling and economic value of equity, better capture the embedded convexity in the balance sheet, while measures such as PVBP are designed to capture the risk of smaller changes in rates.
Refer to "Market Risk Management" for discussion regarding the use of VAR analyses to monitor and manage interest rate risk.
The assessment techniques discussed below act as a guide for managing interest rate risk associated with balance sheet composition and off-balance sheet hedging strategy (the risk position). Calculated values within limit ranges reflect an acceptable risk position, although possible future unfavorable trends may prompt adjustments to on or off-balance sheet exposure. Calculated values outside of limit ranges will result in consideration of adjustment of the risk position, or consideration of temporary dispensation from making adjustments.
Present value of a basis point is the change in value of the balance sheet for a one basis point upward movement in all interest rates. The following table reflects the PVBP position at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Institutional PVBP movement limit.................................................................................................................................................. | $ 8.0 | $ 8.0 |
PVBP position at period end............................................................................................................................................................ | 4.8 | 3.9 |
Economic value of equity is the change in value of the assets and liabilities (excluding capital and goodwill) for either a 200 basis point immediate rate increase or decrease. The following table reflects the economic value of equity position at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(values as a percentage) | ||
Institutional economic value of equity limit............................................................................................................................ | +/-15 | +/-15 |
Projected change in value (reflects projected rate movements on January 1): | ||
Change resulting from an immediate 200 basis point increase in interest rates............................................................ | 3 | (7 ) |
Change resulting from an immediate 200 basis point decrease in interest rates........................................................... | (11 ) | (4 ) |
The gain or loss in value for a 200 basis point increase or decrease in rates is a result of the negative convexity of the residential whole loan and mortgage backed securities portfolios. If rates decrease, the projected prepayments related to these portfolios will accelerate, causing less appreciation than a comparable term, non-convex instrument. If rates increase, projected prepayments will slow, which will cause the average lives of these positions to extend and result in a greater loss in market value.
Dynamic simulation modeling techniques are utilized to monitor a number of interest rate scenarios for their impact on net interest income. These techniques include both rate shock scenarios, which assume immediate market rate movements by as much as 200 basis points, as well as scenarios in which rates rise or fall by as much as 200 basis points over a twelve month period. The following table reflects the impact on net interest income of the scenarios utilized by these modeling techniques.
At December 31, 2011 | Amount | % | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||
Projected change in net interest income (reflects projected rate movements onJanuary 1, 2012): | |||
Institutional base earnings movement limit...................................................................................................................... | (10) | ||
Change resulting from a gradual 100 basis point increase in the yield curve.............................................................. | $ 46 | 2 | |
Change resulting from a gradual 100 basis point decrease in the yield curve............................................................. | (103 ) | (3 ) | |
Change resulting from a gradual 200 basis point increase in the yield curve.............................................................. | 28 | 1 | |
Change resulting from a gradual 200 basis point decrease in the yield curve............................................................. | (175 ) | (6 ) | |
Other significant scenarios monitored (reflects projected rate movements on January 1, 2012): | |||
Change resulting from an immediate 100 basis point increase in the yield curve....................................................... | 31 | 1 | |
Change resulting from an immediate 100 basis point decrease in the yield curve...................................................... | (409 ) | (14) | |
Change resulting from an immediate 200 basis point increase in the yield curve....................................................... | 10 | - | |
Change resulting from an immediate 200 basis point decrease in the yield curve...................................................... | (565 ) | (19) |
The projections do not take into consideration possible complicating factors such as the effect of changes in interest rates on the credit quality, size and composition of the balance sheet. Therefore, although this provides a reasonable estimate of interest rate sensitivity, actual results will vary from these estimates, possibly by significant amounts.
Capital Risk/Sensitivity of Other Comprehensive Income Large movements of interest rates could directly affect some reported capital balances and ratios. The mark-to-market valuation of available-for-sale securities is credited on a tax effective basis to accumulated other comprehensive income. Although this valuation mark is excluded from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital ratios, it is included in two important accounting based capital ratios: the tangible common equity to tangible assets and the tangible common equity to risk weighted assets. As of December 31, 2011, we had an available-for-sale securities portfolio of approximately $53.2 billion with a positive mark-to-market of $1.5 billion included in tangible common equity of $14.0 billion. An increase of 25 basis points in interest rates of all maturities would lower the mark-to-market by approximately $173 million to a net gain of $1.3 billion with the following results on our tangible capital ratios.
At December 31, 2011 | Actual | Proforma(1) |
Tangible common equity to tangible assets................................................................................................................. | 6.75 % | 6.70 % |
Tangible common equity to risk weighted assets....................................................................................................... | 11.79 | 11.69 |
(1) Proforma percentages reflect a 25 basis point increase in interest rates.
Market Risk Management Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices, will reduce HSBC USA's income or the value of its portfolios. We separate exposures to market risk into trading and non-trading portfolios. Trading portfolios include those positions arising from market-making and other mark-to-market positions so designated. Non-trading portfolios primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity. We use a range of tools to monitor and manage market risk exposures. These include sensitivity analysis, VAR and stress testing.
Sensitivity analysis Sensitivity measures are used to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type, for example, PVBP movement in interest rates for interest rate risk. Sensitivity limits are set for portfolios, products and risk types, with the depth of the market being one of the principal factors in determining the level of limits set.
Value at Risk - Overview VAR analysis is used to estimate the maximum potential loss that could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. VAR calculations are performed for all material trading activities and as a tool for managing interest rate risk inherent in non-trading activities. VAR is calculated daily for a one-day holding period to a 99 percent confidence level.
The VAR models are based predominantly on historical simulation. These models derive plausible future scenarios from past series of recorded market rate and price changes, and applies these to their current rates and prices. The model also incorporates the effect of option features on the underlying exposures. The historical simulation models used by us incorporate the following features:
• market movement scenarios are derived with reference to data from the past two years;
• scenario profit and losses are calculated with the derived market scenarios for foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads equity prices, volatilities; and
• VAR is calculated to a 99 percent confidence level for a one-day holding period.
We routinely validate the accuracy of our VAR models by back-testing the actual daily profit and loss results, adjusted to remove non-modeled items such as fees and commissions and intraday trading, against the corresponding VAR numbers. Statistically, we would expect to see losses in excess of VAR only one percent of the time. The number of backtesting breaches in a period is used to assess how well the model is performing and, occasionally, new parameters are evaluated and introduced to improve the models' fit. Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR must always be viewed in the context of its limitations, that is:
• the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;
• the use of a one-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or the risks offset in one day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a one-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or fully hedge all positions;
• the use of a 99 percent confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence;
• VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intraday exposures; and
• VAR is unlikely to reflect loss potential on exposures that only arise under significant market moves.
In recognition of the limitations of VAR, we complement VAR with stress testing to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. Stress testing is performed at a portfolio level, as well as on the consolidated positions of the Group, and covers the following scenarios:
• Sensitivity scenarios, which consider the impact of market moves to any single risk factor or a set of factors. For example the impact resulting from a break of a currency peg that will not be captured within the VAR models;
• Technical scenarios, which consider the largest move in each risk factor, without consideration of any underlying market correlation;
• Hypothetical scenarios, which consider potential macro economic events; and
• Historical scenarios, which incorporate historical observations of market moves during previous periods of stress which would not be captured within VAR.
Stress testing is governed by the Stress Testing Review Group forum that coordinates Group stress testing scenarios in conjunction with the regional risk managers. Consideration is given to the actual market risk exposures, along with market events in determining the stress scenarios.
Stress testing results are reported to senior management and provide them with an assessment of the financial impact such events would have on our profits.
The years preceding the market turmoil experienced in recent years were characterized by historically low levels of volatility, with ample market liquidity. This period was associated with falling levels of VAR as the level of observed market volatility is a key determinant in the VAR calculation. The increase in market volatility throughout 2008 and into 2009 was most noticeable in the credit spreads of financial institutions and asset backed securities ("ABSs") and mortgage backed securities ("MBSs"). The increase in the volatility of credit spreads reflected the market's continued uncertainty with respect to the exposure of financial institutions to the U.S. subprime market, either directly or through structured products, and spread to more concerns about the wider economy. The tightening of both credit and liquidity within the wholesale markets prompted remedial action from the central banks, which included injecting liquidity into the wholesale markets, taking equity stakes and cutting rates. Macro economic uncertainty also has led to increases in volatility in other risk types such as interest rates and foreign exchange prices.
The major contributor to the trading and non-trading VAR for us was our Global Banking and Markets operations.
VAR - Trading Activities Our management of market risk is based on a policy of restricting individual operations to trading within an authorized list of permissible instruments, enforcing new product approval procedures and restricting trading in the more complex derivative products to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems. Market making trading is undertaken within Global Banking and Markets.
In addition, at both portfolio and position levels, market risk in trading portfolios is monitored and managed using a complementary set of techniques, including VAR and a variety of interest rate risk monitoring techniques as discussed above. These techniques quantify the impact on capital of defined market movements.
Trading portfolios reside primarily within the Markets unit of the Global Banking and Markets business segment, which include warehoused residential mortgage loans purchased with the intent of selling them, and within the mortgage banking subsidiary included within the RBWM business segment. Portfolios include foreign exchange, interest rate swaps and credit derivatives, precious metals (i.e. gold, silver, platinum), equities and money market instruments including "repos" and securities. Trading occurs as a result of customer facilitation, proprietary position taking and economic hedging. In this context, economic hedging may include forward contracts to sell residential mortgages and derivative contracts which, while economically viable, may not satisfy the hedge accounting requirements.
The trading portfolios have defined limits pertaining to items such as permissible investments, risk exposures, loss review, balance sheet size and product concentrations. "Loss review" refers to the maximum amount of loss that may be incurred before senior management intervention is required.
The following table summarizes trading VAR for 2011:
December 31, 2011 | Full Year 2011
| December 31, 2010 | |||
Minimum | Maximum | Average | |||
(in millions) | |||||
Total trading......................................................................................... | $ 8 | $ 8 | $ 27 | $ 16 | $ 21 |
Equities.................................................................................................. | 1 | - | 1 | - | - |
Foreign exchange................................................................................. | 1 | 1 | 5 | 2 | 1 |
Interest rate directional and credit spread....................................... | 6 | - | 24 | 13 | 18 |
The following table summarizes the frequency distribution of daily market risk-related revenues for trading activities during calendar year 2011. Market risk-related trading revenues include realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to trading activities, but exclude the related net interest income. Analysis of the gain (loss) data for 2011 shows that the largest daily gain was $20 million and the largest daily loss was $16 million.
Ranges of daily trading revenue earned from market risk-related activities | Below $(5) | $(5) to $0 | $0to $5 | $5to $10 | Over $10 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Number of trading days market risk-related revenue was within the stated range..... | 11 | 89 | 121 | 25 | 4 |
The risk associated with movements in credit spreads is primarily managed through sensitivity limits, stress testing and VAR on those portfolios where it is calculated. Beginning in 2009, HSBC introduced credit spread as a separate risk type within its VAR models and credit spread VAR is calculated for credit derivatives portfolios. The total VAR for trading activities, including credit spread VAR for the above portfolios, was $8 million, $21 million and $38 million for December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The sensitivity of trading income to the effect of movements in credit spreads on the total trading activities was less than one million for both December 31, 2011 and 2010. This sensitivity was calculated using simplified assumptions based on one-day movements in market credit spreads over a two-year period at a confidence level of 99 percent.
Certain transactions are structured such that the risk is negligible under a wide range of market conditions or events, but in which there exists a remote possibility that a significant gap event could lead to loss. A gap event could be seen as a change in market price from one level to another with no trading opportunity in between, and where the price change breaches the threshold beyond which the risk profile changes from having no open risk to having full exposure to the underlying structure. Such movements may occur, for example, when there are adverse news announcements and the market for a specific investment becomes illiquid, making hedging impossible. Given the characteristics of these transactions, they will make little or no contribution to VAR or to traditional market risk sensitivity measures. We capture the risks for such transactions within our stress testing scenarios. Gap risk arising is monitored on an ongoing basis, and we incurred no gap losses on such transactions in 2011.
The ABS/MBS exposures within the trading portfolios are managed within sensitivity and VAR limits and are included within the stress testing scenarios described above.
VAR - Non-trading Activities Interest rate risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on embedded optionality within certain product areas such as the incidence of mortgage repayments, and from behavioral assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand such as current accounts. The prospective change in future net interest income from non-trading portfolios will be reflected in the current realizable value of these positions if they were to be sold or closed prior to maturity. In order to manage this risk optimally, market risk in non-trading portfolios is transferred to Global Markets or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO. Once market risk has been consolidated in Global Markets or ALCO-managed books, the net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed upon limits.
The following table summarizes non-trading VAR for 2011, assuming a 99 percent confidence level for a two-year observation period and a one-day "holding period."
December 31, 2011 | Full Year 2011
| December 31, 2010 | |||
Minimum | Maximum | Average | |||
(in millions) | |||||
Interest rate............................................................................ | $ 96 | $ 6 | $ 146 | $ 110 | $ 138 |
The sensitivity of equity to the effect of movements in credit spreads on our available-for-sale debt securities was $5 million and $3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The sensitivity was calculated on the same basis as that applied to the trading portfolio.
Market risk also arises on fixed-rate securities we issue. These securities are issued to support long-term capital investments in subsidiaries and include non-cumulative preferred shares, noncumulative perpetual preferred securities and fixed rate subordinated debt.
Market risk arises on debt securities held as available-for-sale. The fair value of these securities was $53.3 billion and $45.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
A principal part of our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modeling). We aim, through our management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the effect of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, while balancing the cost of such hedging activities on the current net revenue stream. See "Interest Rate Risk Management" above for further discussion.
Trading Activities - Trading occurs in mortgage banking operations as a result of an economic hedging program intended to offset changes in value of mortgage servicing rights and the salable loan pipeline. Economic hedging may include, for example, forward contracts to sell residential mortgages and derivative instruments used to protect the value of MSRs.
MSRs are assets that represent the present value of net servicing income (servicing fees, ancillary income, escrow and deposit float, net of servicing costs). MSRs are separately recognized upon the sale of the underlying loans or at the time that servicing rights are purchased. MSRs are subject to interest rate risk, in that their value will decline as a result of actual and expected acceleration of prepayment of the underlying loans in a falling interest rate environment.
Interest rate risk is mitigated through an active hedging program that uses trading securities and derivative instruments to offset changes in value of MSRs. Since the hedging program involves trading activity, risk is quantified and managed using a number of risk assessment techniques.
Modeling techniques, primarily rate shock analyses, are used to monitor certain interest rate scenarios for their impact on the economic value of net hedged MSRs, as reflected in the following table.
At December 31, 2011 | Value |
(in millions) | |
Projected change in net market value of hedged MSRs portfolio (reflects projected rate movements on January 1, 2012): | |
Value of hedged MSRs portfolio..................................................................................................................................................... | $ 220 |
Change resulting from an immediate 50 basis point decrease in the yield curve: | |
Change limit (no worse than)...................................................................................................................................................... | (20 ) |
Calculated change in net market value...................................................................................................................................... | 5 |
Change resulting from an immediate 50 basis point increase in the yield curve: | |
Change limit (no worse than)...................................................................................................................................................... | (8 ) |
Calculated change in net market value...................................................................................................................................... | 4 |
Change resulting from an immediate 100 basis point increase in the yield curve: | |
Change limit (no worse than)...................................................................................................................................................... | (12 ) |
Calculated change in net market value...................................................................................................................................... | 12 |
The economic value of the net hedged MSRs portfolio is monitored on a daily basis for interest rate sensitivity. If the economic value declines by more than established limits for one day or one month, various levels of management review, intervention and/or corrective actions are required.
The following table summarized the frequency distribution of the weekly economic value of the MSR asset during 2011. This includes the change in the market value of the MSR asset net of changes in the market value of the underlying hedging positions used to hedge the asset. The changes in economic value are adjusted for changes in MSR valuation assumptions that were made during 2011.
Ranges of mortgage economic value from market risk-related activities | Below $(2) | $(2)to $0 | $0to $2 | $2to $4 | Over $4 |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||
Number of trading weeks market risk-related revenue was within the stated range.... | 4 | 15 | 18 | 11 | 4 |
Operational Risk Operational risk results from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk. Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities and, as with other types of risk, is managed through our overall framework designed to balance strong corporate oversight with well-defined independent risk management.
We have established an independent Operational Risk and Internal Control management discipline in North America which is led by the HSBC North America Head of Operational Risk and Internal Control, reporting to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer. The Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee, chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer is responsible for oversight of operational risk management, including internal controls to mitigate risk exposure and comprehensive reporting. Results from this committee are communicated to the Risk Management Committee and subsequently to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Business management is responsible for managing and controlling operational risk and for communicating and implementing control standards. A central Operational Risk and Internal Control function provides functional oversight by coordinating the following activities:
• developing Operational Risk and Internal Control policies and procedures;
• developing and managing methodologies and tools to support the identification, assessment, and monitoring of operational risks;
• providing firm-wide operational risk and control reporting and facilitating resulting action plan development;
• identifying emerging risks and monitoring operational risks and internal controls to reduce foreseeable, future loss exposure;
• perform root-cause analysis on large operational risk losses;
• providing general and/or specific operational risk training and awareness programs for employees throughout the firm;
• communicating with Business Risk Control Managers to ensure the operational risk management framework is executed within their respective business or function;
• independently reviewing the operational risk and control assessments and communicating results to business management; and
• modeling operational risk losses and scenarios for capital management purposes.
Management of operational risk includes identification, assessment, monitoring, mitigation, rectification, and reporting of the results of risk events, including losses and compliance with local regulatory requirements. These key components of the operational risk management process have been communicated by issuance of HSBC standards. Details and local application of the standards have been documented and communicated by issuance of a HSBC North America Operational Risk and Internal Control policy. Key elements of the policy and our operational risk management framework include:
• business and function management is responsible for the assessment, identification, management, and reporting of their operational risks and monitoring the ongoing effectiveness of key controls;
• material risks are assigned an overall risk prioritization / rating based on the typical and extreme assessments and considers the direct financial costs and the indirect financial impacts to the business. An assessment of the effectiveness of key controls that mitigate these risks is made. An operational risk database records the risk and control assessments and tracks risk mitigation action plans. The risk assessments are reviewed at least annually, or as business conditions change;
• key risk indicators are established and monitored where appropriate; and
• the database is also used to track operational losses for analysis of root causes, comparison with risk assessments, lessons learned and capital modeling.
Management practices include standard monthly reporting to senior management and the Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee of high risks, control deficiencies, risk mitigation action plans, losses and key risk indicators. We also monitor external operational risk events to ensure that the firm remains in line with best practice and takes into account lessons learned from publicized operational failures within the financial services industry. Operational risk management is an integral part of the new product development and approval process and the employee performance management process, as applicable. An online certification process, attesting to the completeness and accuracy of operational risk assessments and losses, is completed by senior business management on an annual basis.
Internal audits provide an important independent check on controls and test institutional compliance with the operational risk management framework. Internal audit utilizes a risk-based approach to determine its audit coverage in order to provide an independent assessment of the design and effectiveness of key controls over our operations, regulatory compliance and reporting. This includes reviews of the operational risk framework, the effectiveness and accuracy of the risk assessment process, and the loss data collection and reporting activities.
Compliance Risk Compliance risk is the risk arising from failure to comply with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements governing the conduct of specific businesses. It is a composite risk that can result in regulatory sanctions, financial penalties, litigation exposure and loss of reputation. Compliance risk is inherent throughout our organization.
The Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the compliance risk management program. The compliance function is led by the Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO") for HSBC North America, who reports directly to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer, the North America Chief Executive Officer, and the HSBC Head of Group Compliance. Further, the line of business compliance personnel functionally report to the CCO for HSBC North America. This reporting relationship enables the CCO to have direct access to HSBC Group Compliance, the Chief Risk Officer and the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer, as well as allowing for line of business personnel to be independent. The CCO for HSBC North America has broad authority from the Board of Directors and senior management to develop the enterprise-wide compliance program and oversee the compliance activities across all business units, jurisdictions and legal entities. This broad authority enables the CCO for HSBC North America to identify and resolve compliance issues in a timely and effective manner, and to escalate issues promptly to senior management, the Board of Directors, and HSBC as appropriate.
We are committed to delivering the highest quality financial products and services to our customers. Critical to our relationship with our customers is their trust in us, as fiduciary, advisor and service provider. That trust is earned not only through superior service, but also through the maintenance of the highest standards of integrity and conduct. We must, at all times, comply with high ethical standards, treat customers fairly, and comply with both the letter and spirit of all applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and HSBC policies and standards. It is also our responsibility to foster good relations with regulators, recognizing and respecting their role in ensuring adherence with laws and regulations. An important element of this commitment to our customers and shareholders is our compliance risk management program, which is applied enterprise-wide.
Our enterprise-wide program in HSBC North America is designed in accordance with HSBC policy and the principles established by the Federal Reserve in Supervision and Regulation Letter 08-8 (SR 08-8) dated October 16, 2008. By leveraging industry-leading practices and taking an enterprise-wide, integrated approach to managing our compliance risks, we can better identify and understand our compliance requirements, monitor our compliance risk profile, and assess and report our compliance performance across the organization. Consistent with the expectations of HSBC North America's regulators, our enterprise-wide compliance risk management program is designed to promote a consistent understanding of roles and responsibilities, as well as consistency in compliance program activities. The program is structured to pro-actively identify as well as quickly react to emerging issues and to, assess, control, measure, monitor and report compliance risks across the company, both within and across business lines, support units, jurisdictions and legal entities.
As a result of the Servicing Consent Orders, we have submitted plans and continue to review related areas to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the Servicing Consent Orders.
Fiduciary Risk Fiduciary risk is the breaching of fiduciary duties where the bank acts in a fiduciary capacity as Trustee, Investment Manager or as mandated by law or regulation. Fiduciary duties can be established by case law, statute or regulation. As a result, Fiduciary Risk overlaps with the Legal and Compliance risk categories (e.g. Compliance Risk in relation to mis-selling risk, and Legal Risk in relation to activities in which the law imposes fiduciary obligations). Fiduciary capacity is defined in the regulation as:
• serving traditional fiduciary duties such as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian, receiver or assignee;
• providing investment advice for a fee; or
• processing investment discretion on behalf of another.
Fiduciary risks, as defined above, reside in Private Banking businesses (including Investment Management, Personal Trust, Custody, Middle Office Operations) and other business lines outside of Private Banking (including Corporate Trust). However, our Fiduciary Risk Management infrastructure is also responsible for fiduciary risks associated with certain SEC regulated Registered Investment Advisors ("RIA"), which lie outside of the traditional regulatory fiduciary risk definition for banks. The fiduciary risks present in both banking and RIA business lines almost always occur where we are entrusted to handle and execute client business affairs and transactions in a fiduciary capacity.
The Regional / Country ORIC function is responsible for implementing a risk management framework to ensure fiduciary risk is managed, monitored, and controlled with acceptable risk appetite levels, and to report and escalate elevated risks to senior management and the Board.
Fiduciary Risk Management leverages the HSBC ORIC framework, which includes a formal Risk and Control Assessment (RCA) process, Key Risk Indicator (KRI) monitoring, management reporting, and governance framework.
Fiduciary Risk is governed by a Board Fiduciary Committee and a Fiduciary Risk Management Committee, a subcommittee of the Risk Management Committee.
The Operational Risk and Internal Control function is responsible for implementing a risk management framework to ensure fiduciary risk is managed, monitored, and controlled with acceptable risk appetite levels, and to report and escalate elevated risks to senior management and the Board. Fiduciary Risk staff with the requisite expertise is maintained to oversee and provide advice on fiduciary risk matters. The Fiduciary Risk specialists partner with the Compliance organization which, in this capacity, advises on local regulatory compliance matters.
Reputational Risk The safeguarding of our reputation is of paramount importance to our continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of our staff. Reputational risk can arise from social, ethical or environmental issues, or as a consequence of operational and other risk events. Our good reputation depends upon the way in which we conduct our business, but can also be affected by the way in which customers to whom we provide financial services conduct themselves.
Reputational risk is considered and assessed by the HSBC Group Management Board, our Board of Directors and senior management during the establishment of standards for all major aspects of business and the formulation of policy and products. These policies, which are an integral part of the internal control systems, are communicated through manuals and statements of policy, internal communication and training. The policies set out operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, economic sanctions, environmental impact, anti-corruption measures and employee relations.
We have established a strong internal control structure to minimize the risk of operational and financial failure and to ensure that a full appraisal of reputational risk is made before strategic decisions are taken. The HSBC Internal Audit function monitors compliance with our policies and standards.
Reputational risk is managed at the regional level across HSBC Group. All HSBC businesses and corporate risk functions within HSBC North America are represented on the HSBC North America Reputational Risk Policy Committee. The HSBC North America Reputational Risk Policy Committee was established in 2011 and was chaired by the HSBC North America Regional Compliance Officer. In early 2012, the Reputational Risk Policy Committee will be chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer. The Reputational Risk Policy Committee is responsible for assessing reputational risk policy matters regionally and for advising HSBC Group Management and local senior management on matters relating to reputational risk. Notwithstanding the Reputational Risk Policy Committee, the responsibility of the practical implementation of such policies and the compliance with the letter and spirit of them rests with our Chief Executive Officer and senior management of our businesses.
Strategic Risk Strategic risk is the risk that the business will fail to identify, execute, and react appropriately to opportunities and / or threats arising from changes in the market, some of which may emerge over a number of years such as changing economic and political circumstances, customer requirements, demographic trends, regulatory developments or competitor action. Risk may be mitigated by consideration of the potential opportunities and challenges through the strategic planning process.
This risk is also function of the compatibility of our strategic goals, the business strategies developed to achieve those goals, the resources deployed against those goals and the quality of implementation.
We have established a strong internal control structure to minimize the impact of strategic risk to our earnings and capital. All changes in strategy as well as the process in which new strategies are implemented are subject to detailed reviews and approvals at business line, functional, regional, board and HSBC Group levels. This process is monitored by the Strategy and Implementation Group to ensure compliance with our policies and standards.
Business Continuity Planning We are committed to the protection of employees, customers and shareholders by a quick response to all threats to the organization, whether they are of a physical or financial nature. We are governed by the HSBC North America Crisis Management Framework, which provides an enterprise-wide response and communication approach for managing major business continuity events or incidents. It is designed to be flexible and is scaled to the scope and magnitude of the event or incident.
The Crisis Management Framework works in tandem with the HSBC North America Corporate Contingency Planning Policy, business continuity plans and key business continuity committees to manage events. The North American Crisis Management Committee, a 24/7 standing committee, is activated to manage the Crisis Management process in concert with our senior management. This committee provides critical strategic management of business continuity crisis issues, risk management, communication, coordination and recovery management. In particular, the HSBC North America Crisis Management Committee has implemented an enterprise-wide plan, response and communication approach for pandemic preparedness. Tactical management of business continuity issues is handled by the Corporate and Local Incident Response Teams in place at each major site. We have also designated an Institutional Manager for Business Continuity who plays a key role on the Crisis Management Committee. All major business and support functions have a senior representative assigned to our Business Continuity Planning Committee, which is chaired by the Institutional Manager.
We test business continuity and disaster recovery resiliency and capability through routine contingency tests and actual events. Business continuity and disaster recovery programs have been strengthened in numerous areas as a result of these tests or actual events. There is a continuing effort to enhance the program well beyond the traditional business resumption and disaster recovery model.
New Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted in Future Periods
Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts In October 2010, the FASB issued guidance which amends the accounting rules that define which costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts qualify as deferrable acquisition costs by insurance entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, but must be applied as of the beginning of an entity's annual reporting period. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
Repurchase Agreements In April 2011, the FASB issued a new Accounting Standards Update related to repurchase agreements. This new guidance removes the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the related collateral maintenance guidance from the assessment of effective control. As a result, an entity is no longer required to consider the sufficiency of the collateral exchanged but will evaluate the transferor's contractual rights and obligations to determine whether it maintains effective control over the transferred assets. The new guidance is required to be applied prospectively for all transactions that occur on or after January 1, 2012. Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures In May 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update to converge with newly issued IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement. The new guidance clarifies that the application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or liabilities. This Accounting Standards Update also requires new and enhanced disclosures on the quantification and valuation processes for significant unobservable inputs, transfers between Levels 1 and 2, and the categorization of all fair value measurements into the fair value hierarchy, even where those measurements are only for disclosure purposes. The guidance is effective prospectively from January 1, 2012. Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
Presentation of Comprehensive Income In June 2011, the FASB issued a new Accounting Standards Update on the presentation of other comprehensive income. This Update requires entities to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. The option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity is eliminated. The new guidance is effective from January 1, 2012 with full retrospective application. We will adopt this Accounting Standards Update in the first quarter of 2012.
Goodwill In September 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update which simplifies goodwill impairment testing. The new guidance provides entities with the option to first assess goodwill qualitatively to determine whether it is necessary to perform the required two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the two-step quantitative impairment test would not be required. An entity may, however, choose to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and move directly to the two-step impairment test. The guidance is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2012. We do not expect adoption of this guidance will have a significant impact on our process for determining goodwill impairment.
Balance Sheet Offsetting In December 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update that requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities will be required to disclose both gross information and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and those which are subject to an agreement similar to master netting arrangement. The Update is effective for all annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2013. Additionally, entities will be required to provide the disclosures required by the Update retrospectively for all comparative periods. The adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Balance Sheet Management - Represents our activities to manage interest rate risk associated with the repricing characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities.
Basis point - A unit that is commonly used to calculate changes in interest rates. The relationship between percentage changes and basis points can be summarized as a 1 percent change equals a 100 basis point change or .01 percent change equals 1 basis point.
CDS - Credit Default Swap.
Contractual Delinquency - A method of determining aging of past due accounts based on the past due status of payments under the loan. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as the restructure of accounts, forbearance agreements, extended payment plans, modification arrangements, external debt management plans, loan rewrites and deferments.
Delinquency Ratio - Two-months-and-over contractual delinquency expressed as a percentage of loans and loans held for sale at a given date.
Efficiency Ratio - Total operating expenses, reduced by minority interests, expressed as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and other revenues (losses).
Federal Reserve - The Federal Reserve Board; our principal regulator.
Futures Contract - An exchange-traded contract to buy or sell a stated amount of a financial instrument or index at a specified future date and price.
Global Bank Note Program - A $40 billion note program, under which HSBC Bank USA issues senior and subordinated debt.
GM Portfolio - A portfolio of General Motors MasterCard receivables we purchased from HSBC Finance in January 2009. New loan originations subsequent to the initial purchase are purchased daily by HSBC Bank USA.
Goodwill - The excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired, reduced by liabilities assumed in a business combination.
HELOC - A revolving line of credit with an adjustable interest rate secured by a lien on the borrower's home which reduces the borrower's equity in the home. HELOCs are classified as home equity mortgages, which are reported within Residential Mortgage Loans.
HMUS - HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.; an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America, and a holding company for investment banking and markets subsidiaries in the U.S.
HNAI - HSBC North America Inc.; an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America.
HSBC or HSBC Group - HSBC Holdings plc.; HSBC North America's U.K. parent company.
HSBC Affiliate - Any direct or indirect subsidiary of HSBC outside of our consolidated group of entities.
HSBC Bank USA - HSBC Bank, USA, National Association; our principal wholly-owned U.S. banking subsidiary.
HSBC Finance - HSBC Finance Corporation; an indirect wholly-owned consumer finance subsidiary of HSBC North America.
HSBC North America - HSBC North America Holdings Inc.; a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC and HSBC's top-tier bank holding company in North America.
Home Equity Mortgage - A closed- or open- ended loan in which the borrower uses the equity in their home as collateral. Home equity mortgages are secured by a lien against the borrower's home which reduces the borrower's equity in the home. Home equity mortgages may be either fixed rate or adjustable rate loans. Home equity mortgages are reported within Residential Mortgage Loans.
HTCD - HSBC Trust Company (Delaware); one of our wholly-owned U.S. banking subsidiaries.
HTSU - HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America which provides information technology and centralized operational services, such as human resources, tax, finance, compliance, legal, corporate affairs and other services shared among HSBC Affiliates, primarily in North America.
Intangible Assets - Assets, excluding financial assets, that lack physical substance. Our intangible assets include mortgage servicing rights and favorable lease arrangements.
Interest Rate Swap - Contract between two parties to exchange interest payments on a stated principal amount (notional principal) for a specified period. Typically, one party makes fixed rate payments, while the other party makes payments using a variable rate.
LIBOR - London Interbank Offered Rate; A widely quoted market rate which is frequently the index used to determine the rate at which we borrow funds.
Liquidity - A measure of how quickly we can convert assets to cash or raise additional cash by issuing debt.
Loan-to-Value ("LTV") Ratio - The loan balance at time of origination expressed as a percentage of the appraised property value at the time of origination.
Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSRs") - An intangible asset which represents the right to service mortgage loans. These rights are recognized at the time the related loans are sold or the rights are acquired.
Net Charge-off Ratio - Net charge-offs of loans expressed as a percentage of average loans outstanding for a given period.
Net Interest Income - Interest income earned on interest-bearing assets less interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds.
Net Interest Margin - Net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets for a given period.
Net Interest Income to Total Assets - Net interest income expressed as a percentage of average total assets for a given period.
Nonaccruing Loans - Loans on which we no longer accrue interest because ultimate collection is unlikely.
OCC - The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency; the principal regulator for HSBC Bank USA.
Options - A contract giving the owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a specified item at a fixed price for a specified period.
Portfolio Seasoning - Relates to the aging of origination vintages. Loss patterns emerge slowly over time as new accounts are booked.
Private Label Credit Card - A line of credit made available to customers of retail merchants evidenced by a credit card bearing the merchant's name.
Private Label Card Receivable Portfolio - Loan and credit card receivable portfolio acquired from HSBC Finance on December 29, 2004.
Rate of Return on Common Shareholder's Equity - Net income, reduced by preferred dividends, divided by average common shareholder's equity for a given period.
Rate of Return on Total Assets - Net income after taxes divided by average total assets for a given period.
Refreshed Loan-to-Value - For first liens, the current loan balance expressed as a percentage of the current property value. For second liens, the current loan balance plus the senior lien amount at origination expressed as a percentage of the current property value. Current property values are derived from the property's appraised value at the time of loan origination updated by the change in the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight's house pricing index ("HPI") at either a Core Based Statistical Area or state level. The estimated current value of the home could vary from actual fair values due to changes in condition of the underlying property, variations in housing price changes within metropolitan statistical areas and other factors.
Residential Mortgage Loan - Closed-end loans and revolving lines of credit secured by first or second liens on residential real estate. Depending on the type of residential mortgage, interest can either be fixed or adjustable.
SEC - The Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Financing - A Collateralized Funding Transaction in which the interests in a dedicated pool of consumer receivables, typically credit card, auto or personal non-credit card receivables, are sold to investors. Generally, the pool of consumer receivables is sold to a special purpose entity which then issues securities that are sold to investors. Secured Financings do not receive sale treatment and, as a result, the receivables and related debt remain on our balance sheet.
Tangible Common Shareholder's Equity to Total Tangible Assets - Common shareholder's equity less goodwill, other intangibles, unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments, postretirement benefit plan adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities expressed as a percentage of total assets less goodwill and other intangibles.
Total Average Shareholders' Equity to Total Assets - Average total shareholders' equity expressed as a percentage of average total assets for a given period.
Total Period End Shareholders' Equity to Total Assets - Total shareholders' equity expressed as a percentage of total assets as of a given date.
UP Portfolio - A portfolio of AFL-CIO Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivables that we purchased from HSBC Finance in January 2009. New loan originations subsequent to the initial purchase are purchased daily by HSBC Bank USA.
CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES - CONTINUING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the year-to-date average balances of the principal components of assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity together with their respective interest amounts and rates earned or paid for 2011, 2010, and 2009, presented on a taxable equivalent basis. The calculation of net interest margin includes interest expense of $237 million, $306 million and $522 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which has been allocated to our discontinued operations. This allocation of interest expense to our discontinued operations was in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policies as external interest expense is unaffected by these transactions.
2011
| 2010
| 2009
| |||||||
Balance
| Interest
| Rate(1)
| Balance
| Interest
| Rate(1)
| Balance
| Interest
| Rate(1)
| |
(dollars are in millions) | |||||||||
Assets | |||||||||
Interest bearing deposits with banks....................... | $ 25,945 | $ 76 | .29 % | $ 26,696 | $ 73 | .27 % | $ 15,535 | $ 44 | .28 % |
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements........................................... | 5,230 | 57 | 1.09 | 5,100 | 38 | .75 | 6,860 | 45 | .66 |
Trading assets.................................................... | 13,423 | 197 | 1.47 | 6,510 | 147 | 2.26 | 4,797 | 219 | 4.56 |
Securities.......................................................... | 49,802 | 1,263 | 2.54 | 39,388 | 1,180 | 3.00 | 26,980 | 994 | 3.68 |
Loans: | |||||||||
Commercial................................................. | 32,035 | 903 | 2.82 | 31,214 | 906 | 2.90 | 34,664 | 1,119 | 3.23 |
Consumer: | |||||||||
Residential mortgages............................... | 14,877 | 637 | 4.28 | 14,640 | 678 | 4.63 | 17,641 | 884 | 5.01 |
HELOCs and home equity mortgages.......... | 3,548 | 118 | 3.33 | 3,973 | 129 | 3.24 | 4,452 | 147 | 3.29 |
Credit cards............................................ | 1,199 | 88 | 7.35 | 1,224 | 93 | 7.61 | 1,208 | 105 | 8.73 |
Auto finance............................................ | - | - | - | 992 | 169 | 17.03 | 2,444 | 442 | 18.09 |
Other consumer....................................... | 1,026 | 67 | 6.55 | 1,170 | 74 | 6.36 | 1,290 | 88 | 6.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer............................................. | 20,650 | 910 | 4.41 | 21,999 | 1,143 | 5.20 | 27,035 | 1,666 | 6.17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans.................................................. | 52,685 | 1,813 | 3.44 | 53,213 | 2,049 | 3.85 | 61,699 | 2,785 | 4.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Other................................................................ | 5,715 | 44 | .76 | 6,447 | 48 | .74 | 8,309 | 46 | .55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total earning assets............................................ | 152,800 | $ 3,450 | 2.26 % | 137,354 | $ 3,535 | 2.57 % | 124,180 | $ 4,133 | 3.33 % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Allowance for credit losses................................... | (767 ) | (1,226 ) | (1,381 ) | ||||||
Cash and due from banks..................................... | 1,617 | 1,496 | 1,773 | ||||||
Other assets....................................................... | 27,052 | 25,110 | 24,240 | ||||||
Assets of discontinued operations.......................... | 20,899 | 23,387 | 27,426 | ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
Total assets....................................................... | $ 201,601 | $ 186,121 | $ 176,238 | ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity | |||||||||
Deposits in domestic offices: | |||||||||
Savings deposits........................................... | $ 57,979 | $ 272 | .47 % | $ 54,048 | $ 379 | .70 % | $ 48,129 | $ 584 | 1.21 % |
Other time deposits....................................... | 16,085 | 136 | .85 | 16,952 | 174 | 1.03 | 19,375 | 350 | 1.81 |
Deposits in foreign offices: | |||||||||
Foreign banks deposits................................... | 6,503 | 4 | .06 | 7,876 | 12 | .16 | 11,033 | 14 | .12 |
Other interest bearing deposits......................... | 19,119 | 14 | .07 | 19,474 | 15 | .08 | 15,026 | 42 | .28 |
Deposits held for sale.......................................... | 6,366 | 16 | .25 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest bearing deposits.............................. | 106,052 | 442 | .42 | 98,350 | 580 | .59 | 93,563 | 990 | 1.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Short-term borrowings......................................... | 18,876 | 43 | .23 | 18,499 | 78 | .44 | 9,596 | 61 | .64 |
Long-term debt.................................................. | 18,459 | 645 | 3.49 | 15,878 | 547 | 3.44 | 18,735 | 598 | 3.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest bearing deposits and debt.................. | 143,387 | 1,130 | 132,727 | 1,205 | 121,894 | 1,649 | |||
|
|
|
| ||||||
Other................................................................ | 319 | 99 | 31.22 | 44 | 5 | 10.95 | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total interest bearing liabilities............................. | 143,706 | 1,229 | .90 | 132,771 | 1,210 | .91 | 121,894 | 1,649 | 1.35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Net interest income/Interest rate spread................... | $ 2,221 | 1.36 % | $ 2,325 | 1.66 % | $ 2,484 | 1.98 % | |||
|
|
|
|
|
| ||||
Noninterest bearing deposits................................. | 22,418 | 21,950 | 20,143 | ||||||
Other liabilities.................................................. | 16,775 | 13,148 | 15,120 | ||||||
Liabilities of discontinued operations..................... | 1,022 | 1,933 | 4,697 | ||||||
Total shareholders' equity.................................... | 17,680 | 16,319 | 14,384 | ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.............. | $ 201,601 | $ 186,121 | $ 176,238 | ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
Net interest margin on average earning assets........... | 1.45 % | 1.69 % | 2.00 % | ||||||
|
|
| |||||||
Net interest income to average total assets............... | 1.23 % | 1.44 % | 1.69 % | ||||||
|
|
|
(1) Rates are calculated on amounts that have not been rounded to the nearest million.
Total weighted average rate earned on earning assets is interest and fee earnings divided by daily average amounts of total interest earning assets, including the daily average amount on nonperforming loans. Loan interest for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included fees of $81 million, $64 million and $85 million, respectively.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Information required by this Item is included within Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in the Risk Management section under the captions "Interest Rate Risk Management" and "Market Risk Management."
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our 2011 Financial Statements meet the requirements of Regulation S-X. The 2011 Financial Statements and supplementary financial information specified by Item 302 of Regulation S-K are set forth below.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
HSBC USA Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HSBC USA Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Bank USA, National Association and subsidiaries (the Bank) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the financial position of the Bank as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 27, 2012
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
HSBC USA Inc.:
We have audited HSBC USA Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and the consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Bank USA, National Association and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
February 27, 2012
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Interest income: | |||
Loans.................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,812 | $ 2,049 | $ 2,784 |
Securities............................................................................................................................................................. | 1,242 | 1,162 | 972 |
Trading assets.................................................................................................................................................... | 197 | 147 | 219 |
Short-term investments..................................................................................................................................... | 133 | 111 | 89 |
Other..................................................................................................................................................................... | 44 | 48 | 46 |
|
|
| |
Total interest income............................................................................................................................................. | 3,428 | 3,517 | 4,110 |
|
|
| |
Interest expense: | |||
Deposits............................................................................................................................................................... | 251 | 329 | 551 |
Short-term borrowings....................................................................................................................................... | 44 | 78 | 61 |
Long-term debt................................................................................................................................................... | 600 | 492 | 514 |
Other..................................................................................................................................................................... | 99 | 5 | - |
|
|
| |
Total interest expense............................................................................................................................................ | 994 | 904 | 1,126 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income.................................................................................................................................................. | 2,434 | 2,613 | 2,984 |
Provision for credit losses...................................................................................................................................... | 258 | 34 | 1,431 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income after provision for credit losses....................................................................................... | 2,176 | 2,579 | 1,553 |
|
|
| |
Other revenues: | |||
Credit card fees................................................................................................................................................... | 129 | 125 | 118 |
Other fees and commissions............................................................................................................................. | 777 | 897 | 811 |
Trust income....................................................................................................................................................... | 105 | 102 | 125 |
Trading revenue................................................................................................................................................. | 349 | 538 | 263 |
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses(1).............................................................................................. | - | (79 ) | (124 ) |
Other securities gains, net................................................................................................................................ | 129 | 74 | 304 |
Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates............................................................................................... | 204 | 156 | 140 |
Residential mortgage banking revenue (loss)................................................................................................ | 37 | (122 ) | 172 |
Gain (loss) on instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives............................................ | 471 | 294 | (253 ) |
Other income (loss)............................................................................................................................................ | 66 | 195 | (186 ) |
|
|
| |
Total other revenues.............................................................................................................................................. | 2,267 | 2,180 | 1,370 |
|
|
| |
Operating expenses: | |||
Salaries and employee benefits........................................................................................................................ | 1,114 | 1,061 | 1,113 |
Support services from HSBC affiliates............................................................................................................ | 1,455 | 1,286 | 962 |
Occupancy expense, net................................................................................................................................... | 279 | 267 | 280 |
Other expenses................................................................................................................................................... | 913 | 700 | 833 |
|
|
| |
Total operating expenses...................................................................................................................................... | 3,761 | 3,314 | 3,188 |
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense (benefit)........................................... | 682 | 1,445 | (265 ) |
Income tax expense (benefit).................................................................................................................................. | 227 | 439 | (98 ) |
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations........................................................................................................ | 455 | 1,006 | (167 ) |
|
|
| |
Discontinued Operations (Note 3): | |||
Income from discontinued operations before income tax expense.................................................................. | 871 | 878 | 39 |
Income tax expense.................................................................................................................................................. | 308 | 320 | 14 |
|
|
| |
Income from discontinued operations............................................................................................................... | 563 | 558 | 25 |
|
|
| |
Net income (loss)..................................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,018 | $ 1,564 | $ (142 ) |
|
|
|
(1) During 2011, there were no other-than-temporary ("OTTI") losses on securities recognized in other revenues and no OTTI losses on securities were recognized in the non-credit component in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI"), net of tax. During 2010, other-than-temporary impairment OTTI losses on securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity totaling $79 million were recognized in other revenues. There were no significant losses in the non-credit component of such impaired securities reflected in AOCI, net of tax. During 2009, $208 million of OTTI losses on securities available-for-sale were recognized, of which $84 million was recognized in AOCI, net of tax.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Assets(1) | ||
Cash and due from banks................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 1,616 | $ 1,576 |
Interest bearing deposits with banks................................................................................................................................................... | 25,454 | 8,202 |
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell...................................................................................................... | 3,109 | 8,236 |
Trading assets............................................................................................................................................................................... | 38,800 | 32,402 |
Securities available-for-sale............................................................................................................................................................... | 53,281 | 45,523 |
Securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $2.3 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2011and 2010, respectively) ............................................................................................................................................................. | 2,035 | 3,190 |
Loans .......................................................................................................................................................................................... | 51,867 | 49,809 |
Less - allowance for credit losses...................................................................................................................................................... | 743 | 852 |
|
| |
Loans, net............................................................................................................................................................................... | 51,124 | 48,957 |
|
| |
Loans held for sale (includes $377 million and $1.3 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)....... | 3,670 | 2,390 |
Properties and equipment, net........................................................................................................................................................... | 458 | 549 |
Intangible assets, net....................................................................................................................................................................... | 242 | 424 |
Goodwill...................................................................................................................................................................................... | 2,228 | 2,626 |
Other assets................................................................................................................................................................................... | 6,369 | 7,099 |
Other branch related assets held for sale.............................................................................................................................................. | 440 | - |
Assets of discontinued operations...................................................................................................................................................... | 21,454 | 22,639 |
|
| |
Total assets.................................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 210,280 | $ 183,813 |
|
| |
Liabilities(1) | ||
Debt: | ||
Deposits in domestic offices: | ||
Noninterest bearing.............................................................................................................................................................. | $ 20,592 | $ 23,045 |
Interest bearing (includes $9.8 billion and $7.4 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)... | 73,474 | 72,808 |
Deposits in foreign offices: | ||
Noninterest bearing.............................................................................................................................................................. | 1,912 | 1,263 |
Interest bearing.................................................................................................................................................................... | 28,607 | 23,502 |
Deposits held for sale................................................................................................................................................................. | 15,144 | - |
|
| |
Total deposits.......................................................................................................................................................................... | 139,729 | 120,618 |
Short-term borrowings .............................................................................................................................................................. | 16,009 | 15,187 |
Long-term debt (includes $5.0 billion and $5.4 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)........ | 16,709 | 17,080 |
|
| |
Total debt..................................................................................................................................................................................... | 172,447 | 152,885 |
Trading liabilities.......................................................................................................................................................................... | 14,186 | 10,528 |
Interest, taxes and other liabilities..................................................................................................................................................... | 4,223 | 3,007 |
Other branch related liabilities held for sale......................................................................................................................................... | 11 | - |
Liabilities of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................................. | 911 | 660 |
|
| |
Total liabilities............................................................................................................................................................................. | 191,778 | 167,080 |
|
| |
Shareholders' equity | ||
Preferred stock............................................................................................................................................................................... | 1,565 | 1,565 |
Common shareholder's equity: | ||
Common stock ($5 par; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 712 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010).................. | - | - |
Additional paid-in capital...................................................................................................................................................... | 13,814 | 13,785 |
Retained earnings................................................................................................................................................................ | 2,481 | 1,536 |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)....................................................................................................................... | 642 | (153 ) |
|
| |
Total common shareholder's equity................................................................................................................................................... | 16,937 | 15,168 |
|
| |
Total shareholders' equity.............................................................................................................................................................. | 18,502 | 16,733 |
|
| |
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.......................................................................................................................................... | $ 210,280 | $ 183,813 |
|
|
(1) The following table summarizes assets and liabilities related to our consolidated variable interest entities ("VIEs") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are consolidated on our balance sheet. Assets and liabilities exclude intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)
December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Assets | ||
Interest bearing deposits with banks................................................................................................................................ | $ 108 | $ 759 |
Securities held-to-maturity.................................................................................................................................................. | - | 881 |
Loans, net.............................................................................................................................................................................. | - | 1,220 |
Other assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | 520 | 512 |
Assets of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................... | - | 11,908 |
|
| |
Total assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 628 | $ 15,280 |
|
| |
Liabilities | ||
Short-term borrowings......................................................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 3,022 |
Long-term debt...................................................................................................................................................................... | 55 | 55 |
Interest, taxes and other liabilities...................................................................................................................................... | 166 | 112 |
Liabilities of discontinued operations............................................................................................................................... | 541 | 431 |
|
| |
Total liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 762 | $ 3,620 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |
(dollars are in millions) | |||
Preferred stock | |||
Balance at beginning and end of period........................................................................................................... | $ 1,565 | $ 1,565 | $ 1,565 |
|
|
| |
Common stock | |||
Balance at beginning and end of period........................................................................................................... | - | - | - |
|
|
| |
Additional paid-in capital | |||
Balance at beginning of period...................................................................................................................... | 13,785 | 13,795 | 11,694 |
Capital contributions from parent................................................................................................................... | 21 | - | 2,167 |
Return of capital on preferred shares issued to CT Financial Services, Inc.............................................................. | - | (3 ) | (55 ) |
Employee benefit plans and other................................................................................................................... | 8 | (7 ) | (11 ) |
|
|
| |
Balance at end of period............................................................................................................................... | 13,814 | 13,785 | 13,795 |
|
|
| |
Retained earnings | |||
Balance at beginning of period...................................................................................................................... | 1,536 | 45 | 245 |
Adjustment to initially apply new guidance for consolidation of VIEs, net of tax.................................................... | - | 1 | - |
Adjustment to initially apply new guidance for other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities, net of tax............. | - | - | 15 |
|
|
| |
Balance at beginning of period, as adjusted...................................................................................................... | 1,536 | 46 | 260 |
Net income (loss)....................................................................................................................................... | 1,018 | 1,564 | (142 ) |
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock...................................................................................................... | (73 ) | (74 ) | (73 ) |
|
|
| |
Balance at end of period............................................................................................................................... | 2,481 | 1,536 | 45 |
|
|
| |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | |||
Balance at beginning of period...................................................................................................................... | (153 ) | (228 ) | (787 ) |
Adjustment to initially apply new guidance for consolidation of VIEs, net of tax.................................................... | - | (246 ) | - |
Adjustment to initially apply new guidance for other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities, net of tax............. | - | - | (15 ) |
|
|
| |
Balance at beginning of period, as adjusted...................................................................................................... | (153 ) | (474 ) | (802 ) |
Net change in unrealized gains (losses), net of tax as applicable on: | |||
Securities available-for-sale, not other-than-temporarily impaired.................................................................... | 786 | 165 | 444 |
Other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities available-for-sale(1)................................................................. | 1 | 55 | (41 ) |
Other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities held-to-maturity(1).................................................................. | 11 | 93 | - |
Adjustment to reverse other-than-temporary impairment on securities held-to-maturity due to deconsolidation of VIE............................................................................................................................................... | 142 | - | - |
Derivatives classified as cash flow hedges................................................................................................... | (142 ) | 13 | 171 |
Unrecognized actuarial gains, transition obligation and prior service costs relating to pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax................................................................................................................................. | (3 ) | (5 ) | - |
|
|
| |
Other comprehensive income, net of tax.......................................................................................................... | 795 | 321 | 574 |
|
|
| |
Balance at end of period............................................................................................................................... | 642 | (153 ) | (228 ) |
|
|
| |
Total shareholders' equity.......................................................................................................................... | $ 18,502 | $ 16,733 | $ 15,177 |
|
|
| |
Comprehensive income | |||
Net income (loss)....................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,018 | $ 1,564 | $ (142 ) |
Other comprehensive income, net of tax.......................................................................................................... | 795 | 321 | 574 |
|
|
| |
Comprehensive income............................................................................................................................... | $ 1,813 | $ 1,885 | $ 432 |
|
|
| |
Preferred stock | |||
Number of shares at beginning of period.................................................................................................... | 25,947,500 | 25,947,500 | 25,947,600 |
Shares redeemed.................................................................................................................................... | - | - | (100 ) |
|
|
| |
Number of shares at end of period............................................................................................................. | 25,947,500 | 25,947,500 | 25,947,500 |
|
|
| |
Common stock | |||
Issued | |||
Number of shares at beginning of period.................................................................................................... | 712 | 712 | 709 |
Number of shares of common stock issued to parent..................................................................................... | - | - | 3 |
|
|
| |
Number of shares at end of period............................................................................................................. | 712 | 712 | 712 |
|
|
|
(1) During 2011, there were no OTTI losses on securities recognized in other revenues and no OTTI losses on securities were recognized in the non-credit component in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI"), net of tax. During 2010, other-than-temporary impairment OTTI losses on securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity totaling $79 million were recognized in other revenues and losses in the non-credit component recognized in AOCI, net of tax were not significant. During 2009, $208 million of OTTI losses on securities available-for-sale were recognized, of which $84 million was recognized in AOCI, net of tax.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Cash flows from operating activities | |||
Net income (loss)...................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,018 | $ 1,564 | $ (142 ) |
Income from discontinued operations.................................................................................................. | 563 | 558 | 25 |
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from continuing operations........................................................................................... | 455 | 1,006 | (167 ) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | |||
Depreciation and amortization.......................................................................................................... | 268 | 253 | 128 |
Impairment of internally developed software................................................................................. | 110 | - | - |
Provision for credit losses................................................................................................................. | 258 | 34 | 1,431 |
Deferred income tax provision (benefit).......................................................................................... | (289 ) | 274 | (461 ) |
Other-than-temporarily impaired available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities................ | - | 79 | 124 |
Realized gains on securities available for sale................................................................................ | (129 ) | (74 ) | (304 ) |
Net change in other assets and liabilities........................................................................................ | 992 | (48 ) | 1,774 |
Net change in loans held for sale: | |||
Originations of loans..................................................................................................................... | (3,248 ) | (4,019 ) | (6,485 ) |
Sales and collection of loans held for sale................................................................................. | 3,319 | 4,079 | 6,663 |
Tax refund anticipation loans: | |||
Originations of loans..................................................................................................................... | - | (3,082 ) | (9,020 ) |
Transfers of loans to HSBC Finance, including premium........................................................ | - | 3,086 | 9,031 |
Net change in trading assets and liabilities.................................................................................... | (2,712 ) | (4,762 ) | (2,535 ) |
Lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments on loans held for sale................................. | 51 | (51 ) | 215 |
Mark-to-market (gain) loss on financial instruments designated at fair value and related derivatives...................................................................................................................................... | (471 ) | (294 ) | 253 |
Net change in fair value of derivatives and hedged items............................................................ | (884 ) | (95 ) | 59 |
|
|
| |
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities - continuing operations...................................... | (2,280 ) | (3,614 ) | 706 |
Cash provided by operating activities - discontinued operations.................................................. | 2,642 | 2,077 | 2,908 |
|
|
| |
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities........................................................................... | 362 | (1,537 ) | 3,614 |
|
|
| |
Cash flows from investing activities | |||
Net change in interest bearing deposits with banks........................................................................... | (17,252 ) | 11,907 | (4,169 ) |
Net change in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell.............. | 5,127 | (7,190 ) | 9,767 |
Securities available-for-sale: | |||
Purchases of securities available-for-sale....................................................................................... | (30,153 ) | (34,955 ) | (30,314 ) |
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale...................................................................... | 21,468 | 13,689 | 17,108 |
Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale.............................................................. | 3,686 | 2,783 | 11,919 |
Securities held-to-maturity: | |||
Purchases of securities held-to-maturity......................................................................................... | (11 ) | (2,036 ) | (229 ) |
Proceeds from maturities of securities held-to-maturity............................................................... | 568 | 1,350 | 342 |
Change in loans: | |||
Originations, net of collections......................................................................................................... | (6,034 ) | (164 ) | 9,373 |
Cash paid on bulk purchases of loans from HSBC Finance......................................................... | - | - | (3,000 ) |
Loans sold to third parties................................................................................................................. | 975 | 2,166 | 4,502 |
Net cash used for acquisitions of properties and equipment............................................................ | (33 ) | (96 ) | (44 ) |
Other, net................................................................................................................................................... | (77 ) | 80 | 148 |
|
|
| |
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities - continuing operations...................................... | (21,736 ) | (12,466 ) | 15,403 |
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities - discontinued operations.................................. | (606 ) | 2,832 | (5,829 ) |
|
|
| |
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities........................................................................... | (22,342 ) | (9,634 ) | 9,574 |
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Cash flows from financing activities | |||
Net change in deposits.............................................................................................................................. | 18,693 | 2,145 | (965 ) |
Debt: | |||
Net change in short-term borrowings................................................................................................. | 3,449 | 8,675 | (3,983 ) |
Issuance of long-term debt.................................................................................................................. | 6,271 | 4,322 | 4,318 |
Repayment of long-term debt.............................................................................................................. | (6,274 ) | (2,472 ) | (9,680 ) |
Debt repayment related to structured note vehicle VIEs................................................................. | - | (210 ) | (623 ) |
Debt issued related to the sale and leaseback of 452 Fifth Avenue property.............................. | - | 309 | - |
Repayment of debt related to the sale and leaseback of 452 Fifth Avenue property................. | (23 ) | (26 ) | - |
Capital contribution from parent............................................................................................................... | - | - | 2,167 |
Return of capital on preferred shares issued to CT Financial Services, Inc...................................... | - | (3 ) | (55 ) |
Other increases in capital surplus............................................................................................................ | 8 | (7 ) | (11 ) |
Dividends paid............................................................................................................................................ | (73 ) | (74 ) | (73 ) |
|
|
| |
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities - continuing operations......................................... | 22,051 | 12,659 | (8,905 ) |
Cash used in financing activities - discontinued operations.............................................................. | (148 ) | (2,954 ) | (4,096 ) |
|
|
| |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.............................................................................. | 21,903 | 9,705 | (13,001 ) |
|
|
| |
Net change in cash and due from banks................................................................................................. | (77 ) | (1,466 ) | 187 |
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period(1)................................................................................ | 1,693 | 3,159 | 2,972 |
|
|
| |
Cash and due from banks at end of period(2) ....................................................................................... | $ 1,616 | $ 1,693 | $ 3,159 |
|
|
| |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information | |||
Interest paid during the period................................................................................................................. | $ 1,231 | $ 1,241 | $ 1,782 |
Income taxes paid during the period........................................................................................................ | 498 | 32 | 27 |
Income taxes refunded during the period................................................................................................ | - | - | (263 ) |
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities | |||
Trading securities pending settlement.................................................................................................... | $ 28 | $ (781 ) | $ 387 |
Transfer of loans to held for sale.............................................................................................................. | 23,755 | 1,295 | 6,472 |
Fair value of properties added to real estate owned.............................................................................. | 86 | 201 | 135 |
Securities received for loan settlement.................................................................................................... | - | - | 78 |
(1) Cash at beginning of period includes $117 million, $1,246 million and $1,190 million for discontinued operations as of January 1, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(2) Cash at end of period includes $117 million and $1,246 million for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statement.
HSBC Bank USA, National Association
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Assets(1) | ||
Cash and due from banks................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 1,610 | $ 1,576 |
Interest bearing deposits with banks.................................................................................................................................................. | 23,105 | 8,051 |
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell..................................................................................................... | 3,109 | 8,236 |
Trading assets.............................................................................................................................................................................. | 37,113 | 32,051 |
Securities available-for-sale.............................................................................................................................................................. | 52,998 | 45,253 |
Securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $2.3 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)....................................... | 2,017 | 3,151 |
Loans ......................................................................................................................................................................................... | 52,694 | 48,895 |
Less - allowance for credit losses..................................................................................................................................................... | 743 | 851 |
|
| |
Loans, net.............................................................................................................................................................................. | 51,951 | 48,044 |
|
| |
Loans held for sale (includes $377 million and $1.3 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010,respectively)...................................................................................................................................................................... | 3,556 | 2,390 |
Properties and equipment, net.......................................................................................................................................................... | 458 | 549 |
Intangible assets, net...................................................................................................................................................................... | 242 | 424 |
Goodwill..................................................................................................................................................................................... | 1,638 | 2,036 |
Other assets.................................................................................................................................................................................. | 6,319 | 6,718 |
Other branch related assets held for sale............................................................................................................................................. | 440 | - |
Assets of discontinued operations..................................................................................................................................................... | 21,454 | 22,639 |
|
| |
Total assets................................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 206,010 | $ 181,118 |
|
| |
Liabilities(1) | ||
Debt: | ||
Deposits in domestic offices: | ||
Noninterest bearing.................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 20,588 | $ 23,040 |
Interest bearing (includes $9.8 billion and $7.4 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively)....... | 73,474 | 72,808 |
Deposits in foreign offices: | ||
Noninterest bearing.................................................................................................................................................................. | 1,912 | 1,263 |
Interest bearing........................................................................................................................................................................ | 37,873 | 31,461 |
Deposits held for sale..................................................................................................................................................................... | 15,144 | - |
|
| |
Total deposits.............................................................................................................................................................................. | 148,991 | 128,572 |
Short-term borrowings ............................................................................................................................................................. | 11,173 | 12,167 |
Long-term debt (includes $2.2 billion and $2.5 billion designated under fair value option at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively........ | 8,319 | 8,671 |
|
| |
Total debt.................................................................................................................................................................................... | 168,483 | 149,410 |
Trading liabilities......................................................................................................................................................................... | 12,576 | 10,285 |
Interest, taxes and other liabilities.................................................................................................................................................... | 4,516 | 3,160 |
Other branch related liabilities held for sale........................................................................................................................................ | 11 | - |
Liabilities of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................................ | 911 | 660 |
|
| |
Total liabilities............................................................................................................................................................................ | 186,497 | 163,515 |
|
| |
Shareholders' equity | ||
Preferred stock.............................................................................................................................................................................. | - | - |
Common shareholder's equity: | ||
Common stock ($100 par; 50,000 shares authorized; 20,015 and 20,013 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)...................................................................................................................................................................... | 2 | 2 |
Additional paid-in capital.......................................................................................................................................................... | 16,063 | 15,846 |
Retained earnings..................................................................................................................................................................... | 2,817 | 1,910 |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................................................................................................................................ | 631 | (155 ) |
|
| |
Total common shareholder's equity.................................................................................................................................................. | 19,513 | 17,603 |
|
| |
Total shareholders' equity............................................................................................................................................................. | 19,513 | 17,603 |
|
| |
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity......................................................................................................................................... | $ 206,010 | $ 181,118 |
|
|
(1) The following table summarizes assets and liabilities related to our consolidated variable interest entities ("VIEs") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are consolidated on our balance sheet. Assets and liabilities exclude intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Continued)
December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Assets | ||
Interest bearing deposits with banks................................................................................................................................ | $ 108 | $ 759 |
Securities held-to-maturity.................................................................................................................................................. | - | 881 |
Loans, net.............................................................................................................................................................................. | - | 1,220 |
Other assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | 520 | 512 |
Assets of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................... | - | 11,908 |
|
| |
Total assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 628 | $ 15,280 |
|
| |
Liabilities | ||
Short-term borrowings......................................................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 3,022 |
Long-term debt...................................................................................................................................................................... | 55 | 55 |
Interest, taxes and other liabilities...................................................................................................................................... | 166 | 112 |
Liabilities of discontinued operations............................................................................................................................... | 541 | 431 |
|
| |
Total liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 762 | $ 3,620 |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statement.
HSBC USA Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note |
| |
1 | Organization................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
2 | Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements...................................... |
|
3 | Discontinued Operations............................................................................................................................................. |
|
4 | Branch Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale.............................................................................................................. |
|
5 | Exit from Taxpayer Financial Services Loan Program............................................................................................... |
|
6 | Trading Assets and Liabilities..................................................................................................................................... |
|
7 | Securities......................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
8 | Loans............................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
9 | Allowance for Credit Losses........................................................................................................................................ |
|
10 | Loans Held for Sale....................................................................................................................................................... |
|
11 | Properties and Equipment, Net.................................................................................................................................... |
|
12 | Intangible Assets.......................................................................................................................................................... |
|
13 | Goodwill.......................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
14 | Deposits.......................................................................................................................................................................... |
|
15 | Short-Term Borrowings................................................................................................................................................ |
|
16 | Long-Term Debt............................................................................................................................................................. |
|
17 | Derivative Financial Instruments................................................................................................................................ |
|
18 | Fair Value Option........................................................................................................................................................... |
|
19 | Income Taxes.................................................................................................................................................................. |
|
20 | Preferred Stock............................................................................................................................................................... |
|
21 | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)................................................................................................ |
|
22 | Share-Based Plans......................................................................................................................................................... |
|
23 | Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits............................................................................................................... |
|
24 | Related Party Transactions.......................................................................................................................................... |
|
25 | Business Segments....................................................................................................................................................... |
|
26 | Retained Earnings and Regulatory Capital Requirements....................................................................................... |
|
27 | Variable Interest Entities............................................................................................................................................... |
|
28 | Guarantee Arrangements.............................................................................................................................................. |
|
29 | Fair Value Measurements............................................................................................................................................. |
|
30 | Collateral, Commitments and Contingent Liabilities................................................................................................. |
|
31 | Financial Statements of HSBC USA Inc. (Parent)..................................................................................................... |
|
1. Organization
HSBC USA Inc. ("HSBC USA"), incorporated under the laws of Maryland, is a New York State based bank holding company and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. ("HSBC North America"), which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc ("HSBC"). HSBC USA (together with its subsidiaries, "HUSI") may also be referred to in these notes to the consolidated financial statements as "we," "us" or "our."
Through our subsidiaries, we offer a comprehensive range of personal and commercial banking products and related financial services. HSBC Bank USA, National Association ("HSBC Bank USA"), our principal U.S. banking subsidiary, is a national banking association with banking branch offices and/or representative offices in 16 states and the District of Columbia. In addition to our domestic offices, we maintain foreign branch offices, subsidiaries and/or representative offices in the Caribbean, Europe, Asia, Latin America, and Canada. Our customers include individuals, including high net worth individuals, small businesses, corporations, institutions and governments. We also engage in mortgage banking and serve as an international dealer in derivative instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies, focusing on structuring of transactions to meet clients' needs.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements
Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HSBC USA and all subsidiaries in which we hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the voting rights, or where we exercise control, including all variable interest entities ("VIEs") in which we are the primary beneficiary. Investments in companies where we have significant influence over operating and financing decisions, which primarily are those where the percentage of ownership is at least 20 percent but not more than 50 percent, are accounted for under the equity method and reported as equity method investments in other assets. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
On January 1, 2010, we adopted new guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in June 2009 related to VIEs. The new guidance eliminated the concept of qualifying special purpose entities ("QSPEs") that were previously exempt from consolidation and changed the approach for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, which is required to consolidate the VIE, from a quantitative approach focusing on risk and reward to a qualitative approach focusing on (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE and (b) the obligation to absorb losses and/or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE. We assess whether an entity is a VIE and, if so, whether we are its primary beneficiary at the time of initial involvement with the entity and on an ongoing basis. A VIE is an entity in which the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to finance the entity's activities, where the equity investors lack certain characteristics of a controlling financial interest, or where voting rights are not proportionate to the economic interests of equity investors and the entity's activities are conducted primarily on behalf of investors having few voting rights. A VIE must be consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity with the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Certain reclassifications may be made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. Areas which we consider to be critical accounting estimates and require a high degree of judgment and complexity include allowance for credit losses, valuation of financial instruments, derivatives held for hedging, impairment of securities available-for-sale, mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets and contingent liabilities.
Unless otherwise indicated, information included in these notes to consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations for all periods presented. In 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell all of our private label credit card and closed-end receivables and substantially all of our other credit card receivables to Capital One. In 2010, we exited the wholesale banknotes business operated through our U.S. and Asian entities. As a result, both of these asset groups are now reported as discontinued operations. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," for further details.
Cash and Cash Equivalents For the purpose of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks.
Resale and Repurchase Agreements We enter into purchases and borrowings of securities under agreements to resell (resale agreements) and sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) substantially identical securities. Resale and repurchase agreements are accounted for as secured lending and secured borrowing transactions, respectively.
The amounts advanced under resale agreements and the amounts borrowed under repurchase agreements are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at the amount advanced or borrowed, plus accrued interest to date. Interest earned on resale agreements is reported as interest income. Interest paid on repurchase agreements is reported as interest expense. We offset resale and repurchase agreements executed with the same counterparty under legally enforceable netting agreements that meet the applicable netting criteria as permitted by generally accepted accounting principles.
Repurchase agreements may require us to deposit cash or other collateral with the lender. In connection with resale agreements, it is our policy to obtain possession of collateral, which may include the securities purchased, with market value in excess of the principal amount loaned. The market value of the collateral subject to the resale and repurchase agreements is regularly monitored, and additional collateral is obtained or provided when appropriate, to ensure appropriate collateral coverage of these secured financing transactions.
Trading Assets and Liabilities Financial instruments utilized in trading activities are stated at fair value. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on dealer quotes, pricing models, using observable inputs where available or quoted prices for instruments with similar characteristics. The validity of internal pricing models is regularly substantiated by reference to actual market prices realized upon sale or liquidation of these instruments and such models are periodically validated by a group independent of the front office. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized in trading revenues.
Securities Debt securities that we have the ability and intent to hold to maturity are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, which are recognized as adjustments to yield over the contractual lives of the related securities. Securities acquired principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term are classified as trading assets and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.
Equity securities that are not quoted on a recognized exchange are not considered to have a readily determinable fair value, and are recorded at cost, less any provisions for impairment. Unquoted equity securities, which include Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock, Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") stock and Visa Class B securities, are recorded in other assets.
All other securities are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related income taxes, recorded as adjustments to common shareholder's equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Securities that are classified as trading assets are stated at fair value. Fair value is generally based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on dealer quotes, pricing models, using observable inputs where available, or quoted prices for instruments with similar characteristics. The validity of internal pricing models is substantiated by reference to actual market prices realized upon sale or liquidation of these instruments.
Realized gains and losses on sales of securities not classified as trading assets are computed on a specific identified cost basis and are reported in other revenues (losses) as security gains, net. When the fair value of a security has declined below its amortized cost basis, we evaluate the decline to assess if it is considered other-than-temporary. To the extent that such a decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security's amortized cost and its fair value except that beginning in 2009, we changed our method of accounting for other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities as a result of adopting new accounting guidance which requires that only the credit loss component of such a decline is recognized in earnings for a debt security that we do not intend to sell and for which it is not more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. A new cost basis is established for the security that reflects the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in earnings. Fair value adjustments to trading securities and gains and losses on the sale of such securities are reported in other revenues (losses) as trading revenues.
Loans Loans are stated at amortized cost, which represents the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, charge offs, unamortized purchase premium or discount, unamortized nonrefundable fees and related direct loan origination costs and purchase accounting fair value adjustments. Loans are further reduced by the allowance for credit losses.
Premiums and discounts and purchase accounting fair value adjustments are recognized as adjustments to yield over the expected lives of the related loans. Interest income is recorded based on the interest method.
Troubled debt restructurings are loans for which the original contractual terms have been modified to provide for terms that are less than we would be willing to accept for new loans with comparable risk because of deterioration in the borrower's financial condition. Interest on these loans is recognized when collection is reasonably assured. Modifications resulting in troubled debt restructurings may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including but not limited to, a change in interest rate, an extension of the amortization period, a reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal or accrued interest.
Nonrefundable fees and related direct costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. The amortization of net deferred fees, which include points on real estate secured loans and costs, is recognized in interest income, generally by the interest method, based on the estimated or contractual lives of the related loans. Amortization periods are periodically adjusted for loan prepayments and changes in other market assumptions. Annual fees on MasterCard/Visa and home equity lines of credit ("HELOC"), net of direct lending costs, are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over one year.
Nonrefundable fees related to lending activities other than direct loan origination are recognized as other revenues (losses) over the period in which the related service is provided. This includes fees associated with the issuance of loan commitments where the likelihood of the commitment being exercised is considered remote. In the event of the exercise of the commitment, the remaining unamortized fee is recognized in interest income over the loan term using the interest method. Other credit-related fees, such as standby letter of credit fees, loan syndication and agency fees are recognized as other operating income over the period the related service is performed.
Allowance for Credit Losses We maintain an allowance for credit losses that is, in the judgment of management, adequate to absorb estimated probable incurred losses in our commercial and consumer loan portfolios. The adequacy of the allowance for credit losses is assessed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is based, in part, upon an evaluation of various factors including:
• an analysis of individual exposures where applicable;
• current and historical loss experience;
• changes in the overall size and composition of the portfolio; and
• specific adverse situations and general economic conditions.
We also assess the overall adequacy of the allowance for credit losses by considering key ratios such as reserves to nonperforming loans and reserves as a percentage of net charge offs in developing our loss reserve estimates. Loss estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reported in earnings when they become known. These estimates are influenced by factors outside of the control of management, such as consumer payment patterns and economic conditions with uncertainty inherent in these estimates, making it reasonably possible they could change.
For individually assessed commercial loans, we conduct a periodic assessment on a loan-by-loan basis to identify losses we believe to be inherent in the loan portfolio. When it is deemed probable, based upon known facts and circumstances, that full contractual interest and principal on an individual loan will not be collected in accordance with its contractual terms, the loan is considered impaired. An impairment reserve is established based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, impaired loans include loans in nonaccruing status, loans which have been assigned a specific allowance for credit losses, loans which have been partially charged off, and loans designated as troubled debt restructurings. Problem commercial loans are assigned various criticized facility grades under the allowance for credit losses methodology. In assigning the obligor ratings of a particular loan, among the risk factors considered are the obligor's debt capacity and financial position, the level of earnings, the amount and sources for repayment, the level of contingencies, management strength and the industry or geography in which the obligor operates.
Formula-based reserves are also established against commercial loans when, based upon an analysis of relevant data, it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of that loss can be reasonably estimated, even though an actual loss has yet to be identified. A separate reserve for credit losses associated with off-balance sheet exposures including unfunded lending commitments such as letters of credit, guarantees to extend credit and financial guarantees is also maintained and included in other liabilities, which incorporates estimates of the probability that customers will actually draw upon off-balance sheet obligations. This methodology uses the probability of default from the customer risk rating assigned to each counterparty, the "Loss Given Default" rating assigned to each transaction or facility based on the collateral securing the transaction, and the measure of exposure based on the transaction. Collateral is the primary driver of Loss Given Default. Specifically, the presence of collateral (secured vs. unsecured), the loan-to-value ratio and the quality of the collateral are the primary drivers of Loss Given Default. These reserves are determined by reference to continuously monitored and updated historical loss rates or factors, derived from a migration analysis which considers net charge off experience by loan and industry type in relation to internal customer credit grading.
Probable incurred losses for pools of homogeneous consumer loans are generally estimated using a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency, or buckets, and ultimately charge off. This analysis considers delinquency status, loss experience and severity and takes into account whether loans have filed for bankruptcy, have been restructured, or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, hardship, modification, extension or deferment. The allowance for credit losses on consumer receivables also takes into consideration the loss severity expected based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan in the event of default based on historical and recent trends. In addition, loss reserves are maintained on consumer receivables to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation or when historical trends are not reflective of current inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Risk factors considered in establishing the allowance for credit losses on consumer receivables include growth, product mix and risk selection, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features such as adjustable rate loans, economic conditions such as national and local trends in unemployment, housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, changes in underwriting practices, current levels of charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in laws and regulations and other items which can affect consumer payment patterns on outstanding receivables such as natural disasters.
Provisions for credit losses on commercial and consumer loans for which we have modified the loan terms as part of a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR Loans") are determined using a discounted cash flow impairment analysis or in the case of certain commercial loans which are solely dependent on the collateral for repayment, the estimated fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Beginning in 2011, we have determined that substantially all consumer loans modified as a result of financial difficulty, including all modifications with trial periods regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, should be reported as TDR Loans. For residential mortgage loans purchased from HSBC Finance, we have determined that, all re-ages, except first time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior re-age or modification since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered a TDR Loan. Prior to 2011, substantially all consumer loans which had been granted a modification greater than three months were considered TDR Loans. Modifications may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortization period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal or accrued interest. TDR Loans are considered to be impaired loans. Interest income on TDR Loans is recognized when collection is reasonably assured. For consumer loans, once a loan is classified as a TDR Loan, it continues to be reported as such until it is paid off or charged-off. For commercial loans, if they subsequently perform in accordance with the new terms and such terms represent current market rates at the time of restructure, they will be no longer be reported as a TDRs beginning in the year after restructure.
Charge-Off and Nonaccrual Policies and Practices Our charge-off and nonaccrual policies vary by product and are summarized below:
Product
| Charge-off Policies and Practices
| Nonaccrual Policies and Practices
|
Commercial Loans Construction and other real estate Business banking and middle market enterprises Global banking Other commercial | Commercial loan balances are charged off at the time all or a portion of the balance is deemed uncollectible. | Loans are generally categorized as nonaccruing when contractually delinquent for more than 90 days and in the opinion of management, reasonable doubt exists with respect to the ultimate collectibility of interest or principal based on certain factors including the period of time past due and adequacy of collateral. When classified as nonaccruing, any accrued interest recorded on the loan is generally deemed uncollectible and reversed against income. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent of cash received until the loan is placed on accrual status. In instances where there is doubt as to collectibility of principal, interest payments received are applied to principal. Loans are not reclassified as accruing until interest and principal payments are current and future payments are reasonably assured. |
Residential Mortgage Loans | Carrying amounts in excess of fair value less costs to sell are generally charged off at or before the time foreclosure is completed or when settlement is reached with the borrower, but not to exceed the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. If foreclosure is not pursued and there is no reasonable expectation for recovery, the account is generally charged off no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent.(1) | Loans are generally designated as nonaccruing when contractually delinquent for more than three months. When classified as nonaccruing, any accrued interest on the loan is generally deemed uncollectible and reversed against income. Interest accruals are resumed when the loan either becomes current or becomes less than 90 days delinquent and six months of consecutive payments have been made. |
Auto Finance | Carrying amounts in excess of fair value less costs to sell are generally charged off at the earlier of the following:
• The collateral has been repossessed and sold,
• The collateral has been in our possession for more than 30 days, or
• The loan becomes 120 days contractually delinquent. | Interest income accruals are suspended and the portion of previously accrued interest expected to be uncollectible is written off when principal payments are contractually past due for more than two months and resumed when the receivable becomes less than two months contractually delinquent. |
Private Label Credit Cards | Loan balances are generally charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. | Interest generally accrues until charge-off. |
Credit Cards | Loan balances are generally charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. | Interest generally accrues until charge-off. |
Other Consumer Loans | Loan balances are generally charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes four months contractually delinquent. | Interest generally accrues until charge-off. |
(1) Values are determined based upon broker price opinions or appraisals which are updated every 180 days. During the quarterly period between updates, real estate price trends are reviewed on a geographic basis and additional downward adjustments are recorded as necessary.
Fair values of foreclosed properties at the time of acquisition are initially determined based upon broker price opinions. Subsequent to acquisition, a more detailed property valuation is performed, reflecting information obtained from a walk-through of the property in the form of a listing agent broker price opinion as well as an independent broker price opinion or appraisal. A valuation is determined from this information within 90 days and any additional write-downs required are recorded through charge-off at that time.
In determining the appropriate amounts to charge-off when a property is acquired in exchange for a loan, we do not consider losses on sales of foreclosed properties resulting from deterioration in value during the period the collateral is held because these losses result from future loss events which cannot be considered in determining the fair value of the collateral at the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Charge-offs involving a bankruptcy for private label credit card and credit card receivables occurs by the end of the month 60 days after notification or 180 days contractually delinquent, whichever comes first. For auto finance receivables, bankrupt accounts are charged off at the earlier of 60 days after notification or the end of the month in which the account becomes 120 days contractually delinquent.
Delinquency status for loans is determined using the contractual method which is based on the status of payments under the loan. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as the restructure, re-age or modification of accounts.
Payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied to reduce the carrying amount of such loans.
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans Purchased loans with evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination for which it is probable at acquisition that we will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are considered to be credit impaired. Purchased credit-impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value, which is estimated by discounting the cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date. Because the estimate of expected cash flows reflects an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans, an allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date.
The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loans using the interest method. A subsequent decrease in the estimate of cash flows expected to be received on purchased credit-impaired loans generally results in the recognition of an allowance for credit losses and a corresponding charge to provision expense. A subsequent increase in estimated cash flows results in a reversal of a previously recognized allowance for credit losses and/or a positive impact on the amount of interest income subsequently recognized on the loans.
The process of estimating the cash flows expected to be received on purchased credit-impaired loans is subjective and requires management judgment with respect to key assumptions such as default rates, loss severity, and the amount and timing of prepayments. The application of different assumptions could result in different fair value estimates and could also impact the recognition and measurement of impairment losses and/or interest income.
Loans Held for Sale With the exception of certain leveraged loans and commercial loans for which the fair value option has been elected, all other loans that are classified as held for sale are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Fair value is determined based on quoted market prices for similar loans, outstanding investor commitments or discounted cash flow analyses using market assumptions. Increases in the valuation allowance utilized to adjust loans that are classified as held for sale to fair value, and subsequent recoveries of prior allowances recorded, are recorded in other income in the consolidated income statement. Receivables are classified as held for sale when management no longer intends or no longer has the ability to hold the receivables for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff.
Transfers of Financial Assets and Securitizations Transfers of financial assets in which we have surrendered control over the transferred assets are accounted for as sales. In assessing whether control has been surrendered, we consider whether the transferee would be a consolidated affiliate, the existence and extent of any continuing involvement in the transferred financial assets and the impact of all arrangements or agreements made contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer, even if they were not entered into at the time of transfer. Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred assets have been legally isolated from us and our consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the transferee (or, if the transferee is an entity whose sole purpose is to engage in securitization or asset-backed financing that is constrained from pledging or exchanging the assets it receives, each third-party holder of its beneficial interests) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it received without any constraints that provide more than a trivial benefit to us, and (iii) neither we nor our consolidated affiliates and agents have (a) both the right and obligation under any agreement to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets before their maturity, (b) the unilateral ability to cause the holder to return specific financial assets that also provides us with a more-than-trivial benefit (other than through a cleanup call) and (c) an agreement that permits the transferee to require us to repurchase the transferred assets at a price so favorable that it is probable that it will require us to repurchase them. Prior to 2010, transfers to QSPEs were accounted for as sales if certain criteria were met.
If the sale criteria are met, the transferred financial assets are removed from our balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on our balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability. For the majority of financial asset transfers, it is clear whether or not we have surrendered control. For other transfers, such as in connection with complex transactions or where we have continuing involvement such as servicing responsibilities, we generally obtain a legal opinion as to whether the transfer results in a true sale by law.
We have historically securitized certain private label card and credit card receivables where securitization provides an attractive source of funding. All private label card and credit card securitization transactions have been structured as secured financings. Such securitization vehicles have been paid off and thus no longer remain on our balance sheet.
Properties and Equipment, Net Properties and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which generally range from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Costs of maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Impairment testing is performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.
Mortgage Servicing Rights Residential mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") are initially measured at fair value at the time that the related loans are sold and are periodically re-measured using the fair value measurement method. Residential MSRs are measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value reflected in earnings in the period that the changes occur.
MSRs are subject primarily to interest rate risk, in that their fair value will fluctuate as a result of changes in the interest rate environment. Fair value is determined based upon the application of valuation models and other inputs. The valuation models incorporate assumptions market participants would use in estimating future cash flows. These assumptions include expected prepayments, default rates and market based option adjusted spreads.
We use certain derivative financial instruments including options and interest rate swaps to protect against a decline in the economic value of MSRs. These instruments have not been designated as qualifying hedges and are therefore recorded as trading assets that are marked-to-market through earnings.
Goodwill Goodwill, representing the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired, results from business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment annually using a discounted cash flow methodology. This methodology utilizes cash flow estimates based on internal forecasts updated to reflect current economic conditions and discount rates that we believe adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in our internal forecasts and are appropriate based on the implicit market rates in current comparable transactions. Impairment may be reviewed as of an interim date if circumstances indicate that the carrying amount is above fair value. We consider significant and long-term changes in industry and economic conditions to be examples of primary indicators of potential impairment.
Repossessed Collateral Collateral acquired in satisfaction of a loan is initially recognized at the lower of amortized cost or its fair value less estimated costs to sell and is reported in other assets. Once a property is classified as real estate owned, we do not consider the losses on past sales of foreclosed properties when determining the net realizable value of any collateral during the period it is held in real estate owned. A valuation allowance is created to recognize any subsequent declines in fair value less estimated costs to sell as they become known with a corresponding amount reflected in operating expense. These values are periodically reviewed for impairment until the property is sold and any impairment identified is immediately recognized through the valuation allowance. Recoveries in value are also recognized against the valuation allowance but not in excess of cumulative losses previously recognized subsequent to the date of repossession. Adjustments to the valuation allowance, costs of holding repossessed collateral, and any gain or loss on disposition are credited or charged to operating expense.
Collateral We pledge assets as collateral as required for various transactions involving security repurchase agreements, public deposits, Treasury tax and loan notes, derivative financial instruments, short-term borrowings and long-term borrowings. Assets that have been pledged as collateral, including those that can be sold or repledged by the secured party, continue to be reported on our consolidated balance sheet.
We also accept collateral, primarily as part of various transactions involving security resale agreements. Collateral accepted by us, including collateral that we can sell or repledge, is excluded from our consolidated balance sheet.
The market value of collateral we have accepted or pledged is regularly monitored and additional collateral is obtained or provided as necessary to ensure appropriate collateral coverage in these transactions.
Derivative Financial Instruments Derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate it as either:
• a qualifying hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge);
• a qualifying hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge); or
• a trading instrument or a non-qualifying (economic) hedge.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income taxes, and reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship is reflected in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading purposes or which do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in current period earnings.
At the inception of each designated qualifying hedge, we formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions, the nature of the hedged risk, how hedge effectiveness will be assessed and how ineffectiveness will be measured. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. We also formally assess both at inception and on a recurring basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items and whether they are expected to continue to be highly effective in future periods. This assessment is conducted using statistical regression analysis.
Earnings volatility may result from the on-going mark to market of certain economically viable derivative contracts that do not satisfy the hedging requirements under U.S. GAAP, as well as from the hedge ineffectiveness associated with the qualifying hedges.
Embedded Derivatives We may acquire or originate a financial instrument that contains a derivative instrument "embedded" within it. Upon origination or acquisition of any such instrument, we assess whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the principal component of the financial instrument (i.e., the host contract) and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument.
When we determine that: (1) the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract; and (2) a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is either separated from the host contract (bifurcated), carried at fair value, and designated as a trading instrument or the entire financial instrument is carried at fair value with all changes in fair value recorded to current period earnings. If bifurcation is elected, any gain recognized at inception related to the derivative is effectively embedded in the host contract and is recognized over the life of the financial instrument.
Hedge Discontinuation We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when:
• the derivative is no longer effective or expected to be effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item (including firm commitments or forecasted transactions);
• the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised;
• it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur;
• the hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or
• the designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value or cash flow hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at fair value.
In the case of a discontinued fair value hedge of a recognized asset or liability, as long as the hedged item continues to exist on the balance sheet, the hedged item will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value. The basis adjustment that had previously been recorded to the hedged item during the period from the hedge designation date to the hedge discontinuation date is recognized as an adjustment to the yield of the hedged item over the remaining life of the hedged item.
In the case of a discontinued cash flow hedge of a recognized asset or liability, as long as the hedged item continues to exist on the balance sheet, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the hedging derivative will no longer be recorded to other comprehensive income. The balance applicable to the discontinued hedging relationship will be recognized in earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item as an adjustment to yield. If the discontinued hedged item was a forecasted transaction that is not expected to occur, any amounts recorded on the balance sheet related to the hedged item, including any amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, are immediately reclassified to current period earnings.
In the case of either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, if the previously hedged item is sold or extinguished, the basis adjustment to the underlying asset or liability or any remaining unamortized other comprehensive income balance will be reclassified to current period earnings.
In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings unless redesignated as a qualifying hedge.
Interest Rate Lock and Purchase Agreements We enter into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). We also enter into commitments to purchase residential mortgage loans through correspondent channels (purchase commitments). Both rate lock and purchase commitments for residential mortgage loans that are classified as held for sale are considered to be derivatives and are recorded at fair value in other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in fair value are recorded in other income in the consolidated statements of income.
Foreign Currency Translation We have foreign operations in several countries. The accounts of our foreign operations are measured using the local currency as the functional currency, which is primarily U.S. Dollars. To the extent the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date. Income and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from such translation are included in common shareholder's equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign currency denominated transactions in other than the local functional currency are translated using the actual or period-average exchange rate with any foreign currency transaction gain or loss recognized currently in income.
Share-Based Compensation We use the fair value based method of accounting for awards of HSBC stock granted to employees under various stock option, restricted share and employee stock purchase plans. Stock compensation costs are recognized prospectively for all new awards granted under these plans. Compensation expense relating to share options is calculated using a methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is charged to expense over the requisite service period (e.g., vesting period), generally one to five years. When modeling awards with vesting that is dependent on performance targets, these performance targets are incorporated into the model using Monte Carlo simulation. The expected life of these awards depends on the behavior of the award holders, which is incorporated into the model consistent with historical observable data.
Compensation expense relating to restricted stock rights ("RSRs") is based upon the fair value of the RSRs on the date of grant and is charged to earnings over the requisite service period (e.g., vesting period) of the RSRs.
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits We recognize the funded status of the postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheet. Net postretirement benefit cost charged to current earnings related to these plans is based on various actuarial assumptions regarding expected future experience.
Certain employees are participants in various defined contribution and other non-qualified supplemental retirement plans. Our contributions to these plans are charged to current earnings.
Through various subsidiaries, we maintain various 401(k) plans covering substantially all employees. Employer contributions to the plan, which are charged to current earnings, are based on employee contributions.
Income Taxes HSBC USA is included in HSBC North America's consolidated federal income tax return and various combined state income tax returns. As such, we have entered into a tax allocation agreement with HSBC North America and its subsidiary entities ("the HNAH Group") included in the consolidated return which governs the timing and amount of income tax payments required by the various entities included in the consolidated return filings. Generally, such agreements allocate taxes to members of the HNAH Group based on the calculation of tax on a separate return basis, adjusted for the utilization or limitation of credits of the consolidated group. To the extent all the tax attributes available cannot be currently utilized by the consolidated group, the proportionate share of the utilized attribute is allocated based on each affiliate's percentage of the available attribute computed in a manner that is consistent with the taxing jurisdiction's laws and regulations regarding the ordering of utilization. In addition, we file some separate company state tax returns.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits and state net operating losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the deferred tax items are expected to be realized. If applicable, valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts we conclude are more-likely-than-not to be realized. Since we are included in HSBC North America's consolidated federal tax return and various combined state tax returns, the related evaluation of the recoverability of the deferred tax assets is performed at the HSBC North America legal entity level. We look at the HNAH Group's consolidated deferred tax assets and various sources of taxable income, including the impact of HSBC and HNAH Group tax planning strategies, in reaching conclusions on recoverability of deferred tax assets. The HNAH Group evaluates deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and any available carryback capacity. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the HNAH Group estimates future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. Only those tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible, and for which management has the ability and intent to implement, are incorporated into our analysis and assessment.
Where a valuation allowance is determined to be necessary at the HNAH consolidated level, such allowance is allocated to principal subsidiaries within the HNAH Group in a manner that is systematic, rational and consistent with the broad principles of accounting for income taxes. The methodology allocates the valuation allowance to the principal subsidiaries based primarily on the entity's relative contribution to the growth of the HNAH consolidated deferred tax asset against which the valuation allowance is being recorded.
Further evaluation is performed at the HSBC USA legal entity level to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance where we file separate company state income tax returns. Foreign taxes paid are applied as credits to reduce federal income taxes payable, to the extent that such credits can be utilized.
Transactions with Related Parties In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions with HSBC and its subsidiaries. These transactions occur at prevailing market rates and terms and include funding arrangements, purchases of receivables, information technology services, administrative and operational support, and other miscellaneous services.
New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted
Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit losses Disclosures In July 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update to provide more transparency about an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The new disclosures about troubled debt restructurings became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. See Note 8, "Loans," in these consolidated financial statements for the expanded disclosure on troubled debt restructurings.
Troubled Debt Restructurings In April 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance to assist creditors in determining whether a restructuring of a receivable met the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, for purposes of the identification and disclosure of troubled debt restructurings, as well as for recording impairment. In the third quarter of 2011, we adopted this Accounting Standards Update. As required, the new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011 and for purposes of measuring impairment, the proposed clarifications were effective on a prospective basis for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. Adoption did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
3. Discontinued Operations
Sale of Certain Credit Card Operations to Capital One On August 10, 2011 HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly-owned affiliates entered into an agreement to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation ("Capital One"). This sale includes our GM and UP credit card receivables as well as our private label credit card and closed-end receivables, all of which were purchased from HSBC Finance. At September 30, 2011, we have classified these receivables as held for sale as a component of Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet. The total consideration paid to HSBC may be paid in cash or a combination of cash and common stock to a maximum of $750 million of common stock (to be priced at $39.23 per share) at the option of Capital One. Based on balances at December 31, 2011, the total consideration for these receivables that would be allocated to us is approximately $21.1 billion. We recorded a lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment of $604 million on these receivables in 2011 which is reflected in other revenues in the table below. This fair value adjustment was largely offset by held for sale accounting adjustments in which loan impairment charges and premium amortization are no longer recorded. The sale to Capital One does not include credit card receivables associated with HSBC Bank USA's legacy credit card program and, therefore, are excluded from the table below, however a portion of these receivables are being sold to First Niagara Bank N.A. and HSBC Bank USA will continue to offer credit cards to HSBC Bank USA's customers. We anticipate this transaction will close in stages beginning in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer's regulator. No significant one-time closure costs are expected to be incurred as a result of exiting these portfolios.
Because the credit card and private label receivables being sold have been classified as held for sale and the operations and cash flows from these receivables will be eliminated from our ongoing operations upon disposition without any significant continuing involvement, we have determined we have met the requirements to report the results of these credit card and private label card receivables being sold as discontinued operations and have included these receivables in Assets of discontinued operations on our balance sheet for all periods presented. The results for these receivables were previously reported in the Retail Banking and Wealth Management segment.
The following summarizes the results of our discontinued credit card operations for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Interest income..................................................................................................................................................... | $ 2,084 | $ 2,268 | $ 2,871 |
Interest expense(1)................................................................................................................................................. | 237 | 362 | 719 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income.............................................................................................................................................. | 1,847 | 1,906 | 2,152 |
Provision for credit losses(2)................................................................................................................................ | 404 | 1,099 | 2,713 |
|
|
| |
Net interest income (expense) after provision for credit losses.................................................................... | 1,443 | 807 | (561 ) |
Other revenues(3)................................................................................................................................................... | 89 | 767 | 1,219 |
Operating expenses............................................................................................................................................. | 661 | 719 | 692 |
|
|
| |
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax................................................................... | $ 871 | $ 855 | $ (34 ) |
|
|
|
(1) Interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policy. This policy uses match funding based on the expected lives of the assets and liabilities of the business at the time of origination, subject to periodic review, as demonstrated by the expected cash flows and re-pricing characteristics of the underlying assets.
(2) For periods following the transfer of the receivables to held for sale, the receivables are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. As a result, we no longer record provisions for credit losses, including charge-offs, for these receivables.
(3) Included in other revenues in the year ended December 31, 2011 was a $604 million lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment.
The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of our discontinued credit card operations at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are reported as a component of Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet. As a result of this transaction, the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are considered held for sale.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Loans, net(1)(2).......................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 21,185 | $ 21,942 |
Other assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | 269 | 578 |
|
| |
Assets of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................... | $ 21,454 | $ 22,520 |
|
| |
Deposits in domestic offices - noninterest bearing........................................................................................................ | $ 35 | $ 33 |
Long-term debt(1)................................................................................................................................................................... | - | 150 |
Other liabilities...................................................................................................................................................................... | 876 | 464 |
|
| |
Liabilities of discontinued operations............................................................................................................................... | $ 911 | $ 647 |
|
|
(1) At December 31, 2011 we did not have any outstanding securities backed with private label credit card or credit card receivables issued under conduit credit facilities with commercial and investment banks. At December 31, 2010, credit card and private label credit card receivables of $233 million were used to collateralize $150 million of funding transactions structured as secured financing under these funding programs. The facilities were terminated in April 2011 as such facilities were no longer considered to be a cost-effective source of funding.
(2) At December 31, 2011, the receivables are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, loans were carried at amortized cost net of credit loss reserves which totaled $1,318 million.
Troubled debt restructurings represent receivables for which the original contract terms have been modified to provide for terms that are less than what we would be willing to accept for new receivables with comparable risk because of deterioration in the borrower's financial status. At December 31, 2011, our discontinued credit card and private label operations had loans which qualified as troubled debt restructurings ("TDR Loans") with an outstanding principal balance of $367 million. The additional credit card and private label card TDR Loans reported in the third quarter of 2011 as a result of the adoption of the new Accounting Standards Update was not significant. At December 31, 2010, our discontinued credit card and private label operations had TDR Loans with an outstanding principal balance of $477 million. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, credit card and private label credit card and closed-end TDR Loans of $71 million which were classified as TDR Loans during the previous 12 months became sixty days or greater contractually delinquent.
Banknotes Business In June 2010, we decided that the wholesale banknotes business ("Banknotes Business") within our Global Banking and Markets segment did not fit with our core strategy in the U.S. and, therefore, made the decision to exit this business. This business, which was managed out of the United States with operations in key locations worldwide, arranged for the physical distribution of banknotes globally to central banks, large commercial banks and currency exchanges. As a result of this decision, we recorded closure costs of $14 million during 2010, primarily relating to termination and other employee benefits. No significant additional closure costs are expected to be incurred.
As part of the decision to exit the Banknotes Business, in October 2010 we sold the assets of our Asian banknotes operations ("Asian Banknotes Operations") to an unaffiliated third party for total consideration of approximately $11 million in cash. As a result, during the third quarter of 2010 we classified the assets of the Asian Banknotes Operations of $23 million, including an allocation of goodwill of $21 million, as held for sale. Because the carrying amount of the assets being sold exceeded the agreed-upon sales price, we recorded a lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment of $12 million in the third quarter of 2010. As the exit of our Banknotes Business, including the sale of our Asian Banknotes Operations, was substantially completed in the fourth quarter of 2010, we began to report the results of our Banknotes Business as discontinued operations at that time.
The exit of our Banknotes Business was completed in the second quarter of 2011 with the sale of our European Banknotes Business to HSBC Bank plc in April. The table below summarizes the operating results of our Banknotes Business for the periods presented.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Net interest income and other revenues....................................................................................................................... | $ 19 | $ 102 | $ 123 |
Income from discontinued operations before income tax benefit............................................................................. | - | 23 | 73 |
The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of our Banknotes Business which are now reported as assets of discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Cash........................................................................................................................................................................................ | $ - | $ 117 |
Other assets........................................................................................................................................................................... | - | 2 |
|
| |
Assets of discontinued operations................................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 119 |
|
| |
Other liabilities...................................................................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 14 |
|
| |
Liabilities of discontinued operations............................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 14 |
|
|
4. Branch Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale
On July 31, 2011, we announced that we had reached an agreement with First Niagara Bank, N.A. ("First Niagara") to sell 195 retail branches, including certain loans, deposits and related branch premises, primarily located in upstate New York. The agreement includes the transfer of approximately $15.1 billion in deposits and $2.5 billion in loans as of December 31, 2011, as well as related branch premises, for a premium of 6.67 percent of the deposits, representing $1.0 billion based on current deposit levels, which will result in a gain upon closing of the transaction, net of allocated goodwill. Branch premises will be sold for fair value and loans and other transferred assets will be sold at their book values. The all-cash transaction is expected to close in stages beginning in the second quarter of 2012, subject to regulatory approvals, including approval by the acquirer's regulator. As a result of this transaction, the assets and liabilities related to the branches being sold have been classified as held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet.
The following summarizes the assets and liabilities classified as held for sale at December 31, 2011 in our consolidated balance sheet related to the announced agreement to sell certain retail branches.
At December 31, | 2011 |
(in millions) | |
Loans held for sale(1)................................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 2,495 |
Other branch assets held for sale: | |
Properties and equipment, net.......................................................................................................................................................... | 42 |
Goodwill allocated to retail branch disposal group....................................................................................................................... | 398 |
| |
Total other branch assets held for sale................................................................................................................................................ | 440 |
| |
Total branch assets held for sale........................................................................................................................................................... | $ 2,935 |
| |
Deposits held for sale.............................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 15,144 |
Other branch liabilities held for sale...................................................................................................................................................... | 11 |
| |
Total branch liabilities held for sale...................................................................................................................................................... | $ 15,155 |
|
(1) Loans held for sale includes $521 million of commercial loans, $1.4 billion of residential mortgages, $416 million of credit card loans and $161 million in other consumer loans.
5. Exit from Taxpayer Financial Services Loan Program
During the third quarter of 2010, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") announced it would stop providing information regarding certain unpaid obligations of a taxpayer (the "Debt Indicator"), which has historically served as a significant part of the underwriting process for the Taxpayer Financial Services ("TFS") loan program. It was determined that, without use of the Debt Indicator, tax refund anticipation loans which have historically accounted for the substantial majority of the loan production in the TFS loan program, could no longer be offered in a safe and sound manner. As a result, in December 2010, it was determined that we would no longer offer any tax refund anticipation loans or related products going forward, beginning with the 2011 tax season and we exited the TFS loan program. The TFS loan program has not been presented within discontinued operations as its impact is not material to our results of operations.
The following summarizes the operating results of our TFS loan program for the periods presented:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Total revenues.................................................................................................................................................................... | $ - | $ 69 | $ 11 |
Income before income tax expense................................................................................................................................... | - | 11 | 11 |
6. Trading Assets and Liabilities
Trading assets and liabilities are summarized in the following table.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Trading assets: | ||
U.S. Treasury................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 259 | $ 1,874 |
U.S. Government agency................................................................................................................................................ | 14 | 62 |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises(1)................................................................................................................... | 24 | 632 |
Asset backed securities................................................................................................................................................. | 1,032 | 1,148 |
Corporate and foreign bonds........................................................................................................................................ | 11,577 | 5,897 |
Other securities................................................................................................................................................................ | 40 | 52 |
Precious metals................................................................................................................................................................ | 17,082 | 16,725 |
Derivatives....................................................................................................................................................................... | 8,772 | 6,012 |
|
| |
$ 38,800 | $ 32,402 | |
|
| |
Trading liabilities: | ||
Securities sold, not yet purchased............................................................................................................................... | $ 343 | $ 212 |
Payables for precious metals......................................................................................................................................... | 6,999 | 5,326 |
Derivatives....................................................................................................................................................................... | 6,844 | 4,990 |
|
| |
$ 14,186 | $ 10,528 | |
|
|
(1) Includes mortgage backed securities of $10 million and $598 million issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and $14 million and $34 million issued or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) There were no foreign bonds issued by the governments of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece or Spain at either December 31, 2011 or 2010.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of derivatives included in trading assets has been reduced by $4.8 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, relating to amounts recognized for the obligation to return cash collateral received under master netting agreements with derivative counterparties.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of derivatives included in trading liabilities has been reduced by $6.3 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively, relating to amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral paid under master netting agreements with derivative counterparties.
7. Securities
The amortized cost and fair value of the securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity portfolios are summarized in the following tables.
December 31, 2011 | Amortized Cost | Non-Credit Loss Component of OTTI Securities | Unrealized Gains | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value |
(in millions) | |||||
Securities available-for-sale: | |||||
U.S. Treasury................................................................................. | $ 18,199 | $ - | $ 498 | $ (121 ) | $ 18,576 |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises:(1) | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities................................................... | 40 | - | 1 | - | 41 |
Direct agency obligations....................................................... | 2,501 | - | 352 | - | 2,853 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed: | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities................................................... | 15,357 | - | 728 | (3 ) | 16,082 |
Collateralized mortgage obligations...................................... | 6,881 | - | 177 | (3 ) | 7,055 |
Direct agency obligations....................................................... | 2 | - | - | - | 2 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions.............. | 566 | - | 35 | (1 ) | 600 |
Asset backed securities collateralized by: | |||||
Residential mortgages............................................................. | 6 | - | - | (1 ) | 5 |
Commercial mortgages............................................................ | 444 | - | 9 | (2 ) | 451 |
Home equity.............................................................................. | 369 | - | - | (99 ) | 270 |
Student loans............................................................................ | 13 | - | - | (1 ) | 12 |
Other.......................................................................................... | 102 | - | - | (22 ) | 80 |
Corporate and other domestic debt securities(2)........................ | 541 | - | 3 | - | 544 |
Foreign debt securities(2)(6)............................................................ | 6,640 | - | 27 | (97 ) | 6,570 |
Equity securities(3).......................................................................... | 130 | - | 10 | - | 140 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total available-for-sale securities.................................................... | $ 51,791 | $ - | $ 1,840 | $ (350 ) | $ 53,281 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity: | |||||
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises:(4) | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities................................................... | $ 1,421 | $ - | $ 195 | $ - | $ 1,616 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed: | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities................................................... | 79 | - | 13 | - | 92 |
Collateralized mortgage obligations...................................... | 308 | - | 44 | - | 352 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions | 61 | - | 3 | - | 64 |
Asset backed securities collateralized by: | |||||
Residential mortgages............................................................. | 166 | - | 9 | (1 ) | 174 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total held-to-maturity securities...................................................... | $ 2,035 | $ - | $ 264 | $ (1 ) | $ 2,298 |
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010 | Amortized Cost | Non-Credit Loss Component of OTTI Securities | Unrealized Gains | Unrealized Losses | Fair Value |
(in millions) | |||||
Securities available-for-sale: | |||||
U.S. Treasury................................................................................. | $ 19,336 | $ - | $ 139 | $ (378 ) | $ 19,097 |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises:(1) | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities.................................................. | 47 | - | - | (1 ) | 46 |
Direct agency obligations...................................................... | 2,115 | - | 79 | (9 ) | 2,185 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed: | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities.................................................. | 11,237 | - | 252 | (27 ) | 11,462 |
Collateralized mortgage obligations..................................... | 7,566 | - | 160 | (52 ) | 7,674 |
Direct agency obligations...................................................... | 19 | - | - | (1 ) | 18 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions............. | 571 | - | 13 | (5 ) | 579 |
Asset backed securities collateralized by: | |||||
Residential mortgages............................................................ | 13 | - | - | (2 ) | 11 |
Commercial mortgages............................................................ | 537 | - | 17 | (2 ) | 552 |
Home equity............................................................................. | 464 | (1 ) | - | (111 ) | 352 |
Student loans........................................................................... | 29 | - | - | (2 ) | 27 |
Other.......................................................................................... | 120 | - | 1 | (17 ) | 104 |
Corporate and other domestic debt securities(2)....................... | 676 | - | 7 | - | 683 |
Foreign debt securities(2)(6)............................................................ | 2,552 | - | 53 | - | 2,605 |
Equity securities(3)......................................................................... | 126 | - | 2 | - | 128 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total available-for-sale securities.................................................... | $ 45,408 | $ (1 ) | $ 723 | $ (607 ) | $ 45,523 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity: | |||||
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises:(4) | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities.................................................. | $ 1,586 | $ - | $ 151 | $ - | $ 1,737 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed: | |||||
Mortgage-backed securities.................................................. | 94 | - | 15 | - | 109 |
Collateralized mortgage obligations..................................... | 327 | - | 36 | - | 363 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions........ | 111 | - | 4 | (1 ) | 114 |
Asset backed securities collateralized by: | |||||
Residential mortgages............................................................ | 191 | - | 8 | (3 ) | 196 |
Asset-backed securities (predominantly credit card) and other debt securities held by consolidated VIE(5)............... | 1,034 | (153 ) | - | - | 881 |
|
|
|
|
| |
Total held-to-maturity securities..................................................... | $ 3,343 | $ (153 ) | $ 214 | $ (4 ) | $ 3,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes securities at amortized cost of $27 million and $30 million issued or guaranteed by the FNMA at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $13 million and $17 million issued or guaranteed by FHLMC at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) At December 31, 2011, other domestic debt securities included $516 million of securities at amortized cost fully backed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and foreign debt securities consisted of $2.7 billion of securities fully backed by foreign governments. The remainder of foreign debt securities represents foreign bank or corporate debt. At December 31, 2010, other domestic debt securities included $676 million of securities at amortized cost fully backed by the FDIC and foreign debt securities consisted of $2.2 billion of securities fully backed by foreign governments. The remainder of foreign debt securities represents foreign bank or corporate debt.
(3) Includes preferred equity securities at amortized cost issued by FNMA of $2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010 reflect cumulative other-than-temporary impairment charges of $203 million.
(4) Includes securities at amortized cost of $591 million and $622 million issued or guaranteed by FNMA at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $830 million and $964 million issued and guaranteed by FHLMC at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(5) Relates to securities held by Bryant Park Funding LLC, a variable interest entity which was consolidated at December 31, 2010. See Note 27, "Variable Interest Entities" for additional information.
(6) There were no foreign debt securities issued by the governments of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece or Spain at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
A summary of gross unrealized losses and related fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 classified as to the length of time the losses have existed follows:
One Year or Less
| Greater Than One Year
| |||||
December 31, 2011 | Numberof Securities | Gross Unrealized Losses | Aggregate Fair Value of Investment | Numberof Securities | Gross Unrealized Losses | Aggregate Fair Value of Investment |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||
Securities available-for-sale: | ||||||
U.S. Treasury..................................................... | 5 | $ (1 ) | $ 4,978 | 12 | $ (120 ) | $ 2,592 |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises....... | 6 | - | 8 | 15 | - | 9 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed.................................................... | 14 | (6 ) | 833 | 2 | - | 4 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions................................................. | 3 | (1 ) | 20 | 3 | - | 25 |
Asset backed securities................................... | 2 | - | 45 | 22 | (125 ) | 387 |
Corporate and other domestic debt securities....................................................... | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Foreign debt securities..................................... | 15 | (97 ) | 4,223 | - | - | - |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities available-for-sale.................................. | 45 | $ (105 ) | $ 10,107 | 54 | $ (245 ) | $ 3,017 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity: | ||||||
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises....... | 47 | $ - | $ - | 11 | $ - | $ - |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed.................................................... | 629 | - | 2 | 463 | - | 1 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions................................................. | 2 | - | - | 4 | - | 2 |
Asset backed securities................................... | - | - | - | 4 | (1 ) | 14 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity............................... | 678 | $ - | $ 2 | 482 | $ (1 ) | $ 17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Year or Less
| Greater Than One Year
| |||||
December 31, 2010 | Number of Securities | Gross Unrealized Losses | Aggregate Fair Value of Investment | Number of Securities | Gross Unrealized Losses | Aggregate Fair Value of Investment |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||
Securities available-for-sale: | ||||||
U.S. Treasury..................................................... | 43 | $ (378 ) | $ 10,034 | - | $ - | $ - |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises....... | 14 | (9 ) | 131 | 13 | (1 ) | 10 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed.................................................... | 70 | (80 ) | 4,409 | 2 | - | 2 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions................................................. | 27 | (3 ) | 127 | 5 | (2 ) | 36 |
Asset backed securities................................... | 3 | - | - | 51 | (133 ) | 506 |
Corporate and other domestic debt securities....................................................... | 3 | - | 200 | - | - | - |
Foreign debt securities..................................... | 1 | - | 84 | 1 | - | 25 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities available-for-sale.................................. | 161 | $ (470 ) | $ 14,985 | 72 | $ (136 ) | $ 579 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity: | ||||||
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises....... | 21 | $ - | $ - | 1 | $ - | $ - |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed.................................................... | 570 | - | 2 | 2 | - | - |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions................................................. | 14 | - | 7 | 12 | (1 ) | 14 |
Asset backed securities................................... | - | - | - | 6 | (3 ) | 44 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Securities held-to-maturity.................................... | 605 | $ - | $ 9 | 21 | $ (4 ) | $ 58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross unrealized losses decreased and gross unrealized gains increased within the available-for-sale portfolio overall in 2011 primarily due to decreases in interest rates since December 31, 2010 due to market conditions. In addition, rates rose significantly toward the end of 2010 driven by inflationary fears and uncertainty about the quantity and timing of the Federal Reserve's bond buying program. We have reviewed the securities for which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with our accounting policies for other-than-temporary impairment. During 2011, none of our debt securities were determined to have either initial other-than-temporary impairment or changes to previous other-than-temporary impairment estimates relating to the credit component and changes in the non-credit portion for 2011 represent a reversal of a portion of previously recorded impairment losses that were recognized in other comprehensive income. During 2010, 39 debt securities were determined to have either initial other-than-temporary impairment or changes to previous other-than-temporary impairment estimates. The credit loss component of the applicable debt securities totaling a loss of $79 million was recorded as a component of net other-than-temporary impairment losses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income (loss) during 2010, while the non-credit portion representing a net reversal of a portion of previously recorded impairment losses was recognized in other comprehensive income.
Except as noted above, we do not consider any other securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired as we expect to recover the amortized cost basis of these securities and we neither intend nor expect to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery, even if that equates to holding securities until their individual maturities. However, additional other-than-temporary impairments may occur in future periods if the credit quality of the securities deteriorates.
On-going Assessment for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment On a quarterly basis, we perform an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security with an unrealized loss has suffered other-than-temporary impairment. A debt security is considered impaired if its fair value is less than its amortized cost at the reporting date. If impaired, we assess whether the unrealized loss is other-than-temporary.
An unrealized loss is generally deemed to be other-than-temporary and a credit loss is deemed to exist if the present value of the expected future cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis of the debt security. As a result, the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment write-down for debt securities is recorded in earnings while the remaining portion of the impairment loss is recognized, net of tax, in other comprehensive income provided we do not intend to sell the underlying debt security and it is more-likely-than-not that we would not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery.
For all securities held in the available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolio for which unrealized losses have existed for a period of time, we do not have the intention to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities for contractual, regulatory or liquidity reasons as of the reporting date. As debt securities issued by U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government agencies and government sponsored entities accounted for 84 percent and 89 percent of total available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, our assessment for credit loss was concentrated on private label asset-backed securities. Substantially all of the private label asset-backed securities are supported by residential mortgages, home equity loans or commercial mortgages. Our assessment for credit loss was concentrated on this particular asset class because of the following inherent risk factors:
• The recovery of the U.S. economy remains sluggish;
• The continued weakness in the U.S. housing markets with high levels of delinquency and foreclosure;
• A lack of significant traction in government sponsored programs in loan modifications;
• A lack of refinancing activities within certain segments of the mortgage market, even at the current low interest rate environment, and the re-default rate for refinanced loans;
• The unemployment rate remains high and consumer confidence remains low compared to historical levels;
• The decline in the occupancy rate in commercial properties; and
• The severity and duration of unrealized loss.
In determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover, we considered the following factors:
• The length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;
• The level of credit enhancement provided by the structure, which includes but is not limited to credit subordination positions, over collateralization, protective triggers and financial guarantees provided by monoline wraps;
• Changes in the near term prospects of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security such as changes in default rates, loss severities given default and significant changes in prepayment assumptions;
• The level of excess cash flows generated from the underlying collateral supporting the principal and interest payments of the debt securities; and
• Any adverse change to the credit conditions of the issuer, the monoline insurer or the security such as credit downgrades by the rating agencies.
We use a standard valuation model to measure the credit loss for available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities. The valuation model captures the composition of the underlying collateral and the cash flow structure of the security. Management develops inputs to the model based on external analyst reports and forecasts and internal credit assessments. Significant inputs to the model include delinquencies, collateral types and related contractual features, estimated rates of default, loss given default and prepayment assumptions. Using the inputs, the model estimates cash flows generated from the underlying collateral and distributes those cash flows to respective tranches of securities considering credit subordination and other credit enhancement features. The projected future cash flows attributable to the debt security held are discounted using the effective interest rates determined at the original acquisition date if the security bears a fixed rate of return. The discount rate is adjusted for the floating index rate for securities which bear a variable rate of return, such as LIBOR-based instruments.
As of December 31, 2010, substantially all available-for-sale debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment for which a portion of the impairment loss remains in accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of asset-backed securities collateralized by residential mortgages or home equity loans. Specific market based assumptions were used to appropriately model and value the credit component of each individual prime, Alt-A and second lien/home equity mortgage-backed security due to the diversified geographical, FICO and vintage (2005-2007) characteristics of the underlying loans. This has resulted in a wide range of assumptions across the analyzed securities as presented in the table below. Prime and Alt-A mortgage collateral types comprise approximately 57 percent and 16 percent, respectively, of the other-than-temporary impairments we have recognized during 2010. The assumptions were as follows:
December 31, 2010 | Prime | Alt-A | Second liens/Home equity mortgages |
Constant default rate............................................................................................................... | 1-6 % | 1-11 % | 1-18 % |
Loss severity............................................................................................................................. | 25-60 % | 36-75 % | 65-100 % |
Prepayment speeds.................................................................................................................. | 2-16 % | 1-23 % | 1-24 % |
The dollar amounts of asset-backed and equity securities for which other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized in 2010 are as follows:
Balance as of December 31, 2010
| ImpairmentLoss Charged toProfit and Lossin 2010 | |||
AmortizedCost | UnrealizedImpairmentLoss | Fair Value | ||
(in millions) | ||||
Available-for-sale: | ||||
Asset-backed securities: | ||||
Residential mortgages............................................................................... | $ 8 | $ (1 ) | $ 7 | $ 1 |
Home equity loans..................................................................................... | 6 | - | 6 | 1 |
|
|
|
| |
Subtotal....................................................................................................... | 14 | (1 ) | 13 | 2 |
Equity securities.............................................................................................. | 3 | - | 3 | 7 |
|
|
|
| |
Total available-for-sale........................................................................................ | 17 | (1 ) | 16 | 9 |
Held-to-maturity: | ||||
Asset-backed securities (predominately Credit Card)............................... | 256 | - | 256 | 31 |
|
|
|
| |
Total....................................................................................................................... | $ 273 | $ (1 ) | $ 272 | $ 40 |
|
|
|
|
Additionally, there was $39 million of other-than-temporary impairment realized on securities sold during 2010.
The amortized cost and fair value of those asset-backed securities with unrealized loss of more than 12 months for which no other-than-temporary-impairment has been recognized at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
Balance as of December 31, 2011
| |||
Amortized Cost | Unrealized Losses for More Than 12 Months | Fair Value | |
(in millions) | |||
Available-for-sale: | |||
Asset-backed securities: | |||
Residential mortgages.............................................................................................. | $ 5 | $ - | $ 5 |
Commercial mortgages............................................................................................. | 23 | (2 ) | 21 |
Home equity loans.................................................................................................... | 369 | (100 ) | 269 |
Student loans............................................................................................................. | 13 | (1 ) | 12 |
Other........................................................................................................................... | 102 | (22 ) | 80 |
|
|
| |
Subtotal................................................................................................................. | 512 | (125 ) | 387 |
Held-to-maturity classification: | |||
Asset-backed securities: | |||
Residential mortgages.............................................................................................. | 15 | (1 ) | 14 |
|
|
| |
Total....................................................................................................................... | $ 527 | $ (126 ) | $ 401 |
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
| |||
Amortized Cost | Unrealized Losses for More Than 12 Months | Fair Value | |
(in millions) | |||
Available-for-sale: | |||
Asset-backed securities: | |||
Residential mortgages.............................................................................................. | $ 3 | $ (1 ) | $ 2 |
Commercial mortgages............................................................................................. | 39 | (2 ) | 37 |
Home equity loans.................................................................................................... | 457 | (112 ) | 345 |
Student loans............................................................................................................. | 29 | (2 ) | 27 |
Other........................................................................................................................... | 103 | (16 ) | 87 |
|
|
| |
Subtotal................................................................................................................. | 631 | (133 ) | 498 |
Held-to-maturity classification: | |||
Asset-backed securities: | |||
Residential mortgages.............................................................................................. | 47 | (3 ) | 44 |
|
|
| |
Total....................................................................................................................... | $ 678 | $ (136 ) | $ 542 |
|
|
|
Although the fair value of a particular security is below its amortized cost for more than 12 months, it does not necessarily result in a credit loss and hence other-than-temporary impairment. The decline in fair value may be caused by, among other things, the illiquidity of the market. To the extent we do not intend to sell the debt security and it is more-likely-than-not we will not be required to sell the security before the recovery of the amortized cost basis, no other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred.
For 2011 there were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized related to credit loss. At December 31, 2011, there are no remaining non-credit component unrealized loss amounts recognized. The excess of amortized cost over the present value of expected future cash flows recognized during 2010 on our other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities, which represents the credit loss associated with these securities, was $79 million. The excess of the present value of expected future cash flows over fair value, representing the non-credit component of the unrealized loss associated with all other-than-temporarily impaired securities, was $154 million at December 31, 2010. Since we did not have the intention to sell the securities and had sufficient capital and liquidity to hold these securities until a full recovery of the fair value occurs, only the credit loss component was reflected in the consolidated statement of income. The non-credit component of the unrealized loss was recorded, net of taxes, in other comprehensive income (loss).
The following table summarizes the rollforward of credit losses on debt securities that were other-than-temporarily impaired which would have been recognized in income:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Credit losses at the beginning of the period................................................................................................................................ | $ 36 | $ 81 |
Credit losses related to securities for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized........ | - | 20 |
Increase in credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized............................... | - | 52 |
Reduction of credit losses previously recognized on sold securities..................................................................................... | (5 ) | (91 ) |
Reduction of credit losses previously recognized on held to maturity securities due to deconsolidation of VIE........... | (31 ) | - |
Reductions of credit losses for increases in cash flows expected to be collected that are recognized over the remaining life of the security..................................................................................................................................................... | - | (26 ) |
|
| |
Ending balance of credit losses on debt securities held for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment may have been recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)..................................................................................... | $ - | $ 36 |
|
|
At December 31, 2011, we held 45 individual asset-backed securities in the available-for-sale portfolio, of which 9 were also wrapped by a monoline insurance company. The asset-backed securities backed by a monoline wrap comprised $349 million of the total aggregate fair value of asset-backed securities of $818 million at December 31, 2011. The gross unrealized losses on these monoline securities were $121 million at December 31, 2011. We did not take into consideration the value of the monoline wrap of any non-investment grade monoline insurers as of December 31, 2011 and, therefore, we only considered the financial guarantee of monoline insurers on securities for purposes of evaluating other-than-temporary impairment with a fair value of $154 million. One security wrapped by a below investment grade monoline insurance company with an aggregate fair value of less than $1 million was deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2010, we held 78 individual asset-backed securities in the available-for-sale portfolio, of which 24 were also wrapped by a monoline insurance company. The asset-backed securities backed by a monoline wrap comprised $437 million of the total aggregate fair value of asset-backed securities of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2010. The gross unrealized losses on these securities were $127 million at December 31, 2010. We did not take into consideration the value of the monoline wrap of any non-investment grade monoline insurers as of December 31, 2010 and, therefore, we only considered the financial guarantee of monoline insurers on securities for purposes of evaluating other-than-temporary impairment with a fair value of $156 million. Two securities wrapped by below investment grade monoline insurance companies with an aggregate fair value of $5 million were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
As discussed above, certain asset-backed securities have an embedded financial guarantee provided by monoline insurers. Because the financial guarantee is not a separate and distinct contract from the asset-backed security, they are considered as a single unit of account for fair value measurement and impairment assessment purposes. The monoline insurers are regulated by the insurance commissioners of the relevant states and certain monoline insurers that write the financial guarantee contracts are public companies. In evaluating the extent of our reliance on investment grade monoline insurance companies, consideration is given to our assessment of the creditworthiness of the monoline and other market factors. We perform both a credit as well as a liquidity analysis on the monoline insurers each quarter. Our analysis also compares market-based credit default spreads, when available, to assess the appropriateness of our monoline insurer's creditworthiness. Based on the public information available, including the regulatory reviews and actions undertaken by the state insurance commissions and the published financial results, we determine the degree of reliance to be placed on the financial guarantee policy in estimating the cash flows to be collected for the purpose of recognizing and measuring impairment loss.
A credit downgrade to non-investment grade is a key but not the only factor in determining the credit risk or the monoline insurer's ability to fulfill its contractual obligation under the financial guarantee arrangement. Although a monoline may have been down-graded by the credit rating agencies or have been ordered to commute its operations by the insurance commissioners, it may retain the ability and the obligation to continue to pay claims in the near term. We evaluate the short-term liquidity of and the ability to pay claims by the monoline insurers in estimating the amounts of cash flows expected to be collected from specific asset-backed securities for the purpose of assessing and measuring credit loss.
The following table summarizes realized gains and losses on investment securities transactions attributable to available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities.
Gross Realized Gains | Gross Realized (Losses) | Net Realized (Losses) Gains | |
(in millions) | |||
Year ended December 31, 2011: | |||
Securities available-for-sale.............................................................................................................. | $ 276 | $ (147 ) | $ 129 |
Securities held- to-maturity(1)............................................................................................................. | - | - | - |
|
|
| |
$ 276 | $ (147 ) | $ 129 | |
|
|
| |
Year ended December 31, 2010: | |||
Securities available-for-sale.............................................................................................................. | $ 177 | $ (151 ) | $ 26 |
Securities held- to-maturity(1)............................................................................................................. | - | (31 ) | (31 ) |
|
|
| |
$ 177 | $ (182 ) | $ (5 ) | |
|
|
| |
Year ended December 31, 2009: | |||
Securities available-for-sale.............................................................................................................. | $ 312 | $ (180 ) | $ 132 |
Securities held- to-maturity(1)............................................................................................................. | - | - | - |
|
|
| |
$ 312 | $ (180 ) | $ 132 | |
|
|
|
(1) Maturities, calls and mandatory redemptions.
The amortized cost and fair values of securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011, are summarized in the table below by contractual maturity. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties in certain cases. Securities available-for-sale amounts exclude equity securities as they do not have stated maturities. The table below also reflects the distribution of maturities of debt securities held at December 31, 2011, together with the approximate taxable equivalent yield of the portfolio. The yields shown are calculated by dividing annual interest income, including the accretion of discounts and the amortization of premiums, by the amortized cost of securities outstanding at December 31, 2011. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a taxable equivalent basis using applicable statutory tax rates.
WithinOne Year
| After OneBut WithinFive Years
| After FiveBut WithinTen Years
| After TenYears
| |||||
Taxable Equivalent Basis | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||||||
Available-for-sale: | ||||||||
U.S. Treasury............................................. | $ - | - % | $ 10,369 | .58 % | $ 4,281 | 2.01 % | $ 3,549 | 3.39 % |
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises............................................ | - | - | - | - | 2,065 | 3.95 | 476 | 3.70 |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed............................................ | - | - | 1 | 5.25 | 92 | 2.09 | 22,147 | 3.40 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions......................................... | - | - | 1 | 4.60 | 313 | 4.24 | 252 | 4.53 |
Asset backed securities........................... | 38 | 5.64 | - | - | 14 | .79 | 882 | 3.00 |
Other domestic debt securities............... | 516 | 1.60 | - | - | - | - | 25 | 3.90 |
Foreign debt securities............................ | 1,715 | 2.43 | 4,914 | 2.00 | 11 | 4.93 | - | - |
|
|
|
| |||||
Total amortized cost...................................... | $ 2,269 | 2.29 % | $ 15,285 | 1.04 % | $ 6,776 | 2.71 % | $ 27,331 | 3.40 % |
|
|
|
| |||||
Total fair value................................................ | $ 2,281 | $ 15,266 | $ 7,263 | $ 28,331 | ||||
|
|
|
| |||||
Held-to-maturity: | ||||||||
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises............................................ | $ - | - % | $ 14 | 7.95 % | $ 2 | 7.02 % | $ 1,405 | 6.16 % |
U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed............................................ | - | - | 1 | 7.61 | 5 | 7.65 | 381 | 6.52 |
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions......................................... | 7 | 4.98 | 17 | 5.49 | 13 | 4.80 | 24 | 4.92 |
Asset backed securities........................... | - | - | - | - | - | - | 166 | 6.22 |
Asset backed securities issued by consolidated VIE................................. | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Foreign debt securities............................ | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
|
|
|
| |||||
Total amortized cost...................................... | $ 7 | 4.98 % | $ 32 | 6.60 % | $ 20 | 5.69 % | $ 1,976 | 6.22 % |
|
|
|
| |||||
Total fair value................................................ | $ 7 | $ 34 | $ 21 | $ 2,236 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock and Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") stock of $133 million and $483 million, respectively, were included in other assets at December 31, 2011. Investments in FHLB stock and FRB stock of $119 million and $477 million, respectively, were included in other assets at December 31, 2010.
8. Loans
Loans consisted of the following:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate............................................................................................................................... | $ 7,860 | $ 8,228 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises...................................................................................................... | 9,642 | 7,945 |
Global banking(1) (2)............................................................................................................................................................ | 12,658 | 10,745 |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................................................. | 3,489 | 3,085 |
|
| |
Total commercial.............................................................................................................................................................. | 33,649 | 30,003 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Home equity mortgages................................................................................................................................................. | 2,563 | 3,820 |
Other residential mortgages........................................................................................................................................... | 14,113 | 13,697 |
Credit cards...................................................................................................................................................................... | 828 | 1,250 |
Other consumer............................................................................................................................................................... | 714 | 1,039 |
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................................................................................ | 18,218 | 19,806 |
|
| |
Total loans............................................................................................................................................................................. | $ 51,867 | $ 49,809 |
|
|
(1) Represents large multinational firms including globally focused U.S. corporate and financial institutions and USD lending to select high quality Latin American and other multinational customers managed by HSBC on a global basis.
(2) Includes $1.2 billion of commercial loans at December 31, 2010 related to a VIE which has been consolidated.
We have loans outstanding to certain executive officers and directors. The loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility. The aggregate amount of such loans did not exceed 5% of shareholders' equity at either December 31, 2011 or 2010.
Net deferred origination costs, totaled $59 million and $88 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had net unamortized premium on our loans of $59 million and $74 million, respectively. We amortized net premiums of $35 million and $20 million and net discounts of $59 million on our loans in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Age Analysis of Past Due Loans The following table summarizes the past due status of our loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for continuing and discontinued operations. The aging of past due amounts are determined based on the contractual delinquency status of payments under the loan. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as re-age or modification.
Days Past Due
| ||||||
At December 31, 2011 | 1 - 29 days | 30 - 89 days | 90+ days | Total Past Due | Current | Total Loans |
(in millions) | ||||||
Continuing operations: | ||||||
Commercial loans: | ||||||
Construction and other real estate............................ | $ 72 | $ 31 | $ 231 | $ 334 | $ 7,526 | $ 7,860 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises... | 887 | 58 | 71 | 1,016 | 8,626 | 9,642 |
Global banking.............................................................. | 898 | 34 | 74 | 1,006 | 11,652 | 12,658 |
Other commercial.......................................................... | 78 | 84 | 21 | 183 | 3,306 | 3,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial.......................................................... | 1,935 | 207 | 397 | 2,539 | 31,110 | 33,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||||||
HELOC and home equity mortgages......................... | 181 | 54 | 89 | 324 | 2,239 | 2,563 |
Other residential mortgages....................................... | 109 | 526 | 815 | 1,450 | 12,663 | 14,113 |
Credit cards................................................................... | 37 | 20 | 20 | 77 | 751 | 828 |
Other consumer............................................................ | 11 | 6 | 35 | 52 | 662 | 714 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer............................................................. | 338 | 606 | 959 | 1,903 | 16,315 | 18,218 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans - continuing operations................................... | $ 2,273 | $ 813 | $ 1,356 | $ 4,442 | $ 47,425 | 51,867 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Discontinued credit card and private labeloperations(1)........................................................................ | $ 742 | $ 374 | $ 361 | $ 1,477 | $ 19,708 | $ 21,185 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Days Past Due
| ||||||
At December 31, 2010 | 1 - 29 days | 30 - 89 days | 90+ days | Total Past Due | Current | Total Loans |
(in millions) | ||||||
Continuing operations: | ||||||
Commercial loans: | ||||||
Construction and other real estate............................ | $ 72 | $ 200 | $ 433 | $ 705 | $ 7,523 | $ 8,228 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises... | 367 | 84 | 66 | 517 | 7,428 | 7,945 |
Global banking.............................................................. | 902 | 90 | 74 | 1,066 | 9,679 | 10,745 |
Other commercial.......................................................... | 63 | 77 | 14 | 154 | 2,931 | 3,085 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial.......................................................... | 1,404 | 451 | 587 | 2,442 | 27,561 | 30,003 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||||||
HELOC and home equity mortgages......................... | 328 | 83 | 93 | 504 | 3,316 | 3,820 |
Other residential mortgages....................................... | 123 | 538 | 900 | 1,561 | 12,136 | 13,697 |
Credit cards................................................................... | 37 | 23 | 24 | 84 | 1,166 | 1,250 |
Other consumer............................................................ | 12 | 6 | 32 | 50 | 989 | 1,039 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer............................................................. | 500 | 650 | 1,049 | 2,199 | 17,607 | 19,806 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total loans - continuing operations................................... | $ 1,904 | $ 1,101 | $ 1,636 | $ 4,641 | $ 45,168 | $ 49,809 |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Discontinued credit card and private labeloperations(1)........................................................................ | $ 767 | $ 466 | $ 533 | $ 1,766 | $ 21,494 | $ 23,260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) At December 31, 2011, discontinued credit card and private label credit card operations represent our GM and UP credit card loans as well as our private label credit card and closed-end loans which are included as held for sale and carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, these discontinued credit card and private label credit card loans were carried at amortized cost and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances.
Contractual Maturities Contractual maturities of loans were as follows:
At December 31,
| |||||||
2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | 2016 | Thereafter | Total | |
(in millions) | |||||||
Commercial Loans: | |||||||
Construction and other real estate..................... | $ 4,504 | $ 866 | $ 662 | $ 424 | $ 841 | $ 563 | $ 7,860 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises........................................................ | 5,094 | 1,144 | 887 | 584 | 1,228 | 705 | 9,642 |
Global banking...................................................... | 7,973 | 1,258 | 943 | 579 | 1,025 | 880 | 12,658 |
Other commercial.................................................. | 1,839 | 414 | 321 | 212 | 449 | 254 | 3,489 |
Consumer Loans: | |||||||
Home equity mortgages(1).................................... | 843 | 541 | 332 | 206 | 131 | 510 | 2,563 |
Other residential mortgages................................ | 1,278 | 370 | 362 | 374 | 383 | 11,346 | 14,113 |
Credit card receivables(2)...................................... | 236 | 592 | - | - | - | - | 828 |
Other consumer..................................................... | 551 | 57 | 44 | 31 | 19 | 12 | 714 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Total............................................................................. | $ 22,318 | $ 5,242 | $ 3,551 | $ 2,410 | $ 4,076 | $ 14,270 | $ 51,867 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Home equity mortgages maturities reflect estimates based on historical payment patterns.
(2) As credit card receivables do not have stated maturities, the table reflects estimates based on historical payment patterns.
As substantial portion of consumer loans, based on our experience, will be renewed or repaid prior to contractual maturity, the above maturity schedule should not be regarded as a forecast of future cash collections. The following table summarizes contractual maturities of loans due after one year by repricing characteristic:
At December 31, 2011
| ||
Over 1 But Within 5 Years | Over 5 Years | |
(in millions) | ||
Receivables at predetermined interest rates............................................................................................................. | $ 2,585 | $ 4,118 |
Receivables at floating or adjustable rates............................................................................................................... | 12,694 | 10,152 |
|
| |
Total............................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 15,279 | $ 14,270 |
|
|
Nonaccrual Loans Nonaccrual loans totaled $1.8 billion and $2.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income that would have been recorded if such nonaccrual loans had been current and in accordance with contractual terms was approximately $117 million in 2011 and $146 million in 2010. Interest income that was included in finance and other interest income on these loans was approximately $19 million in 2011 and $28 million in 2010. For an analysis of reserves for credit losses, see Note 9, "Allowance for Credit Losses."
Nonaccrual loans and accruing receivables 90 days or more delinquent are summarized in the following table:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Nonaccrual loans: | ||
Continuing operations: | ||
Commercial: | ||
Real Estate: | ||
Construction and land loans................................................................................................................................... | $ 103 | $ 70 |
Other real estate........................................................................................................................................................ | 512 | 529 |
Business banking and middle markets enterprises................................................................................................... | 58 | 116 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................................................ | 137 | 74 |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................................................ | 15 | 12 |
|
| |
Total commercial.................................................................................................................................................................. | 825 | 801 |
|
| |
Consumer: | ||
Residential mortgages, excluding home equity mortgages..................................................................................... | 815 | 900 |
Home equity mortgages................................................................................................................................................ | 89 | 93 |
|
| |
Total residential mortgages..................................................................................................................................... | 904 | 993 |
Other consumer loans................................................................................................................................................... | 8 | 9 |
|
| |
Total consumer loans.................................................................................................................................................... | 912 | 1,002 |
|
| |
Nonaccrual loans held for sale..................................................................................................................................... | 88 | 186 |
|
| |
Total nonaccruing loans - continuing operations | 1,825 | 1,989 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations(1).......................................................................................................... | - | - |
|
| |
Total nonaccruing loans | 1,825 | 1,989 |
|
| |
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more: | ||
Continuing operations: | ||
Commercial: | ||
Real Estate: | ||
Construction and land loans................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other real estate........................................................................................................................................................ | 1 | 137 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises..................................................................................................... | 11 | 47 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................................................ | - | - |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................................................ | 2 | 2 |
|
| |
Total commercial............................................................................................................................................................ | 14 | 186 |
|
| |
Consumer: | ||
Credit card receivables.................................................................................................................................................. | 20 | 24 |
Other consumer.............................................................................................................................................................. | 27 | 23 |
|
| |
Total consumer loans.................................................................................................................................................... | 47 | 47 |
|
| |
Total accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more - continuing operations.................................................. | 61 | 233 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations(1).......................................................................................................... | 361 | 533 |
|
| |
Total accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more.............................................................................................. | 422 | 766 |
|
| |
Total nonperforming loans.......................................................................................................................................................... | $ 2,247 | $ 2,755 |
|
|
(1) At December 31, 2011, discontinued credit card and private label credit card operations represent our GM and UP credit card loans and our private label credit card and closed-end loans which are included as held for sale and carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, these discontinued credit card and private label credit card loans were carried at amortized cost and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances.
Impaired Loans A loan is considered to be impaired when it is deemed probable that not all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will be collected. Probable losses from impaired loans are quantified and recorded as a component of the overall allowance for credit losses. Commercial and consumer loans for which we have modified the loan terms as part of a troubled debt restructuring are considered to be impaired loans. Additionally, commercial loans in nonaccrual status, or that have been partially charged-off or assigned a specific allowance for credit losses are also considered impaired loans.
Troubled debt restructurings Troubled debt restructurings represent loans for which the original contractual terms have been modified to provide for terms that are less than what we would be willing to accept for new loans with comparable risk because of deterioration in the borrower's financial condition.
During the third quarter of 2011, we adopted a new Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance for determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be reported as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR Loan"). Under this new guidance, we have determined that substantially all consumer loans modified as a result of a financial difficulty, including all modifications with trial periods regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, should be reported as TDR Loans. For residential mortgage loans purchased from HSBC Finance, we have determined that all re-ages, except first-time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior re-age or modification since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered a TDR Loan. Exclusion of these first-time early stage delinquency re-ages from our reported TDR Loans was not material. As required, the new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011 and resulted in the reporting of an additional $51 million of residential mortgage loans as TDR Loans at September 30, 2011 with credit loss reserves of $10 million associated with these loans. The incremental loan loss provision recorded for these loans during the third quarter using a discounted cash flow analysis was $7 million. For our HSBC Bank USA credit card portfolio, we reported an additional $1 million of credit card loans as TDR Loans at September 30, 2011 with credit loss reserves of less than $1 million associated with these loans. The incremental loan loss provision recorded for these loans during the third quarter using a discounted cash flow analysis was not material. The TDR Loan balances and related credit loss reserves for consumer loans reported as of December 31, 2010 use our previous definition of TDR Loans and, as such, are not comparable to the current period balances. The new guidance did not impact our reporting of TDR Loans for commercial loans. See Note 3, "Discontinued Operations," for a discussion of TDR Loans included in our discontinued credit card and private label operations.
Modifications for consumer and commercial loans may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortization period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal. A substantial amount of our modifications involve interest rate reductions which lower the amount of finance income we are contractually entitled to receive in future periods. Through lowering the interest rate and other loan term changes, we believe we are able to increase the amount of cash flow that will ultimately be collected from the loan, given the borrower's financial condition. TDR Loans are reserved for either based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans' original effective interest rate which generally results in a higher reserve requirement for these loans or in the case of certain secured commercial loans, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. Once a consumer loan is classified as a TDR Loan, it continues to be reported as such until it is paid off or charged-off.
The following table presents information about receivables which were modified during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and as a result of this action became classified as TDR Loans.
(in millions) | |
Commercial loans: | |
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................................................................... | $ 70 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................................................... | 5 |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................................................... | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................................................ | - |
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................................. | 75 |
| |
Consumer loans: | |
Residential mortgages........................................................................................................................................................................ | 235 |
Credit cards.......................................................................................................................................................................................... | 5 |
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................................................................................................... | 240 |
| |
Total........................................................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 315 |
|
The following tables present information about our TDR Loans and the related credit loss reserves for TDR Loans:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
TDR Loans(1)(2): | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate.................................................................................................................................. | $ 342 | $ 397 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises......................................................................................................... | 94 | 88 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................................................... | 37 | 49 |
|
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................ | 473 | 534 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Residential mortgages....................................................................................................................................................... | 608 | 402 |
Credit cards......................................................................................................................................................................... | 21 | 27 |
|
| |
Total consumer.................................................................................................................................................................. | 629 | 429 |
|
| |
Total TDR Loans(3)........................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 1,102 | $ 963 |
|
|
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Allowance for credit losses for TDR Loans(4): | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate..................................................................................................................................... | $ 17 | $ 44 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises............................................................................................................ | 3 | 8 |
Global banking...................................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial.................................................................................................................................................................. | - | 1 |
|
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................... | 20 | 53 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Residential mortgages.......................................................................................................................................................... | 94 | 53 |
Credit cards............................................................................................................................................................................ | 7 | 9 |
|
| |
Total consumer..................................................................................................................................................................... | 101 | 62 |
|
| |
Total allowance for credit losses for TDR Loans....................................................................................................................... | $ 121 | $ 115 |
|
|
(1) TDR Loans are considered to be impaired loans. For consumer loans, all such loans are considered impaired loans regardless of accrual status. For commercial loans, impaired loans include other loans in addition to TDRs which totaled $614 million and $593 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) The TDR Loan balances included in the table above reflect the current carrying amount of TDR Loans and includes all basis adjustments on the loan, such as unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. The following table reflects the unpaid principal balance of TDR Loans:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate.............................................................................................................................. | $ 393 | $ 429 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................................... | 147 | 120 |
Global banking...................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................... | 40 | 52 |
|
| |
Total commercial........................................................................................................................................................ | 580 | 601 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Residential mortgages............................................................................................................................................. | 682 | 352 |
Credit cards.......................................................................................................................................................... | 20 | 26 |
|
| |
Total consumer........................................................................................................................................................... | 702 | 378 |
|
| |
Total - continuing operations............................................................................................................................................. | $ 1,282 | $ 979 |
|
|
(3) Includes balances of $331 million and $255 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are classified as nonaccrual loans.
(4) Included in the allowance for credit losses.
The following table presents commercial loans which were classified as TDR Loans during the previous 12 months which became 90 days or greater contractually delinquent (for consumer loans 60 days or greater contractually delinquent) during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011:
(in millions) | |
Commercial loans: | |
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................................................................... | $ 42 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................................................... | - |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................................................... | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................................................ | - |
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................................. | 42 |
| |
Consumer loans: | |
Residential mortgages........................................................................................................................................................................ | 16 |
Credit cards.......................................................................................................................................................................................... | 4 |
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................................................................................................... | 20 |
| |
Total........................................................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 62 |
|
Additional information relating to TDR Loans is presented in the table below.
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Average balance of TDR Loans | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................................................... | $ 346 | $ 273 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................................... | 89 | 71 |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................................ | 44 | 51 |
|
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................. | 479 | 395 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Residential mortgages........................................................................................................................................................ | 532 | 305 |
Credit cards.......................................................................................................................................................................... | 23 | 23 |
Auto finance(1)..................................................................................................................................................................... | - | 28 |
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................................................................................... | 555 | 356 |
|
| |
Total average balance of TDR Loans......................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,034 | $ 751 |
|
| |
Interest income recognized on TDR Loans | ||
Commercial loans: | ||
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................................................... | $ 9 | $ 3 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.......................................................................................................... | - | - |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................................ | 5 | 5 |
|
| |
Total commercial................................................................................................................................................................. | 14 | 8 |
|
| |
Consumer loans: | ||
Residential mortgages........................................................................................................................................................ | 20 | 12 |
Credit cards.......................................................................................................................................................................... | 1 | 2 |
Auto finance(1)..................................................................................................................................................................... | - | 2 |
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................................................................................... | 21 | 16 |
|
| |
Total interest income recognized on TDR Loans..................................................................................................................... | $ 35 | $ 24 |
|
|
(1) In August 2010, we sold auto finance loans with an outstanding principal balance of $1.2 billion at date of sale, and other related assets to Santander Consumer USA ("SC USA").
Impaired commercial loans Impaired commercial loan statistics are summarized in the following table:
Amount with Impairment Reserves | Amount without Impairment Reserves | Total Impaired Commercial Loans(1)(2) | Impairment Reserve | |
(in millions) | ||||
At December 31, 2011 | ||||
Construction and other real estate................................................................. | $ 391 | $ 342 | $ 733 | $ 114 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises........................................ | 68 | 59 | 127 | 12 |
Global banking.................................................................................................. | 137 | - | 137 | 90 |
Other commercial.............................................................................................. | 1 | 89 | 90 | - |
|
|
|
| |
Total.................................................................................................................... | $ 597 | $ 490 | $ 1,087 | $ 216 |
|
|
|
| |
At December 31, 2010 | ||||
Construction and other real estate................................................................. | $ 378 | $ 377 | $ 755 | $ 84 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises........................................ | 113 | 39 | 152 | 26 |
Global banking.................................................................................................. | 103 | 2 | 105 | 72 |
Other commercial.............................................................................................. | 26 | 89 | 115 | 6 |
|
|
|
| |
Total.................................................................................................................... | $ 620 | $ 507 | $ 1,127 | $ 188 |
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes impaired commercial loans which are also considered TDR Loans as follows:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Construction and other real estate........................................................................................................................................... | $ 342 | $ 397 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises....................................................................................................................... | 94 | 88 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................................................... | - | - |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................................ | 37 | 49 |
|
| |
Total................................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 473 | $ 534 |
|
|
(2) The impaired commercial loan balances included in the table above reflect the current carrying amount of the loan and includes all basis adjustments, such as unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and any premiums or discounts. The unpaid principal balance of impaired commercial loans included in the table above are as follows:
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Construction and other real estate...................................................................................................................................... | $ 784 | $ 787 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.................................................................................................................. | 180 | 184 |
Global banking.............................................................................................................................................................. | 137 | 105 |
Other commercial........................................................................................................................................................... | 93 | 118 |
|
| |
Total........................................................................................................................................................................... | $ 1,194 | $ 1,194 |
|
|
The following table presents information about average impaired commercial loan balances and interest income recognized on the impaired commercial loans:
Year Ended December 31, | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 |
(in millions) | |||
Average balance of impaired commercial loans: | |||
Construction and other real estate.................................................................................................................. | $ 744 | $ 638 | $ 310 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises......................................................................................... | 151 | 127 | 99 |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................... | 107 | 149 | 182 |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................ | 111 | 155 | 64 |
|
|
| |
Total average balance of impaired commercial loans................................................................................... | $ 1,113 | $ 1,069 | $ 655 |
|
|
| |
Interest income recognized on impaired commercial loans: | |||
Construction and other real estate.................................................................................................................. | $ 9 | $ 4 | $ (3 ) |
Business banking and middle market enterprises......................................................................................... | 4 | 2 | (1 ) |
Global banking.................................................................................................................................................... | 1 | 5 | (1 ) |
Other commercial................................................................................................................................................ | 3 | - | - |
|
|
| |
Total interest income recognized on impaired commercial loans................................................................ | $ 17 | $ 11 | $ (5 ) |
|
|
|
Commercial Loan Credit Quality Indicators The following credit quality indicators are monitored for our commercial loan portfolio:
Criticized asset classifications These classifications are based on the risk rating standards of our primary regulator. Problem loans are assigned various criticized facility grades. We also assign obligor grades which are used under our allowance for credit losses methodology. Criticized assets for commercial loans are summarized in the following table:
Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | |
(in millions) | ||||
At December 31, 2011 | ||||
Construction and other real estate........................................................................... | $ 1,009 | $ 990 | $ 186 | $ 2,185 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.................................................. | 445 | 241 | 12 | 698 |
Global banking............................................................................................................. | 45 | 397 | 109 | 551 |
Other commercial......................................................................................................... | 99 | 131 | - | 230 |
|
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................. | $ 1,598 | $ 1,759 | $ 307 | $ 3,664 |
|
|
|
| |
At December 31, 2010 | ||||
Construction and other real estate........................................................................... | $ 1,324 | $ 1,230 | $ 115 | $ 2,669 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises.................................................. | 465 | 504 | 5 | 974 |
Global banking............................................................................................................. | 260 | 386 | 74 | 720 |
Other commercial......................................................................................................... | 235 | 140 | 8 | 383 |
|
|
|
| |
Total.............................................................................................................................. | $ 2,284 | $ 2,260 | $ 202 | $ 4,746 |
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming The status of our commercial loan portfolio is summarized in the following table:
Performing Loans | Nonaccrual Loans | Accruing Loans Contractually Past Due 90 days or More | Total | |
(in millions) | ||||
At December 31, 2011 | ||||
Commercial: | ||||
Construction and other real estate.......................................................... | $ 7,244 | $ 615 | $ 1 | $ 7,860 |
Business banking and middle market enterprise................................... | 9,573 | 58 | 11 | 9,642 |
Global banking............................................................................................ | 12,521 | 137 | - | 12,658 |
Other commercial........................................................................................ | 3,472 | 15 | 2 | 3,489 |
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial - continuing operations.................................................. | $ 32,810 | $ 825 | $ 14 | $ 33,649 |
|
|
|
| |
At December 31, 2010 | ||||
Commercial: | ||||
Construction and other real estate.......................................................... | $ 7,492 | $ 599 | $ 137 | $ 8,228 |
Business banking and middle market enterprise................................... | 7,782 | 116 | 47 | 7,945 |
Global banking............................................................................................ | 10,671 | 74 | - | 10,745 |
Other commercial........................................................................................ | 3,071 | 12 | 2 | 3,085 |
|
|
|
| |
Total commercial - continuing operations.................................................. | $ 29,016 | $ 801 | $ 186 | $ 30,003 |
|
|
|
|
Credit risk profile The following table shows the credit risk profile of our commercial loan portfolio:
InvestmentGrade(1) | Non-InvestmentGrade | Total | |
(in millions) | |||
At December 31, 2011 | |||
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................. | $ 2,775 | $ 5,085 | $ 7,860 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises........................................................................ | 4,408 | 5,234 | 9,642 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................... | 9,712 | 2,946 | 12,658 |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................... | 1,289 | 2,200 | 3,489 |
|
|
| |
Total commercial.......................................................................................................................... | $ 18,184 | $ 15,465 | $ 33,649 |
|
|
| |
At December 31, 2010 | |||
Construction and other real estate................................................................................................. | $ 1,900 | $ 6,328 | $ 8,228 |
Business banking and middle market enterprises........................................................................ | 2,866 | 5,079 | 7,945 |
Global banking................................................................................................................................... | 6,808 | 3,937 | 10,745 |
Other commercial............................................................................................................................... | 787 | 2,298 | 3,085 |
|
|
| |
Total commercial.......................................................................................................................... | $ 12,361 | $ 17,642 | $ 30,003 |
|
|
|
(1) Investment grade includes commercial loans with credit ratings of at least BBB- or above or the equivalent based on our internal credit rating system.
Consumer Loan Credit Quality Indicators The following credit quality indicators are utilized for our consumer loan portfolio:
Delinquency The following table summarizes dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency and as a percent of total loans and loans held for sale ("delinquency ratio") for our consumer loan portfolio for both continuing and discontinued operations:
December 31, 2011
| December 31, 2010
| |||
Dollars of Delinquency | Delinquency Ratio | Dollars of Delinquency | Delinquency Ratio | |
(dollars are in millions) | ||||
Continuing operations: | ||||
Consumer: | ||||
Residential mortgage, excluding home equity mortgages(1)........... | $ 1,101 | 7.19 % | $ 1,084 | 7.40 % |
Home equity mortgages...................................................................... | 99 | 2.89 | 109 | 2.85 |
|
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgages................................................................ | 1,200 | 6.41 | 1,193 | 6.46 |
Credit card receivables........................................................................ | 28 | 2.25 | 34 | 2.70 |
Other consumer.................................................................................... | 30 | 3.17 | 32 | 2.86 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer - continuing operations.................................................... | 1,258 | 6.01 | 1,259 | 6.04 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations(2)........................... | 514 | 2.43 | 726 | 3.31 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................ | $ 1,772 | 4.21 % | $ 1,985 | 4.64 % |
|
|
|
|
(1) At December 31, 2011 and 2010, residential mortgage loan delinquency includes $803 million and $852 million, respectively, of loans that are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell.
(2) At December 31, 2011, discontinued credit card and private label credit card operations include our GM and UP credit card loans and our private label credit card and closed-end loans which are included as held for sale and carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, these discontinued credit card and private label credit card loans were carried at amortized cost and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances.
Nonperforming The status of our consumer loan portfolio for both continuing and discontinued operations is summarized in the following table:
Performing Loans | Nonaccrual Loans | Accruing Loans Contractually Past Due 90 days or More | Total | |
(in millions) | ||||
At December 31, 2011 | ||||
Continuing operations: | ||||
Consumer: | ||||
Residential mortgage, excluding home equity mortgages.................... | $ 13,298 | $ 815 | $ - | $ 14,113 |
Home equity mortgages............................................................................ | 2,474 | 89 | - | 2,563 |
|
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgages................................................................. | 15,772 | 904 | - | 16,676 |
Credit card receivables.............................................................................. | 808 | - | 20 | 828 |
Other consumer.......................................................................................... | 679 | 8 | 27 | 714 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer - continuing operations..................................................... | 17,259 | 912 | 47 | 18,218 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations(1)............................ | 20,590 | - | 351 | 20,941 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................ | $ 37,849 | $ 912 | $ 398 | $ 39,159 |
|
|
|
| |
At December 31, 2010 | ||||
Continuing operations: | ||||
Consumer: | ||||
Residential mortgage, excluding home equity mortgages.................... | $ 12,797 | $ 900 | $ - | $ 13,697 |
Home equity mortgages............................................................................ | 3,727 | 93 | - | 3,820 |
|
|
|
| |
Total residential mortgages................................................................. | 16,524 | 993 | - | 17,517 |
Credit card receivables.............................................................................. | 1,226 | - | 24 | 1,250 |
Other consumer.......................................................................................... | 1,007 | 9 | 23 | 1,039 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer - continuing operations..................................................... | 18,757 | 1,002 | 47 | 19,806 |
Discontinued credit card and private label operations(1)............................ | 22,466 | - | 523 | 22,989 |
|
|
|
| |
Total consumer................................................................................................ | $ 41,223 | $ 1,002 | $ 570 | $ 42,795 |
|
|
|
|
(1) At December 31, 2011, discontinued credit card and private label credit card operations include our GM and UP credit card loans and our private label credit card and closed-end loans which are included as held for sale and carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, these discontinued credit card and private label credit card loans were carried at amortized cost and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances.
Troubled debt restructurings See discussion of impaired loans above for further details on this credit quality indicator.
Concentration of Credit Risk A concentration of credit risk is defined as a significant credit exposure with an individual or group engaged in similar activities or affected similarly by economic conditions. We enter into a variety of transactions in the normal course of business that involve both on and off-balance sheet credit risk. Principal among these activities is lending to various commercial, institutional, governmental and individual customers. We participate in lending activity throughout the United States and internationally. In general, we manage the varying degrees of credit risk involved in on and off-balance sheet transactions through specific credit policies. These policies and procedures provide for a strict approval, monitoring and reporting process. It is our policy to require collateral when it is deemed appropriate. Varying degrees and types of collateral are secured depending upon management's credit evaluation. As with any nonconforming and non-prime loan products, we utilize high underwriting standards and price these loans in a manner that is appropriate to compensate for higher risk.
Our loan portfolio includes the following types of loans:
• High loan-to-value ("LTV") loans - Certain residential mortgages on primary residences with LTV ratios equal to or exceeding 90 percent at the time of origination and no mortgage insurance, which could result in the potential inability to recover the entire investment in loans involving foreclosed or damaged properties.
• Interest-only loans - A loan which allows a customer to pay the interest-only portion of the monthly payment for a period of time which results in lower payments during the initial loan period. However, subsequent events affecting a customer's financial position could affect the ability of customers to repay the loan in the future when the principal payments are required.
• Adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") loans - A loan which allows us to adjust pricing on the loan in line with market movements. A customer's financial situation and the general interest rate environment at the time of the interest rate reset could affect the customer's ability to repay or refinance the loan after the adjustment.
The following table summarizes the balances of high LTV, interest-only and ARM loans in our loan portfolios, including certain loans held for sale, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in billions) | ||
Residential mortgage loans with high LTV and no mortgage insurance(1)................................................................................ | $ 1.1 | $ 1.2 |
Interest-only residential mortgage loans........................................................................................................................................ | 4.1 | 3.7 |
ARM loans(2)....................................................................................................................................................................................... | 8.9 | 8.2 |
(1) Residential mortgage loans with high LTV and no mortgage insurance includes both fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgages. Excludes $68 million and $125 million of subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(2) ARM loan balances above exclude $28 million and $99 million of subprime residential mortgage loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In 2012 and 2013, approximately $329 million and $411 million, respectively, of the ARM loans will experience their first interest rate reset.
Concentrations of first and second liens within the outstanding residential mortgage loan portfolio are summarized in the following table. Amounts in the table exclude residential mortgage loans held for sale of $2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
At December 31, | 2011 | 2010 |
(in millions) | ||
Closed end: | ||
First lien............................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 14,113 | $ 13,697 |
Second lien....................................................................................................................................................................... | 237 | 437 |
Revolving: | ||
Second lien....................................................................................................................................................................... | 2,326 | 3,383 |
|
| |
Total........................................................................................................................................................................................ | $ 16,676 | $ 17,517 |
|
|
Regional exposure at December 31, 2011 for certain loan portfolios is summarized in the following table.
Commercial Construction and Other Real Estate Loans | Residential Mortgage Loans | Credit Card Receivables | |
New York State..................................................................................................................... | 47.95 % | 36.21 % | 69.04 % |
North Central United States............................................................................................... | 4.39 | 7.25 | 2.91 |
North Eastern United States.............................................................................................. | 10.24 | 9.42 | 9.21 |
Southern United States....................................................................................................... | 18.37 | 16.96 | 10.04 |
Western United States........................................................................................................ | 19.05 | 30.16 | 7.32 |
Others.................................................................................................................................... | - | - | 1.48 |
|
|
| |
Total....................................................................................................................................... | 100.00 % | 100.00 % | 100.00 % |
|
|
|
Related Shares:
HSBC Holdings